Electrical Specification Sms

SMS TOWER PRO1ECT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
ELECTRICAL WORKS
AC TNH KY THUAT IEN

PREPARED BY:
BIEN SOAN

HONG MA CONSTRUCTION JSC

1UNE 26 ,2008

SMS TOWER PROJECT

ELECTRICAL-Specifications

HONGMACONSTRUCTIONJSC
Page 1 of 214

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MUC LUC

INTRODUCTION SCOPE OF WORK
KHI QUT PHM VI CNG VIC

SECTION E1 ELECTRICAL GENERAL
PHAN E1 TONG QUAT VE IEN

SECTION E2 SHORT CIRCUIT AND COORDINATION STUDY
PHAN E2 NGAN MACH VA NGHIEN CU PHOI HP

SECTION E3 MAINTENANCE
PHAN E3 BAO TR

SECTION E4 CONDUIT, CABLE TRAY AND TRUNKING
PHAN E4 ONG LUON DAY, MANG CAP VA HOP I DAY

SECTION E5 WIRE AND CABLES
PHAN E5 DAY IEN VA CAP

SECTION E6 MAINS AND SUB-MAINS DISTRIBUTION
PHAN E6 PHAN PHOI MACH IEN CHNH VA PHU

SECTION E7 UNDERGROUND CABLE INSTALLATIONS
PHAN E7 LAP DAY CAP NGAM

SECTION E8 WIRING DEVICES
PHAN E8 THIET B I DAY

SECTION E9 SUPPORTING DEVICES
PHAM E9 THIET B GIA

SECTION E10 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
PHAN E10 ANH DAU IEN

SECTION E11 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION EQUIPMENT
PHAN E11 THIET B IEU CHNH HE SO CONG SUAT

SECTION E12 SERVICE ENTRANCE
PHAN E12 LOI VAO

SECTION E13 BUSDUCTS
PHAN E13 THANH CAI DAN IEN

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 2 of 214

SECTION E14 LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARDS
PHAN E 14 BANG CHUYEN MACH HA THE (LVSB)

SECTION E 15 LUMINARIES AND ACCESSORIES
PHAN E 15 EN VA CAC PHU KIEN

SECTION E 16 EARTHING SYSTEM
PHAN E 16 HE THONG TIEP AT

SECTION E 17 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
PHAN E 17 HE THONG CHONG SET

SECTION E 18 PA SYSTEM
PHN 18 H THNG PHT THANH CNG CNG

APPENDIX
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 3 of 214

INTRODUCTION/SCOPE OF WORKS
KHI QUT/ PHM VI CNG VIC

A. LV SYSTEM
To run underground cable from the transformer to LV room (by Robot)
To run cable from Genset (after being synchronized) to LV room
To carry out connection of Main LV cables to Transformer from QTSC and from
Gensets in the Gen room
To design and install ATS (Auto Transfer System)
To provide and install all DBs, MDBs, Capcitor bank, including switches, circuit
breakers ... in the LV room as indicated in the drawings
ATS, MBD1, MDB2 and Capacitor are to be intergratedin one Mian Switchboard
and interconnected by busbars. Seperate boards are not acceptable
To provide and run Fire resistance cable from the main Switchboard in the LV
room to Water pumps, Fire pumps, Lift No.1 (in the level 7).
To run cables from the main Switchboard in the LV room to level 7 for Lift 2&3.
MSB1, MSB2, MSB3 & MSB*are to be intergrated in MDB1 & MBD2 as indicated
in the drawings. Whereas, the MSB* is for Essential Areas.
To provide and install all floor DBs and run cables to connect them to the main
Switchboard in the LV room
To provide and install all trunkings, cable ladders, cable trays, conduits. Contractor
to co-ordinate with all services and the Construction Manager to work out the
appropriate cabling routes before installation.
To run cables to all outdoor lightings and equipments
B. LIGHTING AND SOCKETS
To provide and run all cables to all lighting (internal and external) and sockets as
indicated in the drawings
To provide and install all lighings fittings (internal and external), switches and
sockets as indicated in the drawings
Emergency and Exit lights to be in separate circuits.
C. DATA SYSTEM
To provide and run underground PVC pipes from Outside Pit to the IT room on the
ground floor for installation of data cables (data cables to be installed by QTSC).
Toprovide and run Optic cables from IT room to Server room and from Server
room to Hub rooms on each floor
To provide and install all data cables as specified in the BQ list, from hub rooms to
all work stations, and connect to the data sockets.
Contractor to supply telephone Cables, MDFs and telephone socket outlets. Install
all telephone cables from PABX room (PABX will be supplied by others) to all
MDFs to each floors, and then from MDFs to all telephone Outlets
D. SERVICE INDICATION PANEL
To run all signal cables from pumps... to Security room to indicate the status of the
pump: RUN, TRIP...
To run signal cables to the Security room to indicate the water levels from top as
well as from underground water tank: low level, high level...
To run signal cables to the Security room to SWITCH ON or OFF all fans in case of
Fire
To run signal cables to the Security room to indicate the status of power from
Genset and from QTSC
E. PA SYSTEM
To provide and install all Fire resistance cables to all speakers as indicated in the
drawings
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 4 of 214

To provide and install all PA equipments accordingly
F. LIGHTNING AND EARTHING
To provide and install the lightning system as indicated in the drawings
To provide and install Earthing system, processing the Earth pit, install all earth
cables in the earth pits and all earth copper bars for all DBs
G. MISCELLANOUS:
Coordination with all services
Shop drawings and As-built drawings
Testing and Commisioning
Licence, permission certificate
Interfacing with all Services
Operation and maintenance Instruction manuals
Warranty
Training
Cleaning

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 5 of 214

SECTION E1
CHNG E1

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
CC IU KHON CHUNG V IN

PART 1 GENERAL
PHN 1 I CNG

1.01 DESCRIPTION
M T

A. The scope of works for all mechanical and electrical works and systems comprises
engineering, supply, delivery, installation, testing and commissioning, handover, training,
maintenance and warranty all as described or reasonably implied in the Contract . The
Contractor is obliged to provide fully functioning works and systems in conformance with
the requirements of the Contract .
Phm vi cng vic ca ton b cc cng tc v h thng c in bao gm phn cng
ngh, cung ng, giao hng, lp t, th nghim v vn hnh th, bn giao, hun luyn,
day tu v bo hnh ton b nh c m t hoc ng mt cch hp l trong Hp ng
ph. Nh thu ph phi cung cp cc cng trnh v h thng hot ng tt theo ng cc
yu cu trong hp ng.

B. The Contractor shall be responsible to co-ordinate the equipment and services and shall
produce properly co-ordinated shop drawings to demonstrate the installation complies
with the contract detail design drawings and technical specifications.
Nh thu ph phi chu trch nhim sp xp v phi hp phn thit b v cc h thng k
thut, ng thi phi thc hin cc bn v thi cng kt hp nhm chng minh cng tc
lp t ph hp vi hp ong cac ban ve thiet ke chi tiet va ac tnh ky thuat.

C. Shop drawings shall take into account actual measurement and setting out dimensions /
levels obtained and determined by the Contractor on site, actual equipment / material
used, actual routing of services, co-ordination with all installation, and site conditions /
constraints.
Cc bn v thi cng cn lu v cc s o thc t, cc kch thc /cao trnh b tr do
Nh thu ph thu thp v xc nh hin trng, thit b/vt t s dng trong thc t,
tuyn lp t cc h thng thc t, s phi hp vi cc h thng lp t khc, tnh
trng/cc hn ch cng trng.

D. The electrical equipment and material shall be suitable for operation at the guaranteed
maximum sustained site rating. The following system conditions shall be considered for
all the equipment and material being used:
Cc thit b v vt t phn in phi thch hp vn hnh vi cng sut ti a bo
m. Cn lu cc iu kin sau i vi thit b v vt t s dng:

1. LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEM (LV)
H THNG H TH (LV)

System: TN-S Earthing System 3 Phase 4 Wire (Separate Neutral and
protective conductor through out the L.V. System)
H thng: H thng tip t TN-S 3 pha 4 dy (dy trung tnh v dy bo v
tch ring qua h thng h th)

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 6 of 214

a. System Voltage and Frequency:
Tn sut v in p ca h thng:

Nominal (danh nh) 380/220 Volts 5%
Lowest (thp nht) 360/207 Volts
Highest (cao nht) 400/231 Volts
Frequency: (tn sut) 50Hz 0.5%

b. Symmetrical Fault Level: To be fully coordinated with MV.
Mc khim khuyt i xng

To be fully coordinated with MV equipment so that proper cascading is
achieved.
Cn kt hp ton din vi thit b trung th nhm t c phn tng
thch hp (?)

c. System Earthing:
Phn tip t ca h thng

System Solid
Resistance 2 ohm or less
Negative Phase Sequence within 2%
Voltage Fluctuation Limits less than 5% for 400 volts
H thng cht rn
in tr 2 ohm hoc thp hn
Trnh t pha m trong phm vi 2%
Gii hn dao ng in p di 5% i vi (dng in) 400 V

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
BO M CHT LNG

A. Standards and Guidelines for Installations, Materials and Equipment
Cac tieu chuan va hng dan lap at, vat lieu va thiet b
The installations, materials and equipment shall comply with the latest requirements
of the standard codes, guides and other documents issued by the Authorities,
Institutions and Organisation referred to in various sections including the following:
Viec lap at, vat lieu va thiet b phai phu hp vi cac yeu cau mi nhat cua cac ma
tieu chuan, hng dan va cac tai lieu khac c ban hanh bi cac c quan chc
nang va oan the c chia ra lam nhieu ky hieu sau:

NFPA National Fire Protection Association
(NEC- National Electric Code)
ICCEC International Code Council Electric Code
(Administrative Provisions)
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
IECEE IEC Standards for Conformity Testing and Certification of
Electrical Equipment
SS Singapore Standards
BS British Standards

B. Statutory Regulations and Codes of Practice
Cac qui nh va cac ma hieu ng dung

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 7 of 214

All works shall comply in all respects with the requirements of the rules and
regulations established by the following authorities and utility companies:
Tat ca cong viec phai tuan theo cac qui nh yeu cau va cac qui tac c thanh lap
da theo cac c quan chc nang nh sau:

TCXD - 25 Installation of Electrical Wiring in Dwellings and Public Bldgs.
TCXD - 27 Installation of Electrical Wiring in Dwelling and Public Bldgs.
TCXD - 46 Lightning Protection for Buildings
EVN - Local Electric Utility Requirements
TCXD - 150 Sound Isolation For Dwellings
TCXD - 175 Permissible Noise Levels for Public Buildings

A. Drawings, specifications, codes and standards are minimum requirements. Where
requirements differ, the more stringent apply.
Cc bn v, tiu ch k thut, quy nh v tiu chun ch l cc yu cu ti thiu. Khi c
s khc bit gia cc yu cu, yu cu no nghm ngt hn s c p dng.

B. Execute work in strict accordance with the best practices of the trades in a thorough,
(substantial, workmanlike manner by competent workmen. Provide a competence,
experienced, full-time Superintendent who is authorized to make decisions.
S dng cng nhn c kh nng v tay ngh cao tin hnh cng vic theo cc thng l
tt nht ca ngnh. Cung ng mt gim st vin c nhiu kinh nghim v kh nng lm
vic ton thi gian v c y quyn quyt nh.

C. All equipment, materials and installation method shall comply with the General
Specification and the current standards and regulations as described in the Contract
Documents.
Tt c cc thit b, vt t v phng php lp t u phi tun th Tiu ch k thut
chung v cc tiu chun cng nh quy nh hin hnh nh ra trong H s hp ng
ph.

D. The Construction Manager reserves the right to inspect and reject any part of the Works
not complying. The Contractor shall replace such rejected works without cost variation
and delay to the Contract .
Giam oc d an c quyn kim tra v loi b bt c phn vic no khng t yu cu.
Nh thu ph phi thay th phn cng trnh m khng c tnh thm chi ph pht
sinh cng nh gy chm tr cho Hp ng ph.

E. Approval or acceptance by the Construction Manager shall not relieve the Contractor of
his responsibilities under the Contract for the quality of materials and the standard of
workmanship in the Works.
Vic Giam oc d an ph duyt hay chp thun khng lm gim bt ngha v ca Nh
thu ph theo Hp ng v cht lng vt t v tiu chun tay ngh trong Cng trnh.

F. No work shall be covered up or put or view without the agreement of the Construction
Manager. The Contractor shall provide/allow the Construction Manager full opportunity
for the examination and measurement of any work, which is about to be covered or put
out of view. Upon request by the Construction Manager, the Contractor shall expose their
Works and allow/provide access to the Construction Manager to inspect any part of the
Works during the course of the manufacturing or site installation / erection.
Khng c che y cng trnh nu khng c s ng ca Giam oc d an. Nh thu
ph cn cung cp/ to iu kin Giam oc d an kim tra v o lng bt c phn
vic no sp b che y hoc ngoi tm mt. Khi c yu cu ca T vn gim st, Nh
thu ph phi l/phi by cng trnh ra ng thi to iu kin thun li Giam oc
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 8 of 214

d an kim tra bt c phn vic no trong qu trnh gia cng hoc lp t/lp dng
cng trng.

G. When requested by the Construction Manager, the Contractor shall submit evidence
including written certificates and full testing reports from approved/ recognized testing
organization certifying that his proposed equipment or materials have been tested and
conform to the specified standard.
Khi c yu cu ca Giam oc d an, Nh thu ph cn trnh cc bng chng k c
cc vn bn chng nhn cng nh ton b cc bo co th nghim ca cc n v th
nghim c cng nhn/chp thun xc nhn rng thit b hoc vt t xut ca Nh
thu c th nghim v p ng ng tiu chun ra.

1.03 ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
CC T VIT TT V NNH NGHA

A. Abbreviations:
Cc t vit tt

1. ACMV Air Conditioning and Mechanical Ventilation
H thng iu ha khng kh v thng gi c hc

2. ANSI American National Standard Institute
Vin tiu chun quc gia M

3. ARI American Refrigeration Institute
Vin nghin cu v h thng lm lnh M

4. ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-
Conditioning Engineers (USA)
Hip hi cc k s chuyn v h thng si, lm lnh v iu
ha khng kh Hoa k

5. ASTA Association of Short-circuit Testing Authorities
Hip hi cc n v th nghim on mch

6. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials (USA)
Hi th nghim v vt t Hoa K

7. BMS Building Management System
H thng qun l nng lng

8. BS/BSS British Standard or British Standard Specification
Tiu chun Anh hoc Tiu ch k thut theo tiu chun Anh

9. CAD Computer Aided Drafting
Thit k qua s h tr ca my tnh

10. ELV Extra Low Voltage
in h th b sung

11. ETL Electrical Testing Laboratories
Phng th nghim chuyn v th nghim in

12. LPC Lost Prevention Council (UK)
Hi ng chng tht thot (Anh)

13. HVCA Heating and Ventilation Contractor s Association (UK)
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 9 of 214

Hip hi cc nh thu ph chuyn v h thng si v thng
gi

14. ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization
T chc hng khng dn dng quc t

15. IEC International Electronic Committee
y ban in lc quc t

16. IEE Institute of Electrical Engineers (UK)
Hc vin cc k s ngnh in (Anh)

17. IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
Hc vin cc k s ngnh in v in t (Anh)

18. IES Illuminating Engineering Society
Hip hi ngnh chiu sng

19. IP Index of Protection
Ch s bo v

20. IPCEA International Power Cable Engineers Association
Hip hi cc k s cp in quc t

21. ISO International Standardization Organization
T chc tiu chun ha quc t

22. M & E Mechanical and Electrical
C & in

23. NC Noise Criteria
Tiu ch v ting n

24. NEC National Electrical Code
Quy nh quc gia v in

25. NR Noise Rating
Xp loi ting n
26. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (USA)
Hip hi cc nh sn xut ngnh in quc gia (M)

27. NFPA National Fire Protection Association (USA)
Hip hi PCCC quc gia (M)

28. SPL Sound Pressure Level
Mc p lc hp l

29. SPW Sound Power Level
Mc in hp l

All other notations and symbols used shall have their internally/normally accepted/used
meaning.
Tt c cc k hiu v ch thch khc c s dng phi mang ngha thng dng /c
chp thun.

1.04 CLIMATE CONDITIONS
IU KIN KH HU

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 10 of 214

A. The Contractor shall warrant that all materials and equipment are suitable for continuous
use and operation in the climatic conditions encountered on site.
Nh thu ph phi bo m rng ton b cc vt t v thit b l ph hp cho vic s
dng v vn hnh lin tc trong iu kin kh hu hin trng.

B. All equipment and materials shall be fully tropicalized and suitable for use in the peculiar
local climate and operating conditions. All equipment/system shall be suitable for
operation with outdoor dry bulb temperature of at least up to 35C and relative humidity
of up to 100%.
Tt c vt t v thit b phi c hon ton nhit i ha v thch hp s dng
trong iu kin vn hnh v kh hu khc thng vi nhit bn ngoi ti thiu ln ti
35
o
C v m tng i ln ti 100%.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
PHN 2 - SN PHM

2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
THIT BN V VT T

A. Provide products and materials that are new, clean, free of defects, and free of damage and
corrosion.
Cung cp sn phm v vt t mi, sch s, khng c khim khuyt, khng b tn hi v r st

B. Products and materials shall not contain asbestos, PCB, or any other material, which is
considered hazardous by the authority having jurisdiction.
Cc sn phm v vt t khng c cha aming, PCB hoc bt k cht no khc c c
quan chc nng cho l c tnh cht nguy him.

C. Replace materials of less than specified quality and relocate work incorrectly installed as
directed by the Construction Manager.
Thay th cc vt t c cht lng khng t yu cu ra ng thi di di phn lp t
khng ng theo ch th ca Giam oc d an.

D. Provide name/data plates on major components of equipment with manufacturers name.
Model name, serial number, capacity data and electrical characteristics attached in a
conspicuous place.
Cung cp cc bng tn/d liu trn cc b phn thit b trn ghi tn ca nh sn xut,
m-en, s s-ri, d liu v cng sut v cc c im v phn in v gn vo mt v tr d
thy.

E. Install materials and equipment with qualified trade people.
Cng tc lp t vt t v thit b phi do nhng ngi c trnh chuyn mn m nhn.

F. Maintain uniformity of manufacturer for equipment used in similar application and sizes.
Duy tr tnh ng b ca nh sn xut i vi cc thit b s dng cho cng ng dng v
kch c.

G. Follow manufacturers instruction for installing, connecting, and adjusting equipment.
Provide a copy of such instructions at the equipment during installation.
Theo ng hng dn ca nh sn xut trong cng tc lp t, kt ni v iu chnh thit
b. Cung cp mt bn sao cc hng dn ti v tr thit b trong qu trnh lp t.

H. Equipment capacities, ratings, etc, are scheduled or specified for job site operating
conditions. Equipment sensitive to altitude shall be de-rated with the method of de-rating
identified on the submittals.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 11 of 214

Cng sut, chng loi thit b, vv c lit k hoc nu r i vi cc iu kin vn hnh
cng trng. Cc thit b nhy cm vi kh hu phi c gim ti theo phng php gim
ti xc nh trong h s trnh.

I. Energy consuming equipment shall meet local energy ordinances and by-laws.
Thit b tiu th in nng phi p ng cc quy nh v in trong nc.

2.02 EQUIPMENT INSTALLED AT OUTDOOR LOCATION
THIT BN LP T TI CC VN TR NGOI TRI

A. For equipment and services intended to be installed at outdoor locations or exposed to
external weather conditions, the Contractor shall ensure that these equipment and services
are properly protected by weatherproof external casing or cladding. All associated motors,
terminal, and electrical components shall be weatherproof type and suitable for outdoor
installation, IP 55 or greater. Weather protection shield shall also be provided for all moving
parts of the equipment and associated accessories external to the weatherproof equipment
casing.
i vi cc thit b v h thng k thut c lp t ti cc v tr ngoi tri hoc phi ra
thi tit bn ngoi, Nh thu ph cn bo m rng s thit b v cc h thng k thut ny
c bo v thch ng bng cc lp v bc hoc sn ph chu c kh hu. Tt c cc
m-t, u ni v cc b phn in c lin quan phi thuc lai chu c ma nng v
thch hp cho vic lp t ngoi tri, IP 55 hoc ln hn. Cn cung ng cc v bc chu
c kh hu i vi cc b phn chuyn ng ca thit b v cc ph tng lin quan bn
ngoi lp v bc chu c ma nng.

B. All external equipment included Panels on Roof, etc shall be specially graded against
corrosive environment.
Ton b cc thit b bn ngoi k c cc tm pa-n trn mi, vv u phi c tnh cht c
bit chu c mi trng n mn.

C. This outdoor weatherproof requirement shall also apply to services installed in close
proximity of external openings and louvers.
Yu cu chu c thi tit bn ngoi cng c p dng cho cc h thng k thut lp t
gn cc l h v mi ht bn ngoi.

2.03 PANEL AT EXPOSED LOCATIONS
BNG T TI CC VN TR L RA BN NGOI

A. For all Mechanical and Electrical panels outside plant rooms and at exposed locations such
as carpark, services area, public space, etc. shall be provided with a lockable front door with
viewing glass panel.
i vi cc bng iu khin c in bn ngoi phng my v ti cc v tr l ra ngoi tri
chng hn nh bi u xe, khu k thut, khu cng cng, vv cn phi c ca trc kha c
v knh thm nhn vo kim tra.

2.04 EQUIPMENT SELECTION
VIC TUYN CHN THIT BN

A. The capacities of all plant and equipment described in the Contract are minimum capacities
and the Contractor shall take into account of the offered equipment capacities to meet the
performance requirement in the Contract and actual installation requirements.
Cng sut ca tt c my mc thit b th hin trong Hp ng ph l cng sut ti thiu.
Nh thu ph cn lu n cng cng sut thit b xut nhm p ng yu cu hot
ng trong Hp ng v cc yu cu lp t trong thc t.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 12 of 214

B. Physical sizes of all plant and equipment shall suit the space allocated, taking into account
the requirement for access and proper maintenance.
Cc kch c vt l ca tt c my mc thit b phi ph hp v khng gian d tr, c lu
n cc yu cu v li tip cn v khng gian duy tu bo dng.

C. Any proposal to deviate from the Specification and Drawings is subject to the Building
Owners approval at his sole discretion. Upon approval, any necessary engineering to and
installation as a result of these deviations shall be the responsibility of the Contractor .
Bt c xut no khc vi Tiu ch k thut v cc Bn v u phi c s chp thun ca
Ch u t. Sau khi c chp thun, bt c bin php cng ngh v cng tc lp t cn
thit no pht sinh do vic thay i ny cng u thuc trch nhim ca Nh thu ph.

D. Proposed equipment shall be submitted for approval by the Building Owner before ordering
is placed. All necessary information requested by the Building Owner for the review of the
proposal shall be submitted.
Cc thit b xut phi c trnh ln c Ch u t ph duyt trc khi t hng.
Ton b cc thng tin cn thit do Ch u t yu cu nhm xem xt xut cn c Nh
thu trnh.

PART 3 EXECUTION
PHN 3 - THC HIN

3.01 COORDINATION OF WORK
S IU PHI CNG VIC

A. Contract documents establish scope, materials and quality but are not detailed installation
instruction.
Cc h s hp ng (ph) th hin phm vi cng vic, vt t v cht lng nhng khng th
hin cc hng dn chi tit v cng tc lp t.

B. Coordinate work with related trades and furnish, in writing, any information necessary to
permit the work of related trades to be installed satisfactory and with the least possible
conflict or delay.
Cn phi hp cng vic vi cc ngnh lin quan, ng thi cung cp, bng vn bn, bt c
thng tin no cn thit nhm cho php cng trnh ca cc ngnh lin quan c lp t t
yu cu, gy tr ngi hoc chm tr mc t nht.

C. The drawings show the general arrangement of equipment and appurtenances. Follow these
drawings as closely as the actual construction and the work of other divisions will permit.
Provide off-sets, fittings, and accessories which may be required but not shown on the
drawings. Investigate the site, and review drawings of other divisions to determine
conditions affecting the work, and provide such work and accessories as may be required to
accommodate such conditions.
Cc bn v th hin s sp t tng qut cc thit b v ph tng. Khi thi cng lp t thc
t cn theo tht st cc bn v. Cung cp cc ng khuu, ph kin ni v ph tng cn thit
d khng thy th hin trn cc bn v. Kim tra khu vc thi cng v xem xt cc bn v ca
cc phn khc nhm xc nh cc iu kin c th nh hng n cng vic, ng thi tin
hnh cc cng vic v cung ng cc ph tng c th cn thit nhm khc phc cc iu kin
.

D. The locations of lighting fixtures, outlets, switches, panels and other equipment indicated on
the drawings are approximately correct. Exercise particular caution with reference to the
location of lighting fixtures, outlets, panels, switches, etc. and have the precise and definite
locations accepted by the Construction Manager before proceeding with the installation.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 13 of 214

V tr ca ch gn n, cm, cng tc, bng in v cc thit b khc th hin trn cc bn
v l tng i chnh xc. Cn cn thn khi tham kho v tr gn n, cm, cng tc, bng
in, vv c c v tr chnh xc tuyt i vi s ng ca Gim c xy dng trc khi
tin hnh cng tc lp t.

E. The drawings show only the general run of services and approximate location of equipment,
outlets, panels, etc. Any significant changes in location of equipment, outlets, panels, etc.,
necessary in order to meet field conditions shall be brought to the attention of the
Construction Manager for review before such alterations are made. Modifications shall be
made at no additional cost to the Contract .
Cc bn v ch th hin hng tng qut ca cc h thng k thut v v tr tng i cua
thit b, u ra, bng u khin, vv.. Bt c thay i quan trng no v v tr ca thit b,
du ra bng iu khin, vv cn thit nhm p ng cc iu kin hin trng cn c
thng bo cho Giam oc d an e xem xt trc khi thc hin s thay i . Vic iu
chnh hoc thay i khng c tnh thm chi ph i viHp ng ph.

F. Carefully check space requirements with other division works to ensure that equipment can
be installed in the space allotted.
Cn kim tra cn thn cc yu cu v khng gian so vi cc b phn khc nhm bo m c
th lp t thit b vo ng v tr v khng gian quy nh.

G. Wherever work interconnects with work amongst different installation, coordinate with
other trades to ensure that they have the information necessary so that the Contractor may
properly install the necessary connections and equipment. Identify items (remote ballast,
pull boxes, etc.) requiring access in order that Ceiling Trade will know where to install
access doors and panels.
nhng v tr m vic lp t phi kt ni vi cng trnh khc, Nh thu cn phi hp vi
cc n v nh thu khc nhm bo m c y cc thng tin cn thit tin hnh lp
t v kt ni thit b mt cch ph hp. Phi xc nh cc hng mc (ballast tm xa, hp
ko, vv) cn li tip cn phc v sa cha Nh thu ph trch phn trn nh bit c v
tr phi lp t ca thm trn

H. Consult amongst installation Contractors so that, wherever possible, motor controls and
distribution equipment are of the same manufacturer.
Cn hi trong qu trnh lp t , nu c th, cc b iu khin m-t v thit b phn
phi l cng hng sn xut.

I. Furnish and set sleeves for passage of risers through structural masonry and concrete walls
and floors and elsewhere as required for the proper protection of each riser passing through
building surfaces.
Cung ng v b tr cc ng mng sng chuyn cc ng ng ng qua phn xy gch
ca cu trc, cc tng v sn b tng v cc v tr cn thit bo v thch ng tng
ng ng ng i qua cc b mt cng trnh.

J. Provide fire stopping around all trunkings, conduits, busducts, sleeves, etc. which pass
through fire compartments which defined in Architectural Drawing.
Phi c cht trm chng chy xung quanh tt c cc mng in, dy dn, thanh ci, mng
sng, vvkhi xuyn qua cc vch chng chy c nu trong Bn v kin trc.

K. Provide required supports and hangers for equipment suitably so as not to exceed allowable
loading of structures.
Cung cp cc gi , mc treo cn thit cho cc thit b mt cc thch hp sao cho khng
vt qu ti trng cho php ca kt cu.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 14 of 214

L. Wherever the work is of sufficient complexity, prepare additional detail drawings to scale to
coordinate the work with the work of other trades. Detailed work shall be clearly identified
on the drawings as to the area to which it applies. Submit these drawings to the Construction
Manager for review. When finishing, include a set of these drawings with each set of
recorded drawings.
nhng v tr m cng trnh c phc tp, cn chun b cc bn v chi tit b sung nhm
phi hp tt vi cng vic ca cc nh thu khc. Chi tit v cng vic cn c th hin r
rng trong phm vi khu vc m n tc ng . trnh cc bn v ny cho Gim c Xy
dng c xem xt. Vo thi im hon thnh cn bao gm mt b cc bn v ny vo
tng b bn v lu.

M. Coordinate with the local utility companies/authorities for their requirements for service
connections and provide all necessary provisions, grounding, materials, equipment, labor,
testing and appurtenances.
Cn phi hp vi cc c quan/cng ty ph trch cng trnh tin ch trong nc bit cc
yu cu ca h trong vic kt ni vo h thng chung, ng thi cung cp ton b cc vt
dng, h thng tip t, vt t, thit b, lao ng, th nghim v ph tng cn thit.

N. Before commencing works, examine adjoining works on which this work is in any way
affected and report conditions, which prevent performance of the works. Become thoroughly
familiar with actual exiting conditions to which connections must be made or which must be
changed or altered.
Trc khi khi cng, cn kho st cc cng trnh ln cn m cng vic lp t ny c th b
nh hng, ng thi bo co v cc tr ngi trong vic thc hin cng vic. Cn lm quen
vi mi trng thc t c th thch ng hoc thay i hay ci bin nu cn.

O. The Contractor is responsible to any modifications required due to service not properly
coordinated.
Nh thu ph phi chu trch nhim v bt c chnh sa no cn thit do vic kt ni vo h
thng k thut khng ng.
P. Circuit tags in the form of numbers are used where shown to indicate the circuit designation
numbers in electrical panels. Show the actual circuit numbers on the as built Record
Drawings and on the associated typed panelboard directory card. Where circuiting is not
indicated, provide required circuiting in accordance with the loading indicated on the
drawings and / or as indicated.
Dng cc tm nhn ghi li s mch tng ng trn cc bng iu khin. Phi ghi li s
thc t ca mch in vo cc bn v lu v trn cc bng in tng ng. nhng v tr
khng ch ra mch in, cn cung cp mch in theo yu cu theo ti trng ch ra trn bn
v v/hoc c quy nh.

Q. If the drawings do not indicate the number of wires in conduit for the branch circuit wiring
of fixtures and outlets, or the actual circuiting, provide the correct wire size and quantity as
required by the indicated circuiting and /or circuit numbers indicated, the control intent,
referenced wiring diagrams, the specified voltage drop or maximum distance limitations,
and 5% maximum for feeders and branches (3% maximum on either feeder or
branch).
Nu cc bn v khng th hin s lng dy dn in i vi dy mch nhnh ca cc thit
b v cc u ra hoc mch in thc t. Cn cung cp c dy chnh xc v khi lng theo
yu cu v mch in c th hin v/hoc s ca mch in th hin, mc ch iu
khin, s ng dy tham kho, st in p quy nh hoc gii hn khong cch ti
a v ti a 5% i vi cc ng truyn v nhnh (3% ti a trn ng truyn hoc
nhnh) (?)

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 15 of 214

R. Coordinate with the local utility company (QTSC) and their requirements for service
connections and provide all necessary metering provisions, grounding, materials, equipment,
labor, testing, and appurtenances.
Phi hp vi cng ty a phng (QTSC) ph trch h thng tin ch nm c yu cu
ca h i vi vic kt ni vo h thng chung, ng thi cung cp ton b cc dng c o,
h thng tip t, vt t, thit b , lao ng, th nghim v ph tng cn thit.

S. Adjust location of conduits, panels, equipment, etc., to accommodate the work to prevent
interferences, both anticipated and encountered. Determine the exact route and location of
each conduit prior to fabrication.
iu chnh v tr cc dy dn, bng iu khin, thit b, vv ph hp vi cng trnh, trnh
gy nhiu, d c d kin trc hay xy ra. Xc nh r ng i v v tr chnh xc ca
tng mng trc khi lp t.

1. Right-of-way: Lines which slope have the right-of-way over those which do not
slope. For example: plumbing drains normally have right-of-way. Lines whose
elevations cannot be changed have right-of-way over lines whose elevations can be
changed.
Quyn u tin: Cc tuyn dc c quyn u tin hn cc tuyn khng c dc. V d cc
ng ng thot nc thng c u tin. Cc tuyn c cao trnh khng th thay i
c quyn u tin hn cc tuyn c cao trnh c th thay i.

2. Provide offsets, transitions and changes in direction of conduit as required to maintain
proper headroom and pitch on sloping lines.
Cung ng cc ng khuu, ng chuyn tip v chuyn hng dy dn khi cn thit nhm
duy tr khong trng v cao trn cc tuyn dc. (?)

3.02 EXAMINATION OF SITE
KIM TRA HIN TRNG

A. Prior to the submitting of bids, visit the project site and become familiar with all conditions
affecting the proposed installation and make provisions as to the cost thereof.
Trc khi u thu, cn tham quan cng trng v lm quen vi cc iu kin nh hng
n cng tc lp t xut v lp d phng trong phn chi ph lin quan.

B. The Contract Documents do not make representations regarding the character or extent of
the sub-soils, water levels, existing structural, mechanical and electrical installations, above
or below ground, or other sub-surface conditions which may be encountered during the
work based on examination of the site or other information. Failure to examine the drawings
or other information does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for satisfactory
completion of the work.
H s thu khng trnh by c th v tnh cht hoc phm vi ca tng t ci, cao trnh
mc nc, cc cng trnh c, in v kt cu hin hu nm trn hoc di mt t, hoc
cc iu kin/tnh trng ca lp di b mt khc c th gp phi trong qu trnh thi cng
da trn vic kho st hin trng hoc cc thng tin khc. Vic khng xem xt cc bn v
hoc cc thng tin cung cp s khng lm gim bt trch nhim ca Nh thu ph trong
vic hon thnh cng trnh t yu cu.

3.03 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
CNG TC O V LP LI

A. Provide excavation for the work of the specified installation, if required or necessary.
Excavate all material encountered, to the depths indicated on the drawings or as required.
Remove from the site excavated materials not required or suitable for backfill. Provide
grading as may be necessary to prevent surface water from flowing trenches or other
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 16 of 214

excavations. Remove any water, which accumulates. Provide sheeting and shoring as may
be necessary for the protection of the work and for the safety of personnel.
Phi tin hnh o nu cng vic yu cu. o xi ton b vt liu n su ra trn
bn v hoc theo yu cu. Mang ra khi cng trng cc vt liu o m khng cn
dng lp li. To dc 6 nc khng chy lan ra cc khu vc khc. Khng xy ra
tnh trng ng nc. Phi c ct chng hoc tm ph bo v cng trnh v to an ton
cho cng nhn.

B. Provide trenches of widths necessary for the proper execution of the work. Grade bottom of
the trenches accurately to provide uniform bearing and support the work on undisturbed soil
at every point along its entire length. Except where rock is encountered, do not excavate
below the depths indicated. Where rock excavations are required, excavate rock to a
minimum over depth of four inches below the trench depths indicated on the drawings or
required. Backfill over depths n the rock excavation and unauthorized over depths with
loose, granular, moist earth, thoroughly machine tamped to a compaction level of at least
95% to standard proctor density or 75% relative density or as specified by the Construction
Manager. Wherever unstable soil that is incapable of properly supporting the work is
encountered in the bottom of the trench, remove soil to a depth required and backfill the
trench to the proper grade with coarse sand, find gravel or other suitable material.
o mng vi b rng cn thit cho vic thi cng cng trnh. San phng phn y
mng mt cch chnh xc nhm to phn chng ng b cho cng trnh ti cc im
khng n nh dc theo ton b chiu di. Ngoi tr nhng v tr gp phi tng, khng
c o su hn mc quy nh. Khi bt buc phi o phn , cn o ti thiu l 4 inch
di su ca mng th hin trn cc bn v hoc c quy nh. Lp ngc phn o
di hoc o l bng t m, ri v c ht. m ton b bng my t cht ti
thiu l 95% theo tiu chun hoc 75% t trng tng i hoc theo yu cu ca Gim c
Xy dng. Khi gp phi t khng n nh y mng v khng th chng thch ng,
cn ly t n su quy nh v lp ngc bng ct th, si nh hoc vt t ph hp
ng thi san phng.

C. Excavate trenches for utilities that will provide the following minimum depths of cover from
existing grade or from indicated finished grade as required by local authorities.
o mng cho cc h thng tin ch cn t su ti thiu nh ra di y tnh t
cao trnh hin hu hoc t lp san phng hon tt theo quy nh ca c quan chc nng

1. Electric Service: 70cm minimum
H thng in : ti thiu l 70cm

2. Telephone service: 70cm minimum
H thng in thoi: ti thiu l 70cm

D. Do not backfill until all required tests have been performed and installation observed and
signed off by the Construction Manager. Comply with the requirements of other sections of
the specifications. Backfill shall consist of non-expansive soil with limited porosity. Deposit
in 15cm layers and thoroughly and carefully tamp until the work has a cover of not less than
30cm. Backfill and tamp remainder of trench at 30cm intervals until complete. Uniformly
grade the finished surface.
Khng c lp trc khi thc hin xong cc th nghim theo yu cu v trc khi Giam
oc d an kim tra phn lp t v k xc nhn. Cn tun th cc yu cu thuc cc
chng khc trong Tiu ch k thut. Phn lp li bao gm t khng dn n vi xp
gii hn. Phn lng c lm thnh tng lp dy 15cm v c m tht k cho ti khi
cng trnh c mt lp ph dy khng di 30cm. Lp v m phn cn li ca mng
tng khong cch nhau 30cm cho ti khi hon tt. San phng b mt hon tt mt cch
ng b.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 17 of 214

3.04 CUTTING AND PATCHING
C CT V DM V

A. Where cutting, channeling, chasing or drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings or other
surfaces are necessary for the proper installation, support or anchorage of conduit or other
equipment, layout the work carefully in advance. Repair any damage to the building, piping,
equipment or defaced finish plaster, woodwork, metalwork, etc., using skilled trade people
of the trades required at no additional cost to the Contract .
Khi cn thit phi c, ct, o rnh hoc khoan nn, tng, vch ngn, trn hoc cc b
mt khc lp t, nng d hoc neo gi cc dy dn hoc thit b khc, cn lp s b
tr trc. Sa cha cc h hng i vi phn cng trnh, ng ng, thit b hoc phn va
trt, g hoc kim loi vv b h hi b mt bng cch s dng cng nhn c tay ngh chuyn
mn m khng c tnh thm chi ph vo hp ng.

B. Provide slots, chases, openings and recesses through floors, walls, ceiling, and roofs as
required. Where these openings are not provided, provide cutting and patching to
accommodate penetrations at no additional cost to the Contract .
Cung cp cc khe rnh, l h v cc ch tht vo trn phn nn, tng, trn v mi nh khi
cn thit. nhng v tr khng c l h, cn tin hnh cng tc c, ct v dm v nhm
to ra cc l ch m khng c tnh thm chi ph vo hp ng.

3.05 SEALING OF PENETRATIONS
TRM TRT CC L CH

A. Air Tight Seals
Trm kn hi
1. All penetrations through the building fabric subject to suction or pressurization shall be
sealed airtight.
Tt c cc l ch xuyn qua phn xy ca cng trnh chu nh hng ca vit ht hoc
iu p u cn c trm trt cho kn hi (khng cho khng kh lt vo)

B. Holes in Roof
L trn mi nh

1. Roof penetrations for passage of conduits or circular PVC and PVC Cables shall sealed
watertight using a flexible polypropylene conical sleeve manufacture to seal the cable
to the roof structure, regardless of the roof profile.
Cc l ch trn phn mi a cc dy dn hoc ng PVC v cp bc PVC qua cn
c trm kn khng cho nc thm qua bng cch s dng mt ng mng sng hnh
nn mm lm bng cht polypropylene trm kn phn cp i qua kt cu mi, bt
lun hnh dng mi nh th no

2. All sharp metal edges, which may come in contact with the cable, shall be suitably
bushed.
Tt c cc cnh kim loi sc c th tip xc vi cp cn phi c bc li mt cch
thch hp.

C. Fire Rated Penetrations
L ch chu la

1. Where services penetrate any fire rated barrier, the Contractor shall seal the penetration
with the use of an appropriate material to ensure the integrity of the fire barrier
Khi h thng k thut i qua bt c vt cn/vch ngn chu la no, Nh thu ph cn
trm kn cc l ch bng cch s dng mt loi vt liu ph hp bo m tnh
nguyn vn ca vt cn/vch ngn chu la .
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 18 of 214

2. The Contractor shall seal the cable enclosures through fire rated barriers to ensure the
integrity and rating of the fire barrier.
Nh thu ph cn trm kn phn chung quanh ng cp i qua vch ngn/vt cn
chu la nhm bo m tnh nguyn vn v mc chu la ca vt cn.vch ngn .

D. Acoustic Penetrations
L ch xuyn qua vt cch m

1. Where services penetrate acoustic barriers, sealant shall be supplied and installed to
maintain the acoustic separation at least equal to the barrier penetration.
Khi h thng k thut i xuyn qua cc vt cn/vch ngn cch m, cn cung cp v s
dng cht trm trt nhm duy tr tnh cch m t nht tng ng vi l ch vt
cn/vch ngn .

3.06 MOUNTING HEIGHTS
CAO LP T

A. Verify exact locations and mounting heights with Construction Manager before installation.
Cn xc minh v tr v cao lp t vi Giam oc d an trc khi lp t

3.07 MOUNTING HEIGHTS
CAO LP T

Avoid, if possible, the penetration of any waterproof membranes such as roofs, machine room
floors, basement walls, and the like. If such penetration is necessary, make penetration prior to
the waterproofing and furnish all sleeves or pitch-pockets required. Advise the Construction
Manager and obtain written permission before penetrating any waterproof membrane, even
where such penetration is shown on the drawings.
Trnh lm cc l ch i qua cc mng chng thm chng hn nh mi nh, sn phng my,
tng tng hm v cc v tr tng t. Nu vic lp cc l ch cn thit th cn lm trc khi
lm cng tc chng thmng thi cung ng tt c cc ng mng sng hoc cc pitch-pocket
cn thit. Bo co cho Giam oc d an v xin vn bn ph duyt trc khi tin hnh cng tc
xuyn qua cc mng chng thm, ngay c khi l ch c th hin trn cc bn v.

Restore waterproof integrity of walls or surfaces after they have been penetrated without
additional cost to the Contract .
Phc hi nguyn vn lp chng thm ca cc bc tng hoc b mt sau khi xuyn thng m
khng c tnh thm chi ph vo hp ng.

3.08 SUPPORTS
GI

Support work in accordance with the best industry practice. Provide supports, hangers, auxiliary
structural members and supplemental hardware required for support of the work.
Cc khung, gi phi c lm theo thng l cng nghip tt nht. Nh thu ph cn cung
ng cc khung, gi , mc treo, b phn kt cu ph cng nh cc phn cng b sung nng
cng trnh.

Provide supporting frames or racks extending from floor slab to ceiling slab for work indicated
as being supported from walls where the walls are incapable of supporting the weight. In
particular, provide such frames or racks in electric closets and equipment room.
Cung cp cc khung, gi ni t phin sn n phin trn cho cc cng trnh c nu trong
bn v cng nh Tiu ch k thut l cn c nng t cc bc tng, ti cc v tr m tng
khng c kh nng chu c trng lng. c bit l cn b tr cc khung, gi ti cc
hp in v phng thit b.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 19 of 214

Provide supporting frames or racks for equipment, which is installed in a free standing position.
Cung cp cc khung, gi cho thit b c lp t ti v tr ch v khng c gi .

Supporting frames or racks shall be of standard angle, standard channel or specialty support
system steel members, rigidly bolted or welded together and adequately braced to from a
substantial structure. Racks shall be of ample size to assure a workmanlife arrangement of all
equipment mounted on them.
Cc khung, gi phi c lm theo V, thp U ng tiu chun hoc cc b phn kt cu bng
thp c bit, c bt bu lng chc chn hoc hn vo nhau v c ging chng cn thn t
mt kt cu chc chn. Cc gi phi c kch thc y bo m chu c cc thit b
t ln mt cch lu di.

Adequate support of equipment (including outlet, pull junction boxes and fittings) shall not
depend on ducts, pipe, electric conduits, raceways, or cables for support.
Cc khung thit b (k c cc u ra, hp kt ni v g lp) khng c ta ln cc ng
dn, dy dn, rnh dn nc hoc cp in.

Equipment shall not rest on or depend for support on suspended ceiling media (tiles, lath, plaster,
as well as spines, runners, bards and the like in the plane of the ceiling).
Thit b khng c c hoc ta ln cc khung, gi t trn cc b phn trn c treo
(gch ngi, lati, thch cao cng nh cc ng xng sng (spine), ng rnh (runner) v cc
v tr tng t trn mt bng ca trn nh)
Provide independent support of equipment. Do not attach to supports provided for ductwork,
piping or work of other trades.
Cung cp cc khung, gi c lp cho thit b. Khng c gn chung vo cc khung gi
dnh cho cc ng ng dn, ng ng nc hoc cc cng trnh khc.

Provide required supports and hangers for equipment so that loading will not exceed allowable
loading of structure. Equipment and supports shall not come in contact with work of other trades.
Cung cp cc khung gi v mc treo cho thit b sao cho ti trng khng vt qu ti trng
cho php ca kt cu. Thit b v khung, gi khng c tip xc, ta vo cng trnh ca cc
nh thu khc.
3.08 FASTENINGS
KP, MC, G
Fasten equipment to building in accordance with the best industry practice.
Vic gn cht hay kp cht thit b vo cng trnh phi tun th cc thng l cng nghip tt
nht.

A. Where weight applied to the attachment points is 45 kg or less, conform to the following as
a minimum:
cc v tr m trng lng t ln cc im gn l 45 kg hoc t hn, ti thiu cn tun
theo iu kin di y:

1. Wood : Wood screws
G : Vt dng cho g

2. Concrete and solid masonry : Bolts and expansion shields
B tng hoc cng trnh xy gch : Bu lng v tm chn dn n.

3. Solid Metal : Machine screws in tapped holes or with
welded studs.
Kim loi cng : Vt my bt vo l c ren rng hoc inh
tn ri-v c hn.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 20 of 214

B. Where weight applied to the building attachment points exceeds 45kg, but is 135kg or less,
conform to the following as a minimum:
cc v tr m trng lng t ln cc im gn trn 45 kg nhng di 135 kg, ti thiu
cn tun theo iu kin di y:

1. At concrete slabs provide 60 cm x 60 cm x 13 cm steel fishplates on top with
through bolts. Fishplate assemblies shall be chased in and grouted flush with the top
slabs screed line, where no fill is to be applied.
Ti cc phin b tng cn cung cp cc thanh ni ray bng thp c kch thc 60 x
60 x 13 cm t trn im cao nht c bu lng xuyn qua. Cc b phn thanh ni
phi c khet rnh v pht va vi cc phin trn ch lt qua, khng cn lp y.

2. At steel decking or sub-floor for all fastenings, provide through bolts and threaded
rods. The tops of bolts and rods shall be set at least one inch below the top fill
screed line and grouted in. Suitable washers shall be used under bolt heads or nuts.
In case where the decking or sub-floor manufacturer produces specialty hangers to
work with his decking or sub-floor such hangers shall be provided.
Ti sn thp hay sn ph c kp, cn b tr cc bu lng xuyn thng v thanh c
ren. Phn trn ca bu lng v thanh ren phi c t ti thiu l 1 inch bn di
ng rnh lt trn nh ri pht va vo. Cn s dng cc lng n thch hp
t di u bu lng hoc con tn. Trong trng hp nh sn xut nn ph hoc
sn thp sn xut cc mc treo c bit s dng cho sn phm ca h th cn
cung cp cc mc treo .
C. Where weight applied to building attachment points exceeds 135kg, coordinate with and
obtain the approval of Construction Manager and conform to the following as a minimum:
cc v tr m trng lng t ln cc im gn vt qu 135 kg, cn phi hp v c c
s chp thun ca Giam oc d an v ti thiu cn tun theo iu kin di y:

1. Provide suitable auxiliary channel or angle iron bridging between building structural
steel elements to establish fastening points. Bridging members shall suitably welded
or clamped to building steel. Provide threaded rods or bolts to attach to bridging
members.
Cung cp mng treo ph hoc thp gchay thp U kt ni gia cc b phn bng
thp kt cu thit lp cc im kp. Cc b phn kt ni cn c hn hoc kp
cht mt cch thch hp vo phn thp ca cng trnh. Cung cp cc thanh ren
hoc bu lng bt cht vo cc b phn kt ni.

D. For items which are shown as being ceiling mounted at locations where fastening to the
building construction element above is not possible, provide suitable auxiliary channel or
angle iron bridging tying to the building structural elements.
i vi cc hng mc c th hin l c treo trn trn ti cc v tr m vic kt ni vo
cc b phn cng trnh khng kh thi, cn cung cp thp U hoc thp gc ni vo cc b
phn kt cu ca cng trnh.

E. Wall mounted equipment may be directly secured to wall by means of steel bolts. Groups or
arrays of equipment may be mounted on adequately sized steel angles, channels, or bars.
Cc thit b gn ln tng c th bt trc tip vo tng bng bu lng thp. Mt nhm hoc
mt dy thit b c th c gn ln tng trn cc thanh thp gc, mng treo hoc thanh
ngang c kch thc tha ng.

3.10 IDENTIFICATION
NHN NHN DNG

A. Identify equipment with permanently attached black phenolic nameplates with 13mm high
(20mm high for major equipment) with (Red for 22 kV equipment) engraved lettering.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 21 of 214

Identification shall include equipment name or load served as appropriate, year of
manufacture, type and any other information that required by the manufacturer. Nameplates
shall be attached with cadmium plated screws; peel and stick tape or glue on type
nameplates are unacceptable.
Nhn dng cc thit b bng cc bin tn lm bng cht phenolic mu en gn c nh trn
vi chiu cao 13mm (cao 20mm i vi cc thit b ln, mu i vi thit b in
22kV) vi ch ni c dp trn bin. Vic nhn dng cn bao gm tn thit b hoc ti
trng phc v thch hp, nm sn xut, chng loi thit b hoc cc thng tin cn thit khc.
Cc bin tn cn c bt cht vo thit b bng vt m cadmium. Khng chp nhn loi
bin tn gn hoc dn bng keo hoc bng keo d trc.

B. Services runs shall be properly identified as per the requirements in the Contract .
Thi gian vn hnh ca thit b cn c ghi r theo yu cu trong hp ng ph.

C. Cable tags shall be flameproof secured with flameproof non metallic cord.
Nhn/th gn trn cp phi c lm bng vt liu chu la gn cht vo bng dy lm
bng kim chu c chy.

D. Provide an engraved nameplate for each switch controlling loads which are not local to the
switch.
Cn cung cp bin tn chm ch cho tng cng tc iu khin ti trng khng nm gn
cng tc
E. See individual section for additional identification requirements.
Xem thm phn b sung ring dnh cho cc yu cu v nhn dng

3.11 PROHIBITED LABELS AND IDENTIFICATIONS
NHN V CC NHN DNG KHNG C CHP THUN

A. In all public areas, tenant areas, and similar locations within the project, the inclusion or
installation of any equipment or assembly which bears on any surface any name, trademark,
or other insignia which is intended to identify the manufacturer, the vendor, or other
source(s) from which such object has been obtained, is prohibited.
Ti cc khu vc cng cng, khu vc c ngi thu v cc khu vc tng t trong phm vi
cng trnh, vic a vo hoc lp t bt c thit b hoc vt dng no c mang trn b mt
tn, nhn hiu hoc cc du hiu khc c mc ch cung cp thng tin nhn dng v nh
sn xut, ngi bn hoc ngun gc ca vt t hoc thit b tuyt i khng c chp
thun.

B. Required test lab certification labels shall not be removed nor shall identification
specifically required under the various technical sections of the Specifications be removed.
Khng c lt b nhn chng nhn ca phng th nghim cng nh khng c lt b
nhn nhn dng c nu c th trong cc phn ca Tiu ch k thut.

3.12 EQUIPMENT PADS AND ANCHOR BOLTS
M LT THIT BN V BU LNG NEO

A. Provide concrete pads under all floor mounted electrical equipment. Equipment pads shall
conform to the shape of the piece of equipment it serves with a minimum 25mm margin
around the equipment 28 day, 175 kgs / square cm concrete reinforced with 15cm x 15cm
welded wire- mesh. Trowel tops and sides of pad smooth finishes, equal to those of the
floors, with all external corners bullnose to a 20mm radius. Shop drawings stamped
APPROVED shall be used for dimensional in sizing pads.
Phi b tng lt cho cc thit b lp t trn sn. B tng lt thit b cn phi theo ng
hnh dng ca phn thit b c lp vi ng bin ti thiu l 25mm chung quanh thit
b, bng b tng ct thp 28 ngy tui, 175 kg/cm
2
c li thp hn kch thc 15 x 15cm.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 22 of 214

Dng bay trt phn trn cng v cc cnh ca tm m cho trn lng tng ng vi
phn sn, bo trn cc gc bn ngoi vi bn knh 20mm. Cn s dng cc bn v gia cng
c ng du CHP THUN i vi kch thc ca cc tm m ny.

B. Provide galvanized anchor bolts for all equipment placed on concrete equipment pads,
inertia blocks, or on concrete slabs. Provide bolts of the size and number recommended by
the manufacturer of the equipment and locate by means of suitable templates. Equipment
installed on vibration isolators shall be secured to the isolator. Secure the isolator to the
floor, pad, or support as recommended by the vibration isolation manufacturer.
Cung cp cc bu lng neo m km cho cc thit b t trn cc tm m, khi hoc phin b
tng. Cung cp cc bu lng vi kch thc v s lng theo ch dn ca nh sn xut thit
b ri t vo v tr bng cc khun ph hp. Thit b lp t trn cc b cch in/chng
rung cn c bt cht vo b cch ly . Gn cht b cch ly xung sn nh, tm m
hoc gi ty theo ch dn ca nh sn xut b cch in/chng rung .

C. Where equipment is mounted on gypsum board partitions, the mounting screws shall pass
through the gypsum board and securely attach to the partition studs. As an attached to
15cm square, galvanized metal backplates which are attached to the gypsum board
with an approved non-flammable adhesive. Toggle bolts installed in gypsum board
partitions are not acceptable.
Khi gn thit b trn cc tm vch thch cao, vt treo phi xuyn thng tm thch cao v bt
cht vo phn xng ca tm vch. C tm lt mt sau khong 15 mm
2
c dn volp
thch cao bng keo chng chy. Khng chp thun s dng loi bu lng tai (tc k bm)
lp t vo cc tm thch cao.

3.13 DELIVERY, DRYAGE AND HAULING
VIC GIAO HNG, DRYAGE V VN CHUYN

A. Provide drayage, hauling, hoisting, shoring and placement in the building of equipment
specified and be responsible for the timely delivery and installation of equipment as
required by the construction schedule. If any item of equipment is received prior to the
time it is required, the Contractor shall be responsible for its proper storage and
protection until the time it is required. Pay for all costs of demurrage or storage.
Cung ng vic darayage, vn chuyn, cu trc, chng v t cc thit b vo v tr
trong cng trnh ng thi chu trch nhim v vic giao hng v lp t thit ng thi
hn quy nh trong k hoch tin thi cng. Nu nhn c hng mc thit b no
trc thi hn cn thit, Nh thu ph phi chu trch nhim v vic lu kho v bo v
thch hp cho ti khi cn s dng. Nh thu ph cn phi i th cc chi ph cho vic
lu tu qu hn hoc lu kho

B. If equipment is not delivered or installed at the project site in a timely manner as
required by the project construction schedule, the Contractor shall be responsible for
resulting disassembly, re-assembly, manufacturers supervision, shoring, general
construction modification, delays, overtime cost, etc., at no additional cost to the
Contract .
Nu thit b khng c giao ti hoc lp t ti cng trnh ng thi hn ra trong
bng tin thi cng, Nh thu ph phi chu trch nhim v cng tc tho ra, lp li,
gim st ca nh sn xut, chng , chnh sa k hach thi cng chung, chm tr, cc
chi ph ngoi gi, vv m khng c tnh thm vo chi ph hp ng.

3.14 TESTING OF SYSTEMS
TH NGHIM H THNG

A. Comply with the project construction schedule for the date of final performance and
acceptance testing, and complete work sufficiently in advance of the Contract completion
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 23 of 214

date to permit the execution of the testing prior to occupancy and Contract closeout.
Complete any adjustments and/or alterations which the final acceptance tests indicate as
necessary for the proper functioning of all equipment prior to the completion date. See
individual sections for extend of testing required.
Cn theo ng k hoch tin thi cng i vi ngy hon thnh cui cng v cc cng tc
th nghim nghim thu, ng thi hon tt cng vic mt cch y trc ngy hon
thnh hp ng ph cho php tin hnh cng tc th nghim trc khi bn giao v kt
thc hp ng. Hon tt cc vic iu chnh v/hoc thay i m cc th nghim nghim
thu cho thy cn thit phi thc hin vn hnh tt mi thit b trc ngy hon thnh
cng trnh. Xem tng chng ring v phm vi/mc th nghim cn thit.

B. Provide detailed schedule of completion indicating when each system is to be completed and
outlining when field testing will be performed. Submit completion schedule for review
within six months (or for 6 months?) after the notice to proceed by Construction Manager
or Employers Representative has been given. Update this schedule periodically as the
project progresses. Testing procedure to be submitted for Construction Manager approval in
90 days in advance of testing.
Cung cp k hoch chi tit v vic hon thnh cng trnh, trong nu r khi no hon tt
tng h thng v khi no thc hin cng tc th nghim hin trng. trnh k hoch
hon thnh trong vng su thng xem xt sau khi nhn c thng bo khi cng ca
Gim c Xy dnghoc i din Ch u t. Thng xuyn cp nht bn k hoch ny
theo tin thc t ca cng trnh. Quy trnh th nghim cn c trnh c Gim
c Xy dng ph duyt 90 ngy trc khi tin hnh th nghim.

C. Meet all requirements listed in Testing, Commissioning, Inspection and Certifications
sections of each individual divisions of this Specification.
p ng ton b cc yu cu c lit k trong cc chng Th Nghim, Vn Hnh Th
Nghim Thu v Chng Nhn ca tng phn ring trong Tiu ch k thut ny

3.15 SAMPLES
MU M

A. Samples showing fabrication techniques, quality and workmanship of component parts,
compatibility of accessories shall be submitted for approval, upon request by the
Construction Manager.
Cc mu m th hin k thut sn xut, cht lng v tay ngh ca cc b phn, tnh tng
thch ca cc ph tng cn c trnh ph duyt khi c yu cu ca Gim c Xy
dng.

3.16 WARRANTIES
BO HNH

A. The Contractor shall warrant that the capacity, rating or duty of all equipment used in the
installation shall not be less than the performance specified on the Drawing or in the
Specification when operating under the specified conditions and in accordance with the
equipment manufacturers instructions. Any equipment/system not meeting this requirement
shall be rejected.
Nh thu ph cn bo hnh cng sut, c tnh tht k hoc ch lm vic ca cc thit b
s dng trong vic lp t trong mt thi hn khng t hn tnh nng hot ng th hin
trn cc bn v hoc trong Tiu ch k thut khi vn hnh trong cc iu kin c nu v
theo ng cc ch dn ca nh sn xut. Bt c thit b/h thng no khng p ng yu
cu ny s b loi b.

3.17 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS, PERSONNEL AND PROPERTY
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 24 of 214

BO V VT T, CON NGI V TI SN

A. All material and goods shall be delivered to the site in new condition, properly packed and
protected against damage due to handling, adverse weather or other circumstances, and be
kept in packing case or under protective covering until required for use.
Ton b cc hng ha v vt t phi c giao n cng trng trong tnh trng mi
nguyn, c ng gi ng quy cch v bo v khng b tn hi do qu trnh vn chuyn,
thi tit xu hoc cc tnh hung bt li khc, ng thi c nguyn trong bao b ng
gi hoc bao kn cho ti khi c yu cu s dng.

B. Any items suffering damage in transit or on site shall be rejected and replaced without extra
cost and time to the Contract .
Bt c hng mc thit b no b h hng trong qu trnh vn chuyn hoc khi a ti cvng
trng u khng c chp thun v phi c thay th m khng c tnh thm chi ph
hoc thi gian vo hp ng.

C. In the case of the equipment and materials, which originate from other countries and/or
different climatic conditions, all such equipment and materials shall be adequately and
securely packed for.
Trong trng hp thit b v vt t c xut x t quc gia khc v/hoc t ni c iu kin
kh hu thi tit khc bit th thit b v vt t phi c ng gi tht kn v y .

D. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for all apparatus, equipment and materials
furnished by him in connection with his works, and special care shall be taken to protect all
parts thereof in such a manner as may be necessary or as directed.
Nh thu ph phi chu hon ton trch nhim v cc my mc, thit b v vt t m h
cung cp lin quan n cng vic ca Nh thu ph, ng thi cn quan tm c bit n
vic bo v tt c cc b phn my mc thit b mt cch ph hp hoc theo ch th.

E. Protection shall include covers, crating, sheds, stores or other means to protect the
apparatus, equipment and materials from the weather, water damage, corrosion and to
prevent dirt, grit, plaster or other foreign substances from entering the working parts of
machinery or equipment. Special care shall be taken to keep all opening of pipes, ducts, etc.
closed while in storage or during the course of delivery and erection / installation.
Cng tc bo v cn bao gm vt che ph, thng g tha, nh kho hoc cc phng tin
khc nhm bo v my mc, thit b v vt t khng b nh hng ca thi tit, nc v s
r st v nhm trnh bi t, ba d, mnh vn hoc cc vt l khc chui vo cc b phn
ca my mc thit b. Cn lu c bit n vic ng cht cc l h ca ng ng, ng
dn, vv trong thi gian lu kho hoc trong qu trnh vn chuyn v lp dng/lp t.

F. The Contractor shall take precautions to avoid unnecessary damage among the M&E
installation.
Nh thu ph cn lu trnh gy ra nhng thit hi khng cn thit triong qu trnh lp
t h thng c & in.

G. All precautions shall be taken for the safety of personnel on site. The Contractor shall also
conform with general regulations governing personnel on the site and must keep to the
working space allocated for their use.
Mi bin php phng nga u cn c p dng i vi vn an ton lao ng cng
trng. Nh thu ph cn phi tun th cc quy nh chung trong vic qun l nhn s
cng trng ng thi phi b tr khng gian lm vic h s dng.

H. Lighting fixture troffers with parabolic reflectors shall be installed with factory mounted
plastic protective bags around parabolic reflector assembly. Remove protective bags just
prior to occupancy.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 25 of 214

Phi gi nguyn cc ti nylon bao cha n parabol v ch c tho b ngay trc khi lp
rp bn giao.

3.18 INTERFACING WITH ALL SERVICES AND SYSTEMS
PHN VIC CHUNG VI CC H THNG K THUT KHC

A. General
i cng
1. The Contractor shall provide all necessary provisions for interfacing amongst
installation, trades, services, and equipment. All necessary sensors, current/voltage
transformers, voltage-free contacts, relays, auxiliary contacts, terminals,
transducers, etc. for interfacing works shall be provided by the Contractor .
Nh thu ph cn cung cp tt c cc vt t cn thit cho cc phn vic chung nh
lp t, phn vic ca cc nh thu khc, cc h thng k thut v thit b. Nh
thu ph cung ng ton b cc b cm ng, b bin th/bin dng, cng tc khng
c in p, r-le, cng tc ph, u ni, cm bin, vv
2. All control/monitoring wiring from sensors, equipment, and components for the
interfacing shall be terminated at a separate interfacing compartment located at the
respective equipment/systems switchboard or control panel. The interfacing
compartment shall be completed with all necessary connectors, terminals, and with
proper identifications to allow interfacing works to be easily carried out. The
compartments shall clearly indicate Extra Low Voltage Cable Only, No Power
Cable Connection. Where there is not equipment / system panels with provisions
same as the interfacing compartment as described above. The locations of the
switchboard/control panels and the interfacing panels shall be properly coordinated.
Ton b cc ng dy iu khin/gim st i t b cm ng, thit b v cc b
phn cho phn giao ct phi c u ni ti mt ngn giao din ring t ti bng
iu khin hoc bng cng tc ca h thng/thit b tng ng. Ngn giao din cn
c hon thnh vi y cc b phn kt ni, hp ni cn thit vi cc thng tin
nhn dng nhm to thun li cho vic iu khin cc cng trnh giao ct. Cc
ngn ny cn ghi r Ch s dng cho co h th b sung. Khng c kt ni cp
in. Khi khng c bng thit b/h thng vi cc iu kin nh trn, cc v tr
ca bng iu khin/bng cng tc v cc bng giao din cn phi c phi hp
ng cch.

3. For every control panel and each module of the switchboard, at least five (5) spare
terminals shall be provided for future interfacing works.
i vi mi bng iu khin v tng m-un ca bng cng tc, cn cung cp t
nht nm (5) hp u ni d phng cho cc cng trnh giao din trong tng lai.

4. Wiring and cables for interfacing with the fire alarm system and other fire
protection and life safety systems shall be fire rated to comply with Civil Defences
requirements.
Dy v cp cho phn giao ct vi h thng bo chy cng nh cc h thng phng
chy v cu sinh khc phi c chu la theo cc yu cu ca Lut phng v dn
s. (quy nh PCCC?)

5. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, interfacing wiring from Fire
Alarm and Building Management system and the chiller plant master controller
shall be provided and terminated at the terminals of the System installation
respectively. The Contractor shall co-ordinate the current and interfacing signals so
that the interconnection of systems, as indicated on the Contract Drawings, meets all
the mandatory levels of completion to satisfy final handover to the Building Owner.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 26 of 214

Tr phi c quy nh hoc th hin khc trn cc Bn v, dy ca phn giao ct i
t h thng bo chy v h thng iu khin nng lng ca ta nh cng nh t
b iu khin chnh ca my lm lnh cn c cung cp v u ni ti hp u
ni ca h thng lp t tng ng. Nh thu ph cn phi phi hp dng in v
cc tn hiu giao ct sao cho s hp mng ca cc h thng, nh th hin trn Bn
v hp ng, p ng c cc mc hon thnh theo quy nh nhm tha mn
vic bn giao cui cng cho Ch u t.

6. Digital inputs and outputs : voltage-free dry contact
u ra v u vo k thut s : cng tc kh khng in p

7. Analog inputs and outputs : 4 20 mA or 0 10 mV
u ra v u vo tng t : t 4-20 mA hoc 0-10 mV

8. All the interface provisions shall be DC operated and rated not more than 50 mA.
Ton b cc vt dng cung cp cho giao din phi thuc loi vn hnh bng in
mt chiu v c cng sut khng ln hn 50mA

B. Electrical Installation
Cng tc lp t phn in

1. The Electrical Installation shall provide the following:
Nh thu ph trch cng tc lp t phn in cn cung cp cc th sau:

Isolators and power points (fused spur units) for all mechanical equipment and
systems. Where shown on the Drawings, the Electrical installation shall include
direct power cable connections to the mechanical systems main motor control
centers.
Cc b cch ly v im ni in (cc n v fused spur) cho tan b cc thit
b v h thng c kh. Khi c th hin trn cc Bn v, cng tc lp t phn
in s bao gm c cc im kt ni cp in trc tip vo trung tm iu
khin m-t chnh ca h thng c.

Earthing terminal in the Fire Command Center and all other plantrooms for
supplementary equipotential bonding of mechanical equipment and systems.
Hp ni t trong Trung tm iu hnh cng tc PCCC v cc phng my
khc i vi vic kt ni ng th b sung ca cc thit b v h thng c kh.

Power failure signal to the Lift System (including wiring terminations into the
Lift interfacing panel in the Lift Motor Room), Fire Alarm System and the
Building Management System.
Tn hiu bo mt in cho h thng thang my (k c cc hp ni dy vo bng
giao din ca thang my trong phng m-t thang my), h thng bo chy v
h thng iu hnh ca ta nh

Electrical bonding of all roof equipment and external metal cladding including
provisions and connection of bonding cables.
Lin kt phn in ca tt c cc thit b trn mi v lp bc kim loai bn
ngoi k c cc vt dng v phn kt ni ca cp lin kt.

Fuel day tank High/Low level alarm signals to the Building Management
System.
Tn hiu bo ng v mc cao/thp ca b cha nhin liu cho h thng iu
hnh ca ta nh.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 27 of 214

Power point in each toilet for the plumbing installation (for connection to
automatic sanitary sensors and flush valve under the Plumbing and Sanitary
installation.
im ni in trong tng nh v sinh i vi h thng ng ng lp t (
kt ni vo cc b cm ng v sinh t ng v van x nc theo h thng
ng ng nc v v sinh lp t)

C. Service Indication Panel Installation (SIP)
Cng tc lp t h thng bng hin th cho ta nh)

1. The SIP Installation shall provide the following:
Nh thu ph ph trch cng tc lp t h thng SIP cn cung cp:

All control and monitoring modules for interfacing with other mechanical and
electrical systems (with the exception of those for interfacing with the Fire
Alarm system).
Tt c cc m-un iu khin v theo di giao tip vi cc h thng c &
in (ngoi cc m-un cho phn giao tip vi h thng bo chy)

High level interface with the Fire Alarm system and the Aircon control panels.
Giao tip mc cao vi h thng bo chy v cc bng iu khin h thng
lm lnh chiller.

3.19 STRUCTURAL EXPANSION JOINTS AND SETTLEMENT JOINTS
CC MI NI DN N V MI NI C NNH CHO KT CU

A. The Contractor shall make adequate provisions of flexible joints/connectors and/or
expansion loops where services pass through structural expansion joints. The locations of
these expansion joints are shown on the Architectural/structural drawings. The provisions of
flexible joints/connections shall take into account the movement allowance. Detailed
calculations shall be submitted by the Contractor to justify the selection of these flexible
joints/connectors.
Nh thu ph cn cung cp y cc mi ni/b phn ni co dn v/hoc cc vng dn
n ti cc v tr h thng i qua cc mi ni dn n kt cu. V tr ca cc mi ni co dn
ny c th hin trn cc bn v kin trc/kt cu. Khi cung cp cc mi ni/b phn ni
dn n cn lu n dung sai chuyn ng. Nh thu ph cn trnh cc tnh ton chi
tit nhm chng minh vic tuyn chn cc mi ni/b phn ni co dn ny.

B. For settlement joints shown on the structural drawings or required by the construction of
structural works, the Contractor shall co-ordinate that any installation which passes
through settlement joints shall be executed after the complete casting of both side of the
joint.
i vi cc ni ni c nh th hin trn cc bn v kt cu hoc cn thit cho vic thi cng
cc cng tc kt cu, Nh thu ph cn lu rng bt c h thng lp t no i qua cc
mi ni c nh u phi c thc hin sau khi c xong hai mt ca mi ni (?)

C. The Contractor shall co-ordinate to ensure that all services installed under metal roof and
Skylight shall have adequate provisions to take into account the movement and deflection
of the roof structure and the cladding.
Nh thu ph cn phi hp bo m rng tt c cc h thng k thut lp t di phn
mi kim loi (mi tn) v mi ly nh sng (tn nha hay vt liu trong sut ly nh
sng) u phi c d phng y , lu n chuyn ng v s bin dng(vng) ca
kt cu mi v lp tn ph.

3.20 PAINTING
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 28 of 214

CNG TC SN

A. All equipment, enclosures, housings, air ducts, piping, trunking, cable trays, conduits, etc.
which are exposed to view (including those in plant rooms) shall be provided with colour
paint finishes.
Ton b cc thit b, hng ro bao quanh,v bc, ng dn kh, ng ng, hp ni, khay
cp, dy dn, vv l ra ngai (k c cc th trong phng my) u phi c lp hon thin
bng sn mu.

B. Generally, all metal surfaces requiring painting shall be provided with two (2) coats of
asphalt aluminum paint, primer coated, and two (2) coats of finished paint.
Ni chung, tt c cc b mt kim loi cn sn u phi c cung cp hai (2) lp sn nhm
asphalt, (2 lp lt) v hai (2) lp sn hon thin.

C. No painting shall be done on damp surfaces.
Khng c sn trn b mt m.

D. The Contractor shall submit color scheme for the entire Works to the General Contractor for
co-ordination ad submission for approval by the Construction Manager.
Nh thu ph cn trnh bng lit k mu sn cho ton b cc cng trnh cho Nh thu
chnh phi hp v trnh cho Giam oc d an c ph duyt.

E. Painting requirements as stated in codes and regulation or generally required by local
authorities shall also be provided.
Cc yu cu v cng tc sn theo cc quy nh chung ca cc c quan chc nng trong
nc cng cn c cung cp.

3.21 SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND NOTICES
THIT BN AN TON V CC BNG THNG BO

A. The Contractor shall supply and install the following safety equipment and notices for each
switchboard/control panel in the respective switchrooms and plant rooms:-
Nh thu ph cn cung cp v lp t cc thit b an ton v cc bng thng bo sau y
cho tng bng cng tc/bng iu khin trong cc phng cng tc v phng my:

Solid rubber insulated mats complying with BS 921 in front and extending the full
length of the Medium Voltage Switchboard.
Cc tm cch in bng cao su cng theo tiu chun BS 921 pha trc v trn
ton b chiu di ca bng iu khin/bng cng tc.

Copies of all statutory safety notices, regulations and instructions for resuscitation
and treatment after electrical shock.
Bn sao ca cc thng bo, quy nh v hng dn v an ton theo lut nh i
vi vic lm hi tnh v x l sau khi b in git.

Danger signs on the switchboards/control panels, the doors of sub-station,
switchrooms and electrical riser duct rooms and elsewhere to the requirements of
the Power Supply Authority.
Cc bin bo nguy him gn trn bng iu khin/bng cng tc, ca ra vo trm
bin th, phng cng tc, phng t ng ng ng dn in v ti cc v tr theo
yu cu ca c quan chc nng ph trch v in.

A copy of the main single line diagram, varnished and mounted on suitable hard
backing and framed (in glass panel), showing clearly the full details of the electrical
and mechanical systems as supplied and installed.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 29 of 214

Mt bn s ng dy n chnh, qut vcni v gn ln mt nn cng c
ng khung (c knh), th hin r rng ton b chi tit v h thng c & in c
cung ng v lp t.

Any other Notices as required by all local Authorities.
Bt c thng bo no theo yu cu ca cc c quan chc nng trong nc.

3.22 QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL (QA/QC)
QUN L V BO M CHT LNG (QA/QC)

A. The Contractor , prior to the commencement of the Works, shall submit for the
Construction Manager approval comprehensive QA/QC programme for the installation
which shall include but not be limited to the following:
Trc khi khi cng, Nh thu ph cn trnh cho Giam oc d an c ph duyt
ton b k hoch qun l v bo m cht lng i vi cng tc lp t, bao gm nhng
khng gii hn cc im sau:

QA/QC programme of the manufacturing process of equipment;
K hoch qun l/bo m cht lng ca quy trnh sn xut thit b

Method statement of all site erection/installation works;
Bin php thi cng cho ton b cc cng tc lp t hin trng.

Method of protection for material/equipment during delivery, and stored on and off
the site; and
Phng php bo v vt t/thit b trong qu trnh giao nhn v lu kho bn trong
v bn ngoi cng trung, v

Testing and commissioning programmes, procedures, etc.
K hoch, quy trnh th nghim v vn hnh th, vv

B. The QA/QC programme and procedures shall generally be in conformance with the
guidelines of ISO 9000.
K hoch v quy trnh cng tc qun l/bo am cht lng ni chung cn tun th cc
hng dn trong ISO 9000.

C. All equipment, material and items incorporated in the Works under this Contract are to be
new and of top class quality.
Tt c cc thit b, vt t v hng mc a vo trong Cng trnh theo Hp ng ph ny
phi cn mi nguyn v thuc loi c cht lng tt nht.

D. The use of electrically dissimilar metals in contact with each other shall be avoided. If this
is not possible, the contact surfaces of the two (2) metals shall be insulated from each other
by an approved method.
Cn trnh vic s dng cc kim loi khng ng dng v mt in tip xc vi nhau. Nu
iu ny l bt buc th cc b mt tip xcca hai (2) kim loi phi c cch ly vi nhau
bng mt bin php c chp thun.

E. All work under this Contract shall be performed in a skillful and workmanlike manner and
in accordance with best workshop practice.
Tt c cc cng vic theo Hp ng ph ny phi c thc hin mt cch kho lo v do
ngi c tay ngh cao, ng thi cn theo ng thng l cng nghip tt nht.

F. All components shall be easily accessible for maintenance/replacement.
Tt cc cc b phn lp t cn phi d dng tip cn bo dng/thay th.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 30 of 214

G. All instrumentation and equipment required for inspection, testing and commissioning shall
be calibrated and maintained by the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit all valid
calibration records from manufacturer and/or recognized laboratories and testing authorities
before the use of such instrumentation and equipment.
Ton b cc thit b v dng c o lng cn thit cho cng tc kim tra, th nghim v
vn hnh th cn c Nh thu ph kim nh v bo dng. Nh thu ph cn trnh
tt c cc bin bn kim nh cn gi tr ca nh sn xut v/hoc cc phng th nghim
c cng nhn v ca cc c quan c chc nng th nghim trc s dng cc thit b v
dng c o lng .

3.23 PROGRESSIVE RECORDS/AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
H S TIN /BN V HON CNG

A. During the course of the Contract , the Contractor shall keep progressive record drawings of
all installation works.
Trong qu trnh thc hin hp ng, Nh thu ph cn lu gi cc bn v cng nh h s
v tin ca tan b cng tc lp t.

B. As-built drawings shall be developed and produced during the course of the installation
and, when requested by the Construction Manager, for substantiating of monthly progress
claims.
Cc bn v hon cng cn c trin khai v thc hin trong qu trnh lp t, v khi c
Giam oc d an yu cu, nhm chng minh cho cc h s xin thanh ton theo tin hng
thng.

C. As-fitted schematic system diagrams, properly framed, shall also be provided and mounted
on the wall inside each plant room.
Cn cung cp cc s h thng hon cng c ng khung cn thn v treo trn tng
bn trong phng my.

D. Submission of approved as-built or as manufactured drawings shall be in the following
manner:
Vic trnh cc bn v hon cng c ph duyt phi c thc hin nh sau:

Two (2) sets of computer soft copy in CD ROM of format to Auto CAD 2003 or newer
version;
Hai (2) b a mm CD ROM di dng Auto CAD 2003 hoc dng mi hn

Five (5) bound sets of paper prints for all drawings; and
Nm (5) b bn in ra ca tt c cc bn v c ng thnh tp, v

E. Additional set of as-built drawings in addition to the above as specified in the Contract
Preliminaries and reasonably requested by the Construction Manager shall also be provided.
Ngoi s lng nu trn, cn cung cp thm mt b b sung ca cc bn v hon cng nh
quy nh trong Cc iu khon s b ca Hp ng ph v theo yu cu hp l ca Gim
c Xy dng.

3.24 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS SUBMISSIONS
VIC TRNH CC BN V HON CNG

A. As-built drawings shall be provided as required by the Construction Manager.
Cc bn v hon cng cn c cung cp theo yu cu ca Giam oc d an.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 31 of 214

B. The Contractor shall ensure that the submissions are made properly and in a timely fashion
and will not delay the inspections and testings by the authorities. All as-built drawings shall
be produced based on the latest architectural plans.
Nh thu ph cn bo m rng cc h s trnh c thc hin mt cch chnh xc v
ng thi hn ra, ng thi khng c gy chm tr cho vic kim tra v th nghim
ca cc c quan chc nng. Tt c cc bn v hon cng phi c lp trn c s cc bn
v kin trc mi nht.

3.25 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
CNG TC TH NGHIM V VN HNH TH

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary licences as required by all
relevant authorities before operation of any equipment/system.
Nh thu ph phi chu trch nhim v vic xin tt c cc loi giy php theo yu cu ca
cc c quan chc nng lin quan trc khi vn hnh bt c thit b/h thng no.

B. All testing and commissioning to enable proper operation of the Works shall be completed
to the satisfaction of the Construction Manager in accordance with the construction
programme or before the issuance of Taking Over Certificate, whichever is earlier.
Ton b cc cng tc th nghim v vn hnh th to iu kin cho vic vn hnh tt
cc cng trnh lp t phi hon thnh t s hi lng ca Giam oc d an v theo ng
tin thi cng hoc trc khi pht hnh Chng Ch nghim thu cng trnh, ty theo thi
im no sm hn.
C. All final adjustments and final balancing of the equipment/system operation shall be
completed before the Date of Taking Over Certificate.
Mi s hiu chnh v cn chnh cui cng i vi hot ng ca thit b/h thng phi c
hon tt trc ngy pht hnh Chng ch nghim thu cng trnh.

D. The complete testing and commissioning are deemed to be concluded successfully only
when the installation operated properly within the specified limits of its rating continuously
without failure of any kind.
Ton b cng tc th nghim v vn hnh th ch c xem nh hon thnh tt p sau
khi h thng lp t vn hnh tt trong phm vi cc gii hn cng sut ra mt cch lin
tc khng xy ra bt c s c no.

E. The Contractor shall establish the dates by which permanent utilities shall be available for
testing and commissioning of equipment and take this into account in his programme, or
make suitable arrangements to test and commission with temporary power based on
programme.
Nh thu ph cn thit lp cc mc ngy thng m cc h thng tin ch thng xuyn
(in nc) phi c sn cho cng tc th nghim v vn hnh th, ng thi lu iu ny
trong k hoch ca mnh, hoc cn phi b tr th nghim v vn hnh th vi ngun
in tm thi da trn k hoch ca mnh.

F. The Contractor shall arrange for all submissions to authorities and pay the cost of statutory
inspections and certificates.
Nh thu ph cn chun b cc h s trnh cho c quan chc nng ng thi i th
cc chi ph cho vic kim tra v cp giy chng nhn theo lut nh.

3.26 ATTENDANCE TO OCCUPATION PERMIT APPLICATION
THAM GIA VO VIC XIN CP GIY PHP HNH NGH (?)

A. The Contractor shall provide all necessary attendance to inspection by the Construction
Manager and authorities for the purpose of Occupation Permit application.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 32 of 214

Nh thu ph cn tham gia vo vic kim tra ca Giam oc d an v cc c quan chc
nng phc v cho mc ch xin cp giy php hnh ngh (?).

3.27 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL
TI LIU HNG DN CNG TC BO DNG V VN HNH

A. The operation and Maintenance Instruction manual shall be in A4 size paper and be bound
in rigid covers covered and engraved with lettering giving the Employers name, project
name, Construction Managers name.
Ti liu hng dn cng tc bo dng v vn hnh phi c thc hin trn kh giy A4,
c ng thnh tp c ba cng, ngoi ba c ghi tn Ch u t, tn d n v tn ca
Gim c Xy dng.

B. Draft of manuals shall be submitted for Construction Manager review in advance of testing
to allow the Construction Manager to familiarized with the equipment manufacturers
recommendation. Final draft manuals must be submitted for the Construction Manager
review before Taking Over Certificate is prepared. After acceptance by the Construction
Manager, the Contractor shall submit five (5) sets and a soft copy of this manual for record
before Taking Over certificate is issued.
Bn d tho ti liu cn c trnh Giam oc d an xem xt trc khi th nghim
nhm to iu kin cho Giam oc d an qun trit c cc xut ca nh sn xut thit
b. Ti liu d tho cui cng phi trnh cho Gim c Xy dng c xem xt trc
khi chun b Chng ch nghim thu cng trnh. Sau khi c Giam oc d an chp thun,
Nh thu ph cn trnh nm (5) b v mt da mm (vi tnh) ca ti liu ny lu troc
khi Chng ch nghim thu cng trnh c pht hnh .

C. In general, each manual shall consist, but not limited to the following section:
Ni chung, mi b ti liu cn bao gm nhng khng gii hn cc chng sau:
1. General
i cng

a. This section shall include the purpose of the manual and brief description of the
manual directory.
Chng ny cn bao gm mc ch ca ti liu v phn m t tm tt ni dung ti
liu.

2. System Description
M t h thng

a. This section shall include the following as a minimum:
Chng ny cn bao gm ti thiu l nhng phn sau

1) Description of the overall system
M t ton b h thng

2) General operation of plant., starting up and shutting down procedures,
location of each equipment, normal and emergency operation of
systems/equipment, control settings and tolerances
Cch vn hnh chung my mc thit b, quy trnh khi ng v tt my, v tr
ca tng thit b, cch vn hnh bnh thng v khn cp thit b/h thng,
ci t iu khin v cc dung sai

3) Size and capacity of all the major equipment and components of the system
Kch thc v cng sut ca tt c cc thit b v b phn ca h thng

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 33 of 214

4) The proposed initial setting of protective devices and other adjustable
components of the system. Space shall be reserved for the insertion of final
commissioned and accepted settings
Vic ci t ban u c xut ca cc b phn bo v v cc b phn c
th iu chnh khc ca h thng. Cn d tr khng gian a vo cc ci
t sau khi vn hnh th ln cui v c chp thun

5) Normal sequence of equipment and plant operation and alternative sequence
to maintain operation of part of the total facilities during abnormal
circumstances.
Trnh t hot ng bnh thng ca my mc v thit b v trnh t thay i
nhm duy tr hat ng ca mt b phn trong ton b h thng trong tnh
hung bt thng.

3. Technical Specification
Tiu ch k thut

a. This section shall include the technical descriptions and functions of all equipment
and components and shall generally include:
Chng ny cn bao gm cc m t k thut v chc nng ca tt c cc thit b
v cc b phn, ng thi ni chung bao gm:

1) Schedules of equipment showing quantities, locations, types, operating
duties.
Bng lit k thit b trong th hin s lng, v tr, chng loi v cng sut
hot ng

2) Technical description of all systems and equipment, including circuit
diagrams of each printed circuit board and component layout diagram for
each printed circuit board installed for this project.
Phn m t k thut ca ton b h thng v thit b, k c cc s mch
ca tng bng mch in (printed circuit) v s b tr cc b phn i vi
tng bng mch in c lp t cho cng trnh.

3) Wiring diagrams.
S ng dy

4) Manufacturers drawings.
Cc bn v ca nh sn xut

5) Equipment list, stating the make, model, serial number, accepted settings
(after commissioning).
Danh mc thit b, nu r nhn hiu, m-en, s s-ri, vic ci t c
duyt (sau khi vn hnh th)

6) Catalogues, certificates and performance data sheets for all equipments.
Cc catalogues, chng ch v phiu d liu vn hnh ca tt c cc thit b

4 Maintenance
Cng tc bo dng

a. This section shall include the required operating and maintenance procedures of all
the equipment. This shall include the following as a minimum:
Chng ny bao gm cc quy trnh vn hnh v bo dng cn thit ca tan b
cc thit b. Chng ny ti thiu cn c cc thng tin di y:

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 34 of 214

1) Inspection manual for all system/equipment;
Ti liu hng dn cng tc kim tra i vi ton b h thng/thit b

2) Operation manual for all system/equipment;
Ti liu hng dn cng tcvn hnh i vi ton b h thng/thit b

3) Procedure of changing components of equipment requiring regular
replacement;
Quy trnh thay i cc b phn ca cc thit b cn thay th thng xuyn

4) Maintenance instructions, calibration procedures and fault finding
instructions for all systems;
Hng dn cng tc bo dng, quy trnh kim nh v hng dn v cch
pht hin khim khuyt i vi tt c cc h thng.

5) Precautions when carrying out operation and maintenance procedures;
Cc bin php phng khi thc hin quy trnh vn hnh v bo dng;

6) Storage and inventory systems; and
Cng tc lu kho v h thng kim k, v

7) Procedures for system fault finding.
Quy trnh pht hin khim khuyt ca h thng.

5. Safety
Cng tc an ton

a. This section shall include the following as a minimum:
Chng ny ti thiu cn bao gm cc im sau:

1) Proper procedure of equipment operation;
Quy trnh vn hnh thit b ng cch

2) General description of plant hazards, where appropriate, including the
following:
M t khi qut cc nguy c v my mc thit b v nu c th, cn bao gm
cc im sau:

Protection against electrical hazards;
Bo v phng chng cc nguy c v in

Protection against mechanical and physical hazards;
Bo v phng chng cc nguy c v phn c & l

Protection against fire and explosion hazards;
Bo v phng chng cc nguy c v chy, n

Protection against chemical hazards;
Bo v phng chng cc nguy c v ha cht

Protection during fuel and chemical handling; and
Bo v phng chng cc nguy c trong qu trnh vn chuyn nhin liu,
ha cht, v

First aid and accident reporting.
S cu v h thng bo co khi c tai nn xy ra.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 35 of 214

6. Directory of Suppliers
Danh sch cc nh cung cp

a. This section shall list the name of suppliers and agents of each type of equipment,
materials and accessories. Correspondence address, telephone number, fax
number, page number and E-mail address shall be included.
Chng ny lit k danh sch cc nh cung cp v cc i l ca tng loi thit
b, vt t v ph tng, bao gm a ch lin lc, s in thoi, s my nhn tin v
a ch e-mail.

7. List of Spares
Danh muc ph tng

a. This section shall list all the spares, consumable materials, and maintenance tools
that will be maintained and kept to ensure continued satisfactory operation of the
equipment and systems.
Chng ny litl ton b cc ph tng, vt t s dng v dng c bo dng
cn c lu kho v bo qun nhm bo m s vn hnh lin tc v t yu cu
ca thit b v h thng.

8. Organization of Maintenance Team
Vic t chc nhm bo dng

a. This section shall include detailed organization of the Maintenance team
deployed for the Defect Notification Period with names and CVs, of all key
staff. Contact telephone or pager numbers for emergency and/or twenty-four (24)
hour call shall also be included.
Chng ny bao gm chi tit vic t chc nhm ph trch cng tc bo dng
trong thi gian bo hnh vi tn v s yu l lch ca cc cn b ch cht. Cn
bao gm c s in thoi lin lc hoc s my nhn tin trong trng hp khn
cp v/hoc trong vng 24 gi.

9. List of As-Built Drawings
Danh mc bn v hon cng

a. This section shall contain a full list of all as-built and as-manufactured
drawings.
Chng ny gm mt danh mc ton b cc bn v hon cng

3.28 TAKING OVER PROCEDURE
QUY TRNH NGHIM THU

A. The Contractor shall adhere to the sequence of handover described below:
Nh thu ph cn theo st trnh t bn giao m t di y

1. The Contractor shall submit the arrangement of the commissioning to the satisfaction of
the Construction Manager. The Construction Manager reserves the right to reject any
person
Nh thu ph cn trnh vic b tr nhn s cho cng tc vn hnh th t mc
hi lng ca Giam oc d an. Giam oc d an c quyn loi b bt c ngi no
trong s

2. The installation shall be practically complete following satisfactory commissioning
and the submission of final commissioning data prior to the issuance of Taking Over
Certificate by the Construction Manager. It is solely the Contractor s responsibility to
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 36 of 214

ensure that all plant/equipment shall have their respective warranty by the respective
warranty by the respective equipment/plant supplier directly
Cng tc lp t phi hon thnh thc t theo sau l cng tc vn hnh th t
yu cu v vic trnh h s d liu v cng tc vn hnh th sau cng trc khi
Giam oc d an pht hnh Chng ch nghim thu cng trnh. Trch nhim ca Nh
thu ph l bo m rng ton b cc my mc thit b u c ch bo hnh tng
ng ca nh sn xut mt cch trc tip

3. A joint inspection shall be held among the Employer, Construction Manager and Sub-
contractor to establish an outstanding works and defects list. All outstanding
works/defects, shall be completed within one month from the date when the Taking
Over Certificate was issued
Cn t chc mt bui kim tra phi hp vi s tham d ca Ch u t, Gim c Xy
dngv Nh thu ph nhm lp ra mt danh mc cc cng vic cn tn ng v cc
khim khuyt cn sa cha. Tt c cc khim khuyt/cng vic tn ng phi c
hon thnh trong vng mt thng k t ngy pht hnh Chng ch nghim thu cng
trnh

4. If, at the end of the one months period from the date of issuing the Taking Over
Certificate, any defects/outstanding works mentioned in the list still exist, the
Construction Manager is empowered to appoint a body to rectify all defects/outstanding
works and deduct the cost involved from the Contract sum.
Vo cui thi hn mt thng k t ngy pht hnh Chng ch nghim thu cng trnh,
nu nh c bt c cng vic/khim khuyt tn ng no c nu trong danh mc vn
cn tn ti th Giam oc d an c quyn ch nh mt n v no tin hnh sa cha
cng vic/khim khuyt tn ng , ng thi khu tr chi ph c lin quan vo s tin
thanh ton hp ng.

B. The Contractor shall also refer to other requirements in the relevant clauses of the Contract .
Nh thu ph cng cn phi tham kho cc yu cu khc trong cc iu khon c lin quan
ca Hp ng ph.

C. Before the Taking Over Certificate is issued, the following must be completed:
Trc khi pht hnh Chng ch nghim thu cng trnh, cc cng vic sau y cn c
hon thnh:

1. Operation and Maintenance Instructions Manual, test data and as-built drawings must
be submitted. Computer soft copies of these manuals and drawings shall also be
submitted
Cn trnh ti liu hng dn cng tc bo dng & vn hnh, d liu th nghim v
cc bn v hon cng. Ngoi ra cn phi trnh c da mm vi tnh cha ng cc ti
liu v bn v ny

2. The employer or his representative must be fully instructed in the operation of the
system. A written acknowledgement from the Employer shall be required
Ch u t hoc i din ca ng ta cn c hng dn y v vic vn hnh h
thng. Cn phi c vn bn xc nhn ca Ch u t v vic ny

3. All tools and spares shall be handed over. A written acknowledgement from the
Employer shall be required
Cn bn giao tt c cc dng c v ph tng. Cn c vn bn xc nhn ca Ch
u t v vic n.

4. Written confirmation from the Contractor to indicate the installation is completed
according to Performance Requirement
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 37 of 214

Giy xc nhn ca Nh thu ph nu r l vic lp t hon tt theo Yu cu hot
ng

5. Submit and obtain approval by the Construction Manager. Maintenance schedule for
the installation during the Maintenance and Defect Notification Period.
trnh v tranh th s chp thun ca Giam oc d an i vi Bn k hoch bo
dng cho h thng lp t trong giai on bo hnh.

3.29 AS-NEW CONDITIONS
TNH TRNG MI NGUYN

A. At the time of handover of the Works after the Taking Over Certificate, the whole
installation shall be in as-new conditions. The Contractor shall, during the course of the
Contract , protect all plant and equipment and shall restore/repaint as necessary before
handover of the installation.
Vo thi im bn giao cng trnh sau khi c c Chng ch nghim thu cng trnh, ton
b phn lp t phi trong tnh trngmi nguyn. Nh thu ph, trong thi gian hp
ng, cn bo v tt c my mc thit b ng thi khi phc/sn li nu cn thit trc
khi bn giao cng trnh lp t.

3.30 DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD
GIAI ON BO HNH

A. The Defect Liability Period for Mechanical & Electrical systems shall be as defined in the
Main Contact document. During the Defect Notification Period, the Contractor shall
provide a 24-hour call-out service to repair any equipment that has broken down.
Giai on bo hnh ca cc h thng c & in s theo nh c nu trong Hp ng
chnh. Trong giai on bo hnh ny, Nh thu ph phi cung ng dch v p ng cuc
gi 24/24 sa cha bt c thit b no b h hng.

B. Immediately answering the breakdown calls, the Contractor shall attend to such calls within
a maximum time limit of 2 hours during night and 1 hour during daytime of receiving such
calls.
Ngay sau khi tr li cuc gi bo h hng, Nh thu ph cn c mt ti hin trng trong
vng ti a l 2 gi vo ban m v 1 gi vo ban ngy k t lc nhn c cuc gi bo.

C. During the Defect Liability Period, the Contractor shall at his own cost remedy and make
good with all faults or defects in the Works, which in the opinion of Construction Manager,
is due to faulty materials, workmanship. The Contractor shall indemnify the employer
and/or the General Contractor against any damage or injury to the Building contents and/or
occupants arising from such faults or defects.
Trong giai on bo hnh, Nh thu ph cn tin hnh sa cha v hon thin bng chi
ph ca mnh tt c cc khim khuyt hoc hng hc m theo ca Gim c Xy dngl
do nguyn nhn ca vt t hoc tay ngh thi cng khng t yu cu. Nh thu ph cn
phi bi thng cho Ch u t v/hoc Nh thu chnh v cc thit hi hoc tn tht i
vi cng trnh v/hoc ngi s dng ta nh pht sinh do cc khim khuyt hoc hng hc
.

D. If the Contractor fails to remedy such faults or defects within a reasonable time, the
Employer may proceed to do so at the expense of the Contractor and without prejudice to
such other rights as the Employer may have under the Contract .
Nu Nh thu ph khng chu sa cha cc khim khuyt hoc hng hc trong mt thi
hn hp l th Ch u t c quyn tin hnh cng vic vi chi ph do Nh thu ph
chu. iu ny s khng nh hng n cc quyn hn khc ca Ch u t theo Hp ng
ph.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 38 of 214

E. The Contractor shall also refer to other requirements in the relevant clauses of the Contract .
Nh thu ph cn cn phi tham kho cc yu cu khc trong cc iu khon c lin quan
trong Hp ng ph.

3.31 TUITION/TRAINING
CNG TC HUN LUYN/O TO

A. The Tenderer shall submit a schedule in the Tender submission list all works and systems
for which the Contractor has to provide training. The Schedule should have information
include list of recommended training courses within each works/systems, location of the
training courses. Trainers details (from the manufacturers premises where applicable),
Courses duration, unit rate of the training in per head basis.
Nh thu cn trnh trong h s d thu mt bn k hoch lit k ton b cc cng vic
v h thng m Nh thu ph cn cung cp vic o to. Bn k hoch ny cn c cc
thng tin bao g danh sch cc kha hun luyn xut trong phm vi tng cng trnh/h
thng, a im hun luyn, thng tin v chuyn gia ph trch (thuc nh sn xut nu
c), thi gian kha hc, n gi o to tnh trn u ngi.

B. The Contractor shall provide sufficient and proper instructions to the trainees nominated by
Employer in the commissioning, operation, maintenance, servicing and trouble-shooting of
the various plant and systems.
Nh thu ph cn cung cp cc hng dn chnh xc v y cho hc vin do Ch u t
ch nh i vi cng tc vn hnh th, vn hnh, duy tu bo dng, bo qun v gii
quyt s c ca ccmy mc thit b v h thng khc nhau.

C. The Contractor shall provide training facilities and training courses and ensure that the
trainees nominated by Employer will acquire full knowledge and appreciation of all aspects
of the day to day operation, breakdown and routine maintenance, and fault diagnosis of all
plant, equipment, and system installed under this Contract . Detailed syllabus and the
timing of the training courses shall be submitted.
Nh thu ph cn cung cp c s vt cht v ni dung cc kha o to bo m rng
hc vin do Ch u t ch nh s tip thu y cc kin thc v hiu bit v mi mt i
vi cng tc vn hnh, s c hng hc v vic duy tu bo dng hng ngy, chn on cc
khim khuyt ca tt c cc my mc, thit b v h thng c lp t theo hp ng ny.
Cn trnh chng trnh chi tit v thi gian ca kha hc.

D. Trainees nominated by Employer will attend the training courses, and the Contractor shall
allow them reasonable access to technical information and documentation required for
proper operation and maintenance. The Contractor shall also explain this information and
documentation to allow the trainees to become fully conversant with all aspects of the
systems.
Cc hc vin do Ch u t ch nh s tham gia cc kha hc. Nh thu ph cn to iu
kin thun li hc vin tip cn cc thng tin v ti liu k thut cn thit cho vic vn
hnh v bo dng ng cch. Ngoi ra, Nh thu ph cn cn phi gii thch cc thng
tin v ti liu ny nhm hc vin thng tho mi mt ca h thng.

3.32 VERMIN PROOFING AND CLEANING
CNG TC V SINH V CHNG MI MT

A. On completion of the installation, the Contractor shall check and ensure that all cable
entries, openings, coreholes, etc. are properly sealed with fire rated material and rendered
vermin proof and water tight. The floors, trenches and surroundings shall be cleaned,
mopped, and left in a clean, dust free state on completion. Building works and paint work
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 39 of 214

of equipment damaged during the installation works shall be made good to the satisfaction
of the Supervision.
Khi hon thnh cng tc lp t, Nh thu ph cn kim tra v bo m rng tan b cc
u cp vo, cc l h, l li, vv u c trm kn bng cc vt liu chu la, chng c
mi mt v kn nc. Sn nh, mng dn v cc phn chung quanh phi c lm v sinh,
chi ra c mt trng thi sch s khi hon tt. Cc cng trnh xy dng v phn sn
ln thit b b h hi trong qu trnh lp t cnphi c hon thin t mc hi lng
ca Gim c Xy dng.

B. All costs involved in the above shall be deemed to included in each installation.
Tt c mi chi ph lin quan n phn vic nu trn c xem nh bao gm trong tng
hng mc lp t.

3.33 POWER SYSTEM HARMONICS
SNG HI CA H THNG IN

A. For the purpose of this provision, PCC means the point of common coupling being the
terminals of the mechanical equipment power interfacing units at the point where they
connect to the electrical distribution system. The Contractor shall demonstrate the
installation will be carry out to complying with current international and European
Community electrical immunity and emission standards. In order to continue an
interference free service to others installation, the Contractor must comply with each of the
following:
i vi mc ch ca iu khon ny, PCC c ngha l im ca khp ni chung lm
hp u ni ca cc b phn giao ct phn in ca cc thit b c kh ti im ni vo h
thng phn phi in. Nh thu ph cn chng minh rng vic lp t s c tin hnh
theo ng cc tiu chun quc t v tiu chun ca Cng ng u chu v hin tng
phng v min nhim in. c th tip tc h thng khng gy nhiu cho vic lp t
ca cc nh thu khc, Nh thu ph cn tun thmt trong s cc im sau y:

1. The Contractor shall ensure that the power factor at the PCC is equal to or better than
0.9 lagging.
Nh thu ph cn bo m rng h s cos phi ti PCC tng ng hoc cao hn 0,9
lagging.

2. The Contractor shall complete the installation to meet all current international and
European Community emission standards for electrical interference for light
commercial buildings, including without limitation EN50082, IEC1547, CISPR11,
CISPR15, CISPR16, EN55015, EN55015, EN50081, EN60555, EN61000, IEC1000
and EN61800.
Nh thu ph phi hon tt vic lp t theo cc tiu chun quc t v Cng ng
Chu u hin hnh i vi hin tng nhiu in cho cc ta nh thng mi, bao gm
nhng khng gii hn cc tiu chun EN50082, IEC1547, CISPR11, CISPR15,
CISPR16, EN55015, EN55015, EN50081, EN60555, EN61000, IEC1000 v EN61800.

3.34 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)
TNH TNG THCH V MT IN T (EMC)

A. The Contractor shall demonstrate the installation will be carry out in the way to ensuring
that all equipment supplied conforms with the requirements of relevant international
standards in terms of their electromagnetic compatibility with the environment and with all
equipment to be installed in the Project. All equipment used shall comply with the
prevailing generic EMC requirements and EMC requirements applicable to general,
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 40 of 214

scientific and industrial equipment specified but not limited to the following standards, or
their equivalents:
Nh thu ph cn chng minh rng vic lp t s c tin hnh theo mt cch thc nhm
bo m l ton b cc thit b cung cp u tun th cc yu cu ca cc tiu chun quc
t lin quan v mt tng thch in t i vi mi trng v i vi tt c cc thit b s
c lp t trong D n. Tt c cc thit b s dng phi theo ng cc yu cu chung
tri hn ca EMC v cc yu cu EMC p dng chung cho cc thit b cng nghip v
khoa hc c nu nhng khng gii hn cc tiu chun di y hoc cc tiu chun
tng ng

1. IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission standards
- Tiu chun ca y Ban k thut in quc t

2. CISPR - International Special Committee on Radio Interference Document
- c y quc t ph trch ti liu v hin tng nhiu sng v tuyn

3. EN - European Standard
- Tiu chun u Chu

4. BSI - British Standard Institution
- Vin nghin cu tiu chun Anh

5. VDE - Verband Deutshcer Electrotechniker

B. All signal and control cabling installed shall be correctly screened and earth to prevent
noise and electric shock. Operation of all equipment shall not be adversely affected by
radiated energy from hand held communication equipment.
Ton b ng cp tn hiu v iu khin c lp t phi c che chn v tip t
nhm ngn chn ting n v tnh trng b in git. Vic vn hnh cc thit b khng b tc
ng bi nng lng bc x t cc thit b truyn tin cm tay.

C. All equipment that is likely to be touched by personnel and contains sensitive electronic
equipment shall be protected against electrostatic discharge.
Tt c cc thit b c kh nng b ngi chm vo v c cha thit b i t nhy cm (?)
cn c bo v phng chng hin tng phng tnh in.

D. The Contractor shall ensure that any static or alternating magnetic fields, generated in the
environment, do not adversely affect the operation of the equipment.
Nh thu ph cn bo m rng bt c t trng tnh hoc thay i no, pht sinh t mi
trng, u khng tc ng xu n vic vn hnh thit b.

E. Bonding shall be provided for all exposed metallic parts of the equipment and connecting
them to the earthing network for meeting safety requirements and minimize noise voltage
due to potential differences.
Cn cung cp h thng ni t cho tt c cc b phn kim loi l ra ngoi ca thit b,
ng thi ni chng vo h thng tip t nhm p ng cc yu cu v an ton v gim
thiu in p gy n do khc bit v in th.

F. Equipment provided by the Contractor shall have minimum radio interference in the
frequency range 0.15 MHz to 30 MHz by means of suppression at source.
Cc thit b do Nh thu ph cung cp phi c nhiu sng v tuyn ti thiu trong tn s
t 0.15 MHz ti 30 MHz bng cch trit ngay ti ngun.

G. All equipment supplied to the site shall either electromagnetically benign or carry the EC
mark and be provided with copies of the relevant test certificates.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 41 of 214

Tt c cc thit b cung cp n cng trng phi c tnh cht khng c hi v mt in t
hoc phi mang du EC v c cung cp cng vi bn sao giy chng nhn th
nghim lin quan.

3.35 CONTRACTOR S OBLIGATIONS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF SHOP
DRAWINGS
TRCH NHIM CA NH THU PH TRONG VIC LP BN V THI CNG

A. The Contractor s obligations for the product of Shop Drawing shall, in addition to other
requirements specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents, include the following:
Ngoi cc yu cu ra trong h s thu, trch nhim ca Nh thu ph trong vic lp cc
bn v thi cng cn bao gm cc im sau:

1. Adjustments and enhancement of services as a result of space co-ordination to
provide sufficient installation and maintenance access to facilitate easy future
operation and maintenance
Hiu chnh v ci thin cc h thng lp t t vic iu phi khng gian nhm cung
cp y li i li lp t v bo dng cng nh to thun li cho vic vn
hnh v duy tu trong tng lai

2. Re-routing and re-organization of services to achieve the clear headroom/ceiling
height required by the architectural works
Vch li hng tuyn v t chc li cc h thng lp t nhm t c khong
trng phi trn/ cao trn nh cn thit theo yu cu ca cng tc kin trc

3. Adjustments and enhancements to suit the construction works on site
iu chnh v ci thin nhm ph hp vi cc cng tc xy dng cng trng

4. Adjustments and enhancements to suit equipment/systems offered
iu chnh v ci thin nhm ph hp vi cc thit b/h thng xut

5. Adjustments and enhancements to suit public utility connections
iu chnh v ci thin nhm ph hp vi vic kt pi vo h thng tin ch cng
cng
6. Adjustments and enhancements to suit existing public utilities locations for avoiding
diversions of these existing utilities
iu chnh v ci thin nhm ph hp vi v tr ca cc h thng tin ch hin hu
nhm trnh gy ra tnh trng lch hng ca cc h thng ny

7. Adjustments and enhancements due to coordination and interfacing with other trades
(e.g. power supply, water supply, electro-magnetic compatibility, etc.)
iu chnh v ci thin do vic kt hp v giao tip vi cc h thng khc (v d nh
ngun cp in, cp nc, s tng thch in-t, vv)

8. Changes required as a result of certain construction sequence and methods
Cc thay i cn thit do trnh t v bin php thi cng

9. Adjustments and modifications of the installation arrangement to suit the specified
phased completion and early hand-over areas.
Hiu chnh v thay i cch b tr cng tc lp t ph hp vi ngy han thnh
tng giai on ra v cc khu vc cn bn giao sm.

B. The Contractor shall be responsible and liable for the preparation of all Shop Drawings
necessary or required under the Specifications and/or for the construction of the Works.
The Shop Drawings prepared by the Contractor shall be based on the Contract Document.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 42 of 214

These Shop Drawings shall be subject to the approval of the Construction Manager. Nh
thu ph phi chu trch nhim v vic chun b tt c cc bn v thi cng cn thit hoc
theo yu cu ca Tiu ch k thut v/hoc chio vic thi cng Cng trnh. Cc bn v thi
cng do Nh thu ph lp ra phi da trn c s ti liu Hp ng. Cc bn v thi cng
ny phi c Gim c Xy dngph duyt.

C. During the course of the Contract , the Contractor shall produce and commence submission
of detailed shop drawings sufficiently early for the Construction Manager review. These
shop drawings shall be submitted progressively in accordance with the construction
programme. Clearance or approval of any such drawings by the Construction Manager
shall not relieve the Contractor from any specified performance or material requirements,
nor nullify the Construction Manager right to reject unsatisfactory works on the site. The
Construction Manager shall generally allow a minimum period of twenty-one (21) days for
the review of each shop drawing submission. The Contractor is deemed to have allowed for
this 21day review period for each submittal in his Construction Schedule.
Trong qu trnh thc hin Hp ng, Nh thu ph cn lp v bt u vic trnh cc
bn v thi cng chi tit thi gian Giam oc d an xem xt. Cc bn v thi cng ny
phi c trnh lin tc theo tin thi cng. Vic Giam oc d an cho php s dng
hoc chp thun cc bn v s khng lm gim bt trch nhim ca Nh thu ph i
vi vic thc hin cng vic hoc cc yu cu v vt t ra, cng nh khng lm mt
quyn hn ca Giam oc d an trong vic loi b cc cng trnh khng t yu cu hin
trng. Thng thng th Giam oc d an cn ti thiu l 21 ngy cho vic xem xt mi
bn v thi cng trnh. Nh thu c xem nh d phng khong thi gian 21 ngy
xem xt tng bn v thi cng trnh ny trong bng k hoch tin ca mnh.

D. Installation works carried out by the Contractor before the relevant shop drawings
submitted and approved by the Construction Manager are at the Contractor s own risk.
Cc cng trnh lp t ca Nh thu ph trc khi trnh bn v thi cng lin quan c
Giam oc d an ph duyt s thuc v ri ro ca Nh thu ph.

E. Shop drawings shall show at least the following general categories of information:
Cc bn v thi cng phi th hin t nht cc loi thng tin chung nh di y:

1. Penetrations through floors, walls, and other structural members;
Cc l ch qua sn, tng v cc b phn kt cu khc;

2. Plinth details;
Cc chi tit phn b /chn ct;

3. Equipment positions and operating weights;
V tr thit b v trng lng khi vn hnh

4. Entry positions, access routes, weight of equipment or components during delivery to
site;
V tr ng vo, cc tuyn tip cn, trng lng thit b hoc ca cc b phn trong
qua trnh giao ti cng trng;

5. Services access openings;
Cc l h tip cn h thng;

6. Location, details of concealed/buried conduits, inserts, and pipes;
V tr, cc chi tit ng dn, vt a vo, ng ng chn ngm/du kn;

7. Temporary openings in floors/walls;
Cc l h tm thi trong sn/tng;
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 43 of 214

8. Detailed workshop and manufacturing drawings;
Cc bn v gia cng chi tit;

9. Equipment schedules;
Bng lit k thit b;

10. Electrical wiring and control diagram;
S iu khin v ng dy in;

11. Generally layout plans and sections (1:50 scale for plans and 1:20 scale for sections);
S b tr chung v cc mt ct ngang (t l 1:50 i vi s v 1:20 i vi mt
ct);

12. Schematic diagram;
Biu ;

13. Support and mounting details;
Cc chi tit khung, gi ;

14. Material/Component specifications;
Tiu ch k thut ca vt t/cc b phn;

15. Setting out dimensions and level; and
Cao trnh v kch thc b tr, v

16. Interfacing details and co-ordination with Architectural, structural and all installation
Works.
Chi tit v giao tip v phi hp vi cc cng trnh kin trc, kt cu cng nh cc
cng tc lp t khc.

F. In preparing the Shop Drawings, the Contractor shall provide all construction-related
engineering input and undertake construction co-ordination, inter-facing, cross-checking,
sequencing and construction detailing subject to the absolute approval of the Construction
Manager.
Trong vic lp cc bn v thi cng, Nh thu ph cn cung cp ton b cc d liu
k thut lin quan n vic thi cng, m nhn vic iu phi thi cng, cc giao din tip
xc, kim tra cho, sp xp trnh t v lp cc chi tit thi cng nhm t c s chp
thun tuyt i ca Giam oc d an.

G. Shop drawings shall be constantly updated to reflect modifications and changes
agree/accepted by the Construction Manager and to reflect design changes issued by
Construction Managers instructions.
Cc bn v thi cng cn c lin tc cp nht phn nh cc thay i v hiu chnh
c Giam oc d an chp thun cng nh phn nh cc thay i v mt thit k theo ch
th ca Gim c Xy dng.

H. Shop drawings produced shall be properly co-ordinated with the works of all installation.
Where required for proper co-ordination and to achieve required headroom, the Contractor
shall make modification of services layout/routing, duct aspect ratios, pipework gradient,
etc. (From those shown on the Contract Drawings) and reflect all these on the shop
drawings for the Construction Managers approval.
Cc bn v thi cng c lp phi phi hp hi ha vi cc cng trnh lp t khc. Khi
cn thit phi hp tt hoc t khong trng pha trn theo yu cu, Nh thu ph
cn phi hiu chnh s /hng tuyn h thng, h s ng dn, dc dng ng, vv (so
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 44 of 214

vi th hin trn cc bn v hp ng) ng thi phn nh cc im ny trn bn v thi
cng c Giam oc d an ph duyt.

I. The Contractor shall co-ordinate and provide on time the details of builders works required
to be incorporated into the construction works. For builders work information has already
been given on the Drawings or the Contract drawings, such information has already been
given on the Drawings or the Contract drawings, such information is to be checked by the
Contractor to ensure suitability and sufficiency for his works.
Nh thu ph cn phi hp v cung cp ng hn chi tit ca cc cng trnh xy dng cn
thit a vo cc cng trnh thi cng. i vi cc thng tin v cng vic xy dng c
trong cc Bn v hoc Bn v hp ng, cc thng tin cn c Nh thu ph kim tra
bo m s ph hp v y i vi cng vic ca Nh thu (ph).

J. Construction Managers comments and corrections made on shop drawings shall not relieve
the Contractor of his Contract ual responsibilities to comply with requirements of the
Specification and Drawings.
kin nhn xt v cc im chnh sa ca Giam oc d an trn cc bn v thi cng s
khng lm gim bt trch nhim ca Nh thu ph trong vic tun th cc yu cu trong
Tiu ch k thut v cc Bn v.

K. Shop drawings shall be updated progressively to reflect as-built conditions.
Cc bn v thi cng cn c thng xuyn cp nht nhm phn nh tnh trng hon
cng
.
L. In preparing the Shop Drawings, the Contractor shall co-ordinate the information in the
Contract , engineering the installation and demonstrates the installation adequacy,
practicality, suitability, and compliance of any statutory requirements and integrity of other
information in the Contract Documents. The Contract shall not be entitled to any increase
whatsoever to the Contract Sum for the Works or any extension of time to complete the
works.
Trong vic lp bn v thi cng, Nh thu ph cn phi hp cc thng tin trong Hp ng
ph, k thut lp t ng thi minh ha tnh y , thc tin, ph hp, tun th cc quy
nh ca cng tc lp t cng nh cc thng tin trong ti liu Hp ng ph. Khng c
quyn tng bt c gi tr cc cng trnh no hoc gia hn bt c thi gian no hon
thnh cng vic theo Hp ng ph.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 45 of 214

SECTION E2

SHORT CIRCUIT & COORDINATION STUDY
NGN MCH VA NGHIEN CUU PHOI HOP

PART 1 - GENERAL
PHN 1 - TNG QUT

1.01 SCOPE
PHM VI

A. This study is required to verify that all the equipment is installed per manufacturers
requirements, and that the equipment is performing according to manufacturers data
and according to contract Specifications.
Nghin cu ny yu cu lm r tt c thit b c lp t theo yeu cau Nh sn xut
vn hnh theo d liu ca Nh sn xut v c tnh k thut trong hp ng.

B. Power system co-ordination study to be performed by an independent third party
Consultant firm engage by the Contractor .
Nghien cu phoi hp h thng in c thc hin bi ben th ba oc lap, Thu ph
ch nh cong ty T vn Giam sat..

C. The studies shall be submitted to the Construction Manager prior to receiving final
approval of the distribution equipment for manufacture. If formal completion of the
studies may cause delay in equipment manufacture, approval from the Construction
Manager may be obtained for a preliminary submittal of sufficient study data to
ensure that the selection of device ratings and characteristics will be satisfactory.
Cac nghien cu s c trnh n T vn Giam sat trc khi nhn c chp
thun sau cung thit b phan phi e Nha sn xut . Neu vic hoan tat nghien cu
chnh thc co the la nguyen nhan gay cham tre cho sn xut thiet b, co the xin chap
thuan cua Giam Doc Xay dung e tnh s bo va d lieu nghien cu thch ang ac
tnh va nh mc cho thiet b.

D. The studies shall include all portions of the electrical distribution system from the
normal power source or sources down to and including the smallest adjustable trip
circuit breaker in the distribution system. Normal system connections and those,
which result in maximum fault conditions, shall be adequately covered in the study.
Vic nghien cu bao gm toan b cac phn trong h thng phan phi in t ngun
in chnh thong dng hoc mat ngun bao gm chnh c ngat mach nho nhat.
trong h thng phan phi. Vic ni h thng bnh thng chnh c ngat mach nho
nhat se c bao gom thch ang trong nghien cu.

E. The firm should be currently involved in medium and low-voltage power system
evaluation. The study shall be performed, stamped and signed by a registered local
professional Engineer. Credentials of the individual(s) performing the study and
background of the firm shall be submitted to the Supervision Consultant for approval
prior to start of the work. A minimum of five (5) years experience in power system
analysis is required for the individual in charge of the project.
Cong ty Giam Doc Xay dung nen luon e y cong viec anh gia he thong ien ha the
va trung the. Viec nghien cu se c thc hien, ong dau va ky nhan bi Ky s
chuyen nghanh trong nc c chng nhan. Giay uy nhiem cua moi ca nhan thc
hien nghien cu va kinh nghiem cua cong ty se c trnh en Giam Doc Xay dung
xin chap thuan trc khi bat au cong viec. Toi thieu 05 nam kinh nghiem trong
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 46 of 214

viec phan tch he thong ien yeu cau ca nhan phu trach d an co toi thieu 05 nam
kinh nghiem trong viec phan tch he thong ien.

F. The firm performing the study should demonstrate capability and experience to
provide assistance during start up as required.
Cng ty thc hin nghien cu phi chng minh kh nng vakinh nghim h tr trong
thi gian chun b bt tay vao theo yeu cu.

1.02 DATA COLLECTION FOR THE STUDY
THU THP D LIU NGHIN CU

A. The Contractor shall provide the required data for preparation of the studies. The
Consultant performing the system studies shall furnish the Contractor with a listing of
the required data immediately after award of the Contract .
Thu ph s cung cp d liu theo yeu cu chun b nghin cu. T vn Giam sat
thc hin nghin cu h thng s cung cp cho Thu ph mt danh sach d liu yeu
cu ngay sau khi trung hp ng thu ph.

B. The Contractor shall expedite collection of the data to assure completion of the
studies as required for final approval of the distribution equipment shop drawings
and/or prior to release of the equipment for manufacture.
Thu ph s xuc tin thu thp d liu m bo cac nghien cu hoan tt theo yeu
cu xin duyt cac bn v thi cong thit b phan phoi va/ hoc trc khi chuyn
giao thit b cho Nha sn xut.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
PHN 2 - SN PHM

2.01 SHORT CIRCUIT AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE EVALUATION AND COORDINATION
STUDY
NGAN MCH NGN VA ANH GIA THIT BN BO V VA NGHIEN CU PHOI HP

A. The short circuit study shall be performed with the aid of a digital computer program
and shall be in accordance with the latest applicable IEEE and ANSI standards.
Nghien cu ngan mach se c thc hien vi s tr giup cua chng trnh may tnh
so va se tuan theo nhng tieu chuan IEEE va ANSI ap dung c mi nhat.

B. In the short circuit study, provide calculation methods and assumptions, the base per
unit quantities selected, one-line diagrams, source impedance data including power
company system characteristics, typical calculations, tabulations of calculation
quantities and results, conclusions, and recommendations. Calculate short circuit
interrupting and momentary (when applicable) duties for an assumed 3-phase bolted
fault at each supply switchgear line up, unit substation primary and secondary
terminals, low-voltage switchgear line-up, switchboard, motor control center,
distribution panelboard, pertinent branch circuit panelboard, and other significant
locations throughout the system. Provide a ground fault current study for the same
system areas, including the associated zero sequence impedance data. Include a
tabulations fault impedance, X to R ratios, asymmetry factors, motor contribution,
short circuit kVA, and symmetrical and asymmetrical fault currents.
Trong nghien cu ngan mach, can cung cap phng phap tnh toan va gia thiet, c
so n v khoi lng c chon la, s o mot si, thong so tong tr nguon bao
gom ac tnh he thong ien cong ty, tnh toan ien hnh, cac bang tnh toan, so
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 47 of 214

lng va ket qua, ket luan va nhng khuyen cao. Tnh toan ngan mach gian oan va
tam thi (neu can) oi vi s co 3 pha gia nh tai moi tuyen cau dao t ong
nguon cap, tai au s cap va th cap cua tram ien phu, tai tuyen cau dao t ong
ha the, tu ien, trung tam ieu khien ong c, bang ien phan phoi, bang mach ien
nhanh va nhng v tr quan trong khac trong toan he thong ien. Can nghien cu ve
ngan mach cham at cho cung mot khu vc he thong, bao gom ca thong so tong tr
th t khong ket hp. Bao gom ca tnh toan tong tr ngan mach, t so tr khang
ien khang, he so bat oi xng, phan phoi tai ong c, tnh dong ngan mach kVA
cung nh dong ngan mach oi xng va bat oi xng.

C. In the protective device coordination study, provide time-current curves graphically
indicating the coordination proposed for the system, centered on conventional, full-
size, log-log forms. Include with each curve sheet a complete title and one-line
diagram with legend identifying the specific portion of the system covered by that
particular curve sheet. Include a detailed description of each protective device
identifying its type, function, manufacturer, and time-current characteristics. Tabulate
recommended device tap, time dial, pickup, instantaneous, and time delay settings.
Trong nghien cu ve phoi hp thiet b bao ve, can cung cap o th ng cong dong
ien theo thi gian ch ro s phoi hp e xuat cho he thong, theo bieu mau logarit,
kch thc ln theo qui c. Moi o th ng cong can bao gom tieu e va s o
mot si hoan chnh co chu thch ch ro phan nao cua he thong se c bao ve theo
o th ng cong o. Can bao gom ca viec mo ta chi tiet moi thiet b bao ve nhan
dang theo chung loai, chc nang, nha san xuat va ng cong ac tnh dong ien
theo thi gian. Lap thanh bang cac cai at ve thiet b mac re, ong ho nh th, bo
cam bien, nh th tc thi va tr hoan theo khuyen cao
.
D. Include on the curve sheets Electric Utility relay and fuse characteristics, system
medium-voltage equipment relay and fuse characteristics, low-voltage equipment
circuit beaker trip device characteristics, pertinent transformer characteristics,
pertinent motor and generator characteristics, and characteristics of other system load
protective devices. Include at least all devices down to largest branch circuit and
largest feeder circuit breaker in each motor control center, and main breaker in branch
panelboards.
Can bao gom trong bang o th ng cong cac ac tnh cua cau ch va r le cua
cong ty ien lc, cac ac tnh cua cau ch va r le cua he thong thiet b ha the,
ng ac tnh ngat mach cua cau dao t ong thiet b ha ap, ac tnh may bien the
tai cho, ac tnh ong c va may phat tai cho va ac tnh cua thiet b bao ve phu tai
he thong khac. Bao gom tat ca cac thiet b xuong en mach ien nhanh ln nhat va
cau dao t ong thanh dan ien ln nhat trong moi trung tam ieu khien ong c va
cau dao t ong chnh tren bang ien nhanh.

E. Include all adjustable settings for ground fault protective devices. Include
manufacturing tolerance and damage bands in plotted fuse characteristics. Show
transformer full load and 150, 400, or 600 percent currents, transformer magnetizing
inrush, transformer withstand parameters, and significant symmetrical and
asymmetrical fault currents. Terminate device characteristic curves at a point
reflecting the maximum symmetrical or asymmetrical fault current to which the
device is exposed.
Can bao gom tat ca nhng cai at co the ieu chnh c cho thiet b bao ve cham
at. Bao gom dai d lieu ve dung sai va h hong theo san xuat trong ac tnh cau
ch. Can the hien cho thay ve may bien the chu ay tai va dong ien tai mc 150,
400 va 600%, ve cong suat khi ong t hoa cua may bien ap, ve nhng thong so
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 48 of 214

chu tai cua may bien ap va ve dong ien cham at oi xng va khong oi xng.
Vach gii han tren ng cong ac tnh tai iem phan anh dong ngan mach oi
xng va bat oi xng toi a ma thiet b phai chu ng.

F. Select each primary protective device required for a delta-wye connected transformer
so that its characteristic or operating band is within the transformer characteristics,
including a point equal to 58 percent of the ANSI withstand point to provide
secondary line-to-ground fault protection. Where the primary device characteristic is
not within the transformer characteristics, show a transformer damage curve. Separate
transformer primary protective device characteristic curves from associated secondary
device characteristics by a 16 percent current margin to provide proper coordination
and protection in the event of secondary line-to line faults. Separate medium-voltage
Chon la moi thiet b bao ve s cap cho may bien the mac noi dang sao - tam giac
sao cho ac tnh hoac dai hoat ong cua chung nam trong ac tnh cua may bien
the, bao gom ca iem chu tai bang 58% cong suat e bao ve ngan mach cham at
pha th cap. Tai ni ma ac tnh thiet b bao ve s cap khong nam ngoai ac tnh
may bien ap, can the hien ng cong vung s co may bien the.

G. Include complete fault calculations as specified herein for each proposed and ultimate
source combination. Note that source combinations may include present and future
supply circuits, large motors, or generators as noted on drawing on-lines.
Can bao gom nhng tnh toan ngan mach hoan chnh nh ch ro theo ay cho moi
s ket hp nguon sau cung c e xuat. Lu y rang viec ket hp nguon cung cap
co the bao gom ca mach ien cung cap hien tai va tng lai, ong c c ln hoac la
may phat ien nh a ghi chu tren ban ve ve ng day.

H. Submit qualifications of individual (s) who will perform the work for approval prior
to commencement of the studies. Provide studies in conjunction with equipment
submittals to verify equipment ratings required. Submit a draft of the study to
Supervision Consultant for review prior to delivery of the study to the Owner. Make
all additions or changes as required by the reviewer.
e trnh nang lc cua ca nhan se thc hien cong viec e chap thuan trc khi bat
au cong tac nghien cu. Cung cap nhng nghien cu cung vi viec e trnh thiet b
e xac minh c nh mc cong suat thiet b theo yeu cau. e trnh ban thao viec
nghien cu cho Giam Doc Xay dung xem xet lai trc khi giao no cho Chu au t.
Can them vao hoac thay oi tat ca nhng g theo s xem xet lai cua Giam Doc Xay
dung.
I. Utilize equipment load data for the study obtained by the Contractor from Contract
Documents, including Contract Addendums issued prior to bid openings.
Dung nhng d lieu phu tai thiet b cho nghien cu do nha Nha thaucung cap trong
ho s nha thau phu, bao gom ca nhng Phu luc Nha thaua ban hanh trc khi m
thau.
J. Include fault contribution of all motors in the study. Notify the Supervision
Consultant in writing of circuit protective devices not properly rated for fault
conditions.
Bao gom ca nhng nghien cu ve bao ve ngan mach cho tat ca nhng ong c. Can
bao cho Giam Doc Xay dung biet bang van ban ve nhng thiet b bao ve mach ien
khong c chon ung an trong trng hp ngan mach.

K. Provide settings for the chiller motor starters or obtain from the mechanical
Contractor , include in the study package, and comment.
Lap thong so cai at cho bo khi ong ong c may lam lanh hoac lay thong so cai
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 49 of 214

at t nha Nha thauve c, can bao gom tat ca trong tai lieu nghien cu, va khuyen
cao.

L. When emergency generator is provided, include phase and ground coordination of the
generator protective devices. Show the generator decrement curve and damage curve
along with the operating characteristic of the protective devices. Obtain the
information from the generator manufacturer and include the generator actual
impedance value, time constants and current boost data in the study. Do not use
typical values for the generator.
Khi bo tr may phat ien khan cap, can bao gom viec phoi hp thiet b bao ve gia
day pha va day at. Bieu dien ng cong giam tai va ng cong gay tac hai cho
may phat cung vi ac tnh hoat ong cua thiet b bao ve. Thau thap thong tin t
nha san xuat may phat va bao gom trong nghien cu ve tr so tong tr may phat,
hang so thi gian, va tr so gia tang dong ien. Khong c dung nhng tr so ien
hnh cho may phat ien.

M. Evaluate proper operation of the ground relays in 4-wire distributions with more than
one main service circuit breaker, or when generators are provided, and discuss the
neutral grounds and ground fault current flows during a neutral to ground fault.
anh gia viec tac ong ung an cua r le bao ve cham at trong he thong phan
phoi ien 4 day co s dung hn mot cau dao t ong mach chnh, hoac khi bo tr
may phat ien, can thao luan van e cham at day trung tnh va dong ien ngan
mach cham at trong trng hp nay.
N. For motor control circuits, show the MCC full-load current plus symmetrical and
asymmetrical of the largest motor starting current and time to ensure protective
devices will not trip during major or group start operation.
oi vi mach ieu khien ong c, bieu dien o th thi gian va dong ien ay tai
cong vi dong ien khi ong oi xng va bat oi xng cua ong c ln nhat e
am bao thiet b bao ve se khong tac ong trong khi phan ln hoac mot nhom ong
c khi ong van hanh.

2.02 STUDY REPORT
BO CO NGHIN CU

A. The results of the power system study shall be summarized in a final report. Four (4)
bound copies of the final report shall be submitted.
Kt qu nghien cu h thng in s c tom li trong bao cao cuoi cung . 04 ban
bao cao sau cung se c trnh.

B. Include the following sections in the report:
Bao gm nhng phn sau trong bao cao:

1. Description, purpose, basis and scope of study and single line diagram of that
portion of power system, which is included within scope of study.
Mo ta, muc ch, c ban va pham vi nghien cu va s o mot si ve phan cua
he thong ien nam trong pham vi nghien cu.

2. Tabulations of circuit breaker, fuse and other protective device ratings versus
calculated short circuit duties and commentary regarding same.
Bng cu dao t ng cu ch va nh mc thit b bo v khac a tnh toan so
vi che o ngan mach a tnh toan va chu giai ve mc o tng ong.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 50 of 214

3. Protective device time versus current coordination curves, tabulations or relay
and circuit breaker trip settings, fuse selection and commentary regarding same.
o th bieu dien quan he dong ien theo thi gian cua thiet b bao ve, bang
tnh hoac nhng cai at r le bao ve cua cau dao, chon la cau ch....

4. Fault current calculations including a definition of terms and guide for
interpretation of computer printout.
Tnh toan dong ien b cup bao gom nh ngha nhng ieu khoan vahng
dan s dung tai lieu dch thuat.

C. Protective Device Testing, Calibration and Adjustment: Equipment manufacturer
shall provide the services of a qualified field Consultant and necessary tools and
equipment to test, calibrate and adjust the protective relays and circuit breaker trip
devices as recommended in the power system study.
Kiem tra thiet b bao ve, can chnh va ieu chnh: Nha san xuat thiet b se cung cap
dch vu ve chat lng cong trnh phu hp vi yeu cau cua Giam Doc Xay dung va
cong cu cong vi theit b can thiet e kiem tra, can chnh va ieu chnh r le bao ve
va thiet b ngat mach cau dao t ong theo khuyen cao trong nghien cu he thong
ien.

PART 3 EXECUTION
PHN 3 - THC HIN

3.01 ELECTRIC UTILITY APPROVAL
CHP THUN CUA CONG TY IEN LC

A. Where required, copies of the final report shall be submitted to the Electric Utility for
their review and approval. Approved copies of the report shall be submitted to the
Supervision Consultant.
Ni nao yeu cau, ban sao bao cao sau cung se c trnh en cong tyien lc e ho
xem xet va chap thuan. Cac ban sao bao cao a c chap thuan se c trnh en
Giam Doc Xay dung.

3.02 FIELD SETTINGS
LP AT CONG TRNG

A. The Contractor shall perform field adjustments of the protective devices as required
to place the equipment in final operating condition. The settings shall be in
accordance with the approved short circuit study, protective device evaluation study,
and protective device coordination study.
Thu ph m nhn iu chnh thit b tai cong trng bo v cng trnh theo yeu
cu at thit b trong ieu kien van hanh sau cung. Cai at/ ieu chnh se da vao
nghien cu mahc ien ngan a c chap thuan, nghien cu anh gia thiet b bao
ve, va nghien cu phoi hp thiet b bao ve.

B. Necessary field settings of devices and adjustments and minor modifications to
equipment to accomplish conformance with the approve short circuit and protective
device coordination study shall be carried out by the Contractor at no additional
cost to the owner.
Viec cai at thiet b tai hien trng, viec ieu chnh va sa oi nho cho thiet b can
thiet e hoan thanh ung theo nghien cu phoi hp thiet b bao ve va ngan mach a
c chap thuan se c thc hien bi Nha thaukhong tnh chi ph them cho Chu
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 51 of 214

au t.

SECTION E3

MAINTENANCE
BO TR

PART 1 - GENERAL
PHN 1 - TNG QUT

1.01 DESCRIPTION
M T

G. The Contractor shall guarantee against fault or defect all materials and works under
this Contract for a period of 24 months from the date of issue of the Taking Over
Certificate or for a period as defined in the Contract Conditions, whichever is longer.
All replacement of defective components and equipment shall be included in the
Contract price.
Thu ph phi m bo v li hoc khuyt im ca tt c vt liu v thi cng nm
trong hp ng ph vi thi gian 24 thng t ngy cp giy bo giao hoc thi gian
c khng nh trong iu kin hp ng ph, thi gian no lu hn th p dng.
Thay th ton b linh kin v thit b li phi gp trong gi hp ng ph.

H. The Contractor shall at his own expense pay for spare parts, tools and other items
necessary for the proper operation of the system during the Defect Notification
Period.
Thu ph t b tin mua ph tng, dng c, v nhng vt dng cn thit khc cho h
thng vn hnh ng qui tc trong thi gian thng bo s c.

I. A maintenance schedule setting out the proposed programme of maintenance,
inspection and servicing together with advice of arrangement of prompt attention to
emergency call shall be submitted to and approved by the Construction Manager
before issue of Taking Over Certificate.
K hoc bo tr lp d kin cho lch bo tr, kim tra, v dch v trn gi khi nhn c
gi khn phi c trnh ln v chp thun ca Gim c Xy dngtrc khi cp
giy bn giao.

1.03 ATTENDANCE TO BREAKDOWN
CHNG KIN S C

C. The Contractor shall undertake to provide a comprehensive breakdown service
whereby technicians shall attend to breakdowns as soon as practicable after a
breakdown is reported and carried out immediate remedial works.
Thu ph s m nhim dch v s c nhanh chng vi s hin din ca nhn vin k
thut a dch v sa cha nhanh chng cng thc thi sm c cng tt sau khi
dch v sa cha nhanh chng c bo co v th hin cng tc sa cha ngay.
D. Where the Contractor fails to attend remedial work within the specified period of
notification of a breakdown, the Construction Manager reserves the right to order
appropriate action as may necessary to expedite completion of remedial work at the
Contractors expense without abrogation of the Contractors responsibilities.
Nhng ch Thu ph khng tin hnh sa cha h hng trong thi gian quy nh,
Gim c Xy dng c quyn c bin php thch hp tin hnh sa cha v Nh
thu ph s chu chi ph ny, vic ny cng khng loi b hay chm dt trch nhim
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 52 of 214

ca nh thu ph i vi phn vic sa cha.

1.04 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING REQUIREMENTS
YU CU DNCH V V BO TR

A. During the warranty period, the Contractor shall be responsible for the complete
comprehensive maintenance (spare parts to be free of charge) of the entire installation
under the Contract .
Trong thi gian bo hnh, thu ph s chu trch nhim bo tr c bao lun vt t
thay th cho ton b cng vic lp t ca mnh theo nh hp ng.
B. Regular maintenance shall be carried out and emergency service shall be carried out
on a 24 hour call out basis.
Bo tr thng xuyn s c thc hin v sa cha khn cp s c thc hin
trong vng 24 gi.

C. Maintenance procedures shall be as appropriate to ensure the safe and proper
operation of all systems. Maintenance works shall not affect the operation of the
occupants within the building /development.
Cc qui trnh bo tr thch ng bo m an ton vn hnh. Cng vic bo tr
khng lm nh hng n hot ng ca ta nh.

D. Routine maintenance shall be deemed to be the regular maintenance of equipment and
shall include not less than:
Bo tr hng ngy c xem l vic bo tr thit b u n v s bao gm nh sau:

1. LV Main Switchboard inspection on tripping and Temperature, Quarterly
Hng Qu: Kim tra t in h th chnh v cu dao t ng v nhit .

2. Batteries and Charger Inspection on Current and Voltage Record, Monthly
Hang thng: Kim tra pin v sc pin v dng in v in p

3. Busbar Trunking Inspection on Temperature, Quarterly
Hng Qu: Kim tra thanh ci dn in.

4. Standby generator Inspection on Test Run, Monthly and changeover
Hang thng: Kim tra my pht in d phng v chy th, chuyn i in

5. Fuel storage and Fuel Distribution system inspection on Fuel storage record and
Test Run of pump, Monthly
Hng thng: Kim tra h thng d tr v phn phi nhin liu v s ghi d tr
nhin liu v kim tra chy bm.

6. Sub-board/Distribution Inspection on Tripping record and function of
instrument, Quarterly
Hng Qu: Kim tra t in phn phi, t in ph trn s ln ngt mch v
dng c o

7. LV main and sub-main System Inspection on Tripping record and function of
instrument, Quarterly
Hng qu: Kim tra h thng mch in H th, kho st cc ghi nhn v Ct
in v hot ng ca cc dng c o

8. Final sub-circuit Distribution System Inspection on Tripping record, test trip of
RCB and function Instrument, Quarterly
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 53 of 214

Hng qu: Kim tra cc ngt mch (CBs) cui ngun, th vn hnh ca b
ngt chng dng r v ca cc dng c o.

9. Wiring Accessories / Luminaries inspection and lamp blow record... Quarterly
Hng qu: kim tra dy in cc ph kin / sng n/ ghi nhn s n b...

10. Lit-on test of Emergency battery Luminaries, Monthly
Hng thng: Kim tra bt/ tt n ca n chiu sng khn cp.

11. Lightning Protection System Inspection on no loose connection, Quarterly
Hng Qu: Kim tra h thng chng st xem mi ni c lng khng.

12. Lightning Protection System Resistance Testing, Yearly
Hng Qu: Kim tra in tr t ca h thng chng st.

13. Earthing System Inspection on no loose connection, Quarterly
Hang qu: Kim tra h thng ni t cn ni kt cht khng.

14. Earthing System Resistance Testing, Yearly
Hng nm:Kim tra in tr h thng ni t.

J. The last maintenance visit prior to the end of the Guaranty Period shall be a
major visit for complete service and shall include the following:
Ln bo tr cui cng trc khi chm dt thi hn bo tr s l Cng vic Bo tr ln
bao gm cc cng vic:

1. All the test in Routine Maintenance
Ton b cc cng vic bo tr nh k

2. Infrared thermoelectric Detection for all LV Main Switchboard, Busbar
Trunking and Generator, UPS with specialist report
Pht hin nhit in bng tia hng ngoi cho t in h th chnh, h i dy,
thanh ci dn in v my pht in, UPS vi bo co ca chuyn gia

3. Tripping Test to all circuit breaker and relay
Kim tra ngt mch tt c cu dao t ng v r le

4. Full service to all the equipment to manufacturers recommendation.
Thc hin y cc dch v Bo tr theo nh khuyn co ca Nh ch to.

K. At the conclusion of each maintenance visit, check list of items serviced shall be
recorded, the service book shall be signed and check list shall be submitted to a
responsible person on site. Within 7 days of the date of service visit, a report shall be
forwarded together with a copy of the check list.
Kt thc mi chuyn bo tr, danh sch hng mc kim tra s c k v c gi
n ngi chu trch nhim ti hin trng. Trong vng 07 ngy t khi bo tr, bo
co s c chuyn i cng vi danh sch kim tra.

G. The Employer shall be advised of the proposed service programme for the last major
visit not less than 7 days prior to the date of the proposed last visit so that a
representative may be present to inspect and witness the maintenance works.
Khch hng s c thng bo chng trnh bo tr d nh cho bui tham quan bo
tr chnh ln cui khng di 7 ngy trc ngy d nh bo tr ln cui sao cho
ngi i din c th hin din chng kin v kim tra

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 54 of 214

1.05 LAMP REPLACEMENT
THAY TH N

Any lamp replacement shall be included in the Contract during the Waranty Period.
Vic thay th n cng s gp trong hp ng ph trong thi hn bo hnh.

1.06 INSTRUCTION IN SWITCH ROOMS PLANT ROOMS
HNG DN PHNG NG CT/ V PHNG MY

Copies of the single line diagram endorsed by the Contractor s qualify personnel in Vietnam,
Operating instructions, concerning plant start up and shut down, shall be framed behind glass
or transparent plastic and mounted in a prominent position in the corresponding
switch rooms and plant rooms.
Nhn vin chuyn mn ca Thu ph ti Vit Nam k hu bn sao s n tuyn (mt si),
hng dn vn hnh, lin quan thit b khi ng v dp tt, ng khung ng sau tm king
hoc ming nha trong sut v gn trn v tr d thy trong tng quan phng ng ct v
phng my.

1.07 SPARE PARTS
PH TNG

The Contractor shall keep sufficient spare parts during the Waranty Period to ensure that
replacement work for faulty parts or components can be carried out immediately.
Thu ph c y ph tng dng thay th nhng phn hoc linh kin b h cn phi thay
ngay trong thi gian bo hnh.

1.08 SERVICE MAINTENACE AGREEMENT
HP NG BO TR SA CHA

A. The Employer shall have the option (up to the expiry of the Waranty Period) to
enter into an annual service maintenance agreement after the Contractor has fulfilled
the Contract maintenance and guarantee obligation.
Khch hng c th (n khi ht hn bo hnh) k hp ng bo tr dch v hng nm
sau khi Thu ph hon thnh ngha v bo tr v bo hnh..

B. The annual service maintenance cost which shall include emergency service and regular
maintenance and shall be quoted together with the tender submission and shall be valid
until the expiry of the Waranty Period.
Chi ph dch v bo tr hng nm bao gm sa cha khn cp v bo tr thng xuyn
c tnh cho gi trong h s thu v s c hiu lc cho n khi chm dt thi gian
hon thnh ngha v bo tr v bo hnh.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 55 of 214

SECTION 3

CONDUIT SYSTEM, CABLE TRAY, CABLE LADDER AND TRUNKING
INSTALLATION
LAP DAT HE THONG ONG LUON DAY, MANG CAP, THANG CAP VA HOP DI DAY

PART 1 - GENERAL
PHAN 1 - TONG QUAT

1.01 WORK DESCRIPTION
MO TA CONG VIEC

L. This section describes the supply and installation of wiring facilities systems include
conduits, cable trays, cable ladder and trunking system, c/w associated fittings and
accessories.
Phan nay mo ta cung cap va lap at he thong thiet b i day bao gom he thong ong
luon day, mang cap, thang cap va he thong hop i day, co kem cac phu tung va phu
kien lien quan.

M. All cables run above the suspended false ceiling, concealed in walls, columns, or on
surface shall be supported by conduits, cable tray, trunking or cable ladder system.
No free slinging cable is allowed.
Toan bo cap i ben tren tran gia treo, i ngam trong tng, cot hoac i noi tren be
mat se c gia bang ong luon day, mang cap, hop i day hoac he thong thang
cap. Khong cho phep lam xoan cap.

N. The cable routes as shown in the drawings, shall be used as a guide only. Prior to the
installation, the cable routes shall be coordinated with other services. Uncoordinated
and un-accessible routes after other services are installed, shall be relocated at the
expense of the Contractor .
Tuyen cap nh hien th tren ban ve ch c dung nh hng dan. Trc khi lap
at, vic i dy can ket hp vi cac cong viec khac. Khi cng vic i dy m thiu s
phi hp vi cc cng vic ca cc nh thu khc m cn phi i li th nh thu i
dy phi chu ton b chi ph.

O. All conduits, trunkings, cable trays and cable ladders shall be earthed in accordance
to BS7671 & BS7430.
Toan bo ong luon day, hop i day, mang cap va thang cap c noi at da theo
tieu chuan BS7671 va BS7430.

1.02 STANDARDS
TIEU CHUAN

A. The complete wiring facilities system shall be manufactured, supplied, installed and
tested in accordance with the latest revision of the Vietnam standards and the
appropriate BS/IEC include:
He thong thiet b i day ay u c san xuat, cung cap, lap at va kiem tra da
theo phien ban mi nhat cua tieu chuan Viet Nam va tieu chuan BS/IEC thch hp
bao gom:
1. Steel Conduit and Fitting Accessories BS4568 & BS731
Ong luon day bang thep va phu tung lap rap
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 56 of 214

2. PVC Conduit and Fitting Accessories BS6099 & BS4607
Ong luon day bang nha PVC va phu tung lap rap

3. Cable Tray BS729
Mang cap

4. Cable Ladder BS729
Thang cap

5. Cable Trunking BS4678
Hop i day cap

B. The complete wiring facilities system shall also conform to the requirements of all
relevant local codes, as applicable, together with the additional requirements referred
to in this Specification and Drawings, whichever is the more stringent and acceptable
to the Construction Manager.
He thong thiet b i day ay u cung phai phu hp vi cac yeu cau cua cac tieu
chuan trong nc, nh co the ap dung, cung vi cac yeu cau bo sung c tham
khao trong phan ac tnh ky thuat nay va ban ve, moi th eu phai can nhac ky va
co chap nhan cua Gim c xy dng.

C. In the adoption of standards and requirements, the Contractor shall take the
following precedence:
Chon la tieu chuan va yeu cau, Nha thause thc hien theo trnh t sau:

1. Construction Managers decision;
Quyet nh cua Gim c xy dng;

2. Local codes of practice;
Cac qui nh thc hanh trong nc;

3. Drawings;
Ban ve

4. Specification;
ac tnh ky thuat;

5. International standards and requirements.
Tieu chuan va yeu cau quoc te.

1.03 SUBMISSIONS
E TRNH

A. All technical submission shall be approved by the Construction Manager prior to the
respective stages of construction.
Toan bo e trnh ky thuat phai c chap thuan bi Gim c xy dng trc khi i
vao giai oan thi cong tng phan.

1. Routing of installation
Vach tuyen lap at

2. Sample with proprietary factory-made accessories, elbows, risers, reduces, tees,
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 57 of 214

crosses, etc.
Mau i cung vi cac phu tung c san xuat tai nha may, khuy, ong ng,
chuyen tiep, ch T, cho giao nhau....

PART 2 PRODUCTS
PHAN 2 - SAN PHAM

2.01 PVC CONDUIT AND ACCESSORIES
ONG LUON PVC VA PHU TUNG

A. PVC Conduit
Ong luon PVC

1. Conduits shall conform to BS 6099:Part 1 and shall be heavy gauge of wall
thickness of 1.9 mm rigid tubes which are unscrewed without coupling and with
plain ends. All conduits used shall not be less than 25 mm diameter.
Ong luon day phai thch hp tieu chuan BS 6099: Phan 1 va la loai ong tuyp
chac co thanh day 1.9mm ong tuyp chac khong can ghep va co au khong ren
rang. Tat ca ong luon day co ng knh khong di 25mm.

2. PVC conduit mounted outside building will not be accepted. PVC conduits shall
not be used where liable to mechanical damage.
Gan ong luon day PVC ben ngoai toa nha khong c chap nhan. Ong luon
day PVC khong c at v tr co the b h hai ve c.

3. PVC conduit shall be used for all concealed installation.
Ong luon day PVC c dung cho tat ca viec lap ngam.

B. PVC Conduit Accessories
Phu tung ong luon day PVC

1. Accessories used for conduit wiring shall be of an approved type complying to
BS 4607.
Phu tung dung cho day i trong ong luon day phai theo mau a c chap
thuan phu hp vi tieu chuan BS 4607.

2. All accessories used shall be of standard white or black colour, identical to
conduit used.
Tat ca phu tung c dung phai sn mau trang hoac mau en ung chuan
anh dau ong luon ay c dung.

3. Plain conduits should be jointed by slip type of couplers with manufacturers
standard sealing cement.
Ong luon day bang phang c noi loai noi ghep trn theo tieu chuan xi mang
han kn cua Nha san xuat.

4. All conduit entries to outlet boxes, trunking and switchgear are to be made with
adaptors female thread and male bushes screwed.
Tat ca au vao cua ong luon day en hop ngo ra, hop i day va tu ong cat
c lam bang ren rang cai va xiet ai oc c.

5. PVC-switch and socket boxes with round knockouts are to be used. The colours
of these boxes and the conduits shall be the same.
Cong tac va o cam ien PVC co san lo hnh tron. Mau sac cua nhng hop nay
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 58 of 214

va ong luon day giong nhau.

6. Standard PVC circular junction boxes are to be used with conduits for
intersection, Tee-junction, angle-junction and terminal. For the drawing-in of
cables, standard circular through boxes shall be used.
Hop noi day hnh ong c lam bang nha PVC vi ong day dung cho cho
giao nhau, mac nhanh T, dung noi xien va au. e keo cap, dung day tron
chuan keo xuyen cap.

7. Samples of accessories shall be submitted for Owner approval prior to
installation.
Mau phu tung phai c e trnh e xin chap thuan trc khi lap at.

8. All jointing of PVC conduits shall be by means of adhesive jointing. Adequate
expansion joints shall be allowed to take up the expansion of PVC conduits.
Viec noi ong luon day PVC bang keo dan ong. Cho noi gian n thch hp cho
phep thc hien noi dai cua ong day PVC.

2.02 CONDUIT INSTALLATION
LAP ONG DAY

The whole conduit system shall be installed to comply fully with BS 7671.
Toan bo he thong ong luon day phai c lap at phu hp vi tieu chuan BS 7671.

A. Layout
Mat bang

1. The conduit layout and conduit routes shall be submitted for approval.
Allowance adjustments due to site conditions shall be provided with no extra
cost.
Bo tr ong luon day va tuyen ong luon day phai c e trnh e xin chap
thuan. Khng c tnh thm ph khi phi iu chnh theo thc t cng trng.

2. Conduit routes shall be chosen for easy, straight runs with a minimum of bends
and crossings. Generally they shall follow the structure of building, running at
right angles or in parallel to floors and ceilings. Conduits shall be kept within
300 mm of floors and ceilings when running parallel to them.
Chon tuyen ong luon day e i ong de dang, thang hang va co cho cong va
cho giao nhau t nhat. Noi chung, tuyen ong luon day phai i theo ket cau toa
nha, chay theo hng xieng goc ung hoac song song vi tang va san. Ong
luon day phai c gi cavh san va tran 300m khi chay song song vi tran va
san.

3. All conduits shall be kept clear of gas and water pipes. In particular, conduits
shall be at least 150 mm away from gas pipes. Where proximity to these pipes is
unavoidable, they shall be effectually segregated e.g. using rubber or other
insulating material to prevent appreciable voltage differences at possible points
of contact. Segregation from extra low voltage circuits and telecommunication
circuits shall also apply.
Tat ca ong luon day khong c at gan ong gaz va ong nc. Cu the, ong
luon day phai tranh xa ong dan ga t nhat 150mm. V tr nam gan ong dan ga
th khong tranh c. Dung cao su hoac vat lieu co tnh cach ien nham ngan
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 59 of 214

s chenh lech ien ap ang ke tai cac iem co the tiep xuc. S cach ly nay
cung ap dung cho day di6en ap thap va day d lieu.

4. Conduits from different distribution boards shall not be connected to the same
junction box.
Ong luon day en t nhieu bang phan phoi khac nhau khong noi cung hop noi
day noi ien.

B. Bends
Cho cong

1. Conduits shall only be bent cold with an approved type of bending block or
bending machine, without altering the dimensions of their sections.
Ong luon day c uon cong nguoi vi loai o uon ong cho phep c phep
hoac may uon, ma khong thay oi kch thc tiet dien ong.

2. All conduit bends shall be such as to permit compliance to the requirements for
bends in cables to as stated in the BS 7671.
Tat ca cho cong cua ong luon day cho phep ap ng cac yeu cau uon cong
trong cap, nh e cap chuan BS 7671.

3. Bends shall be made with as large a radius as the position of the conduit within
the building permits. Where the bend is more than 90 degree, circular or
rectangular junction boxes are to be used for connecting conduits.
Cac cho cong phai co ng knh ln theo v tr cua ong luon day i trong
pham vi toa nha. Cho nao cong hn 90 o, th dung hop hnh tron hoac hnh
ch nhat e noi ong luon day.

C. Cabling
Cap

1. The conduit system must be completely installed and free of obstructions and
sharp corners before any cables are drawn in. Conduits shall be thoroughly
swabbed to remove moisture and dirt immediately prior to the drawing in of
cables.
He thong ong luon day phai c lap hoan tat va khong b can tr va goc canh
sac trc khi cap c keo vao. Ong luon day phai lau sach loai bo am moc
va bui ban ngay lap tc trc khi luon cap vao.

2. Cables shall be drawn without crossing each other and shall not be pulled
against the walls of the draw boxes. Slack cables shall left in all draw boxes.
Keo cap khong chong cheo nhau va khong c ung thanh cua hop keo. Cap
chung th e nam trong hop keo cap.

3. Cables shall be continuous throughout conduit lengths and no joints are
permitted. There shall be no kink in cables, neither any cut, abrasion or chink in
the cable insulation.
Si cap chay lien tuc theo chieu dai ong luon day va khong c phep noi cap.
Khong that si cap, khong vet cat, khong vet mon, khong vet h trong cach
ien cap.

4. The same conduit shall carry the lead and return conductors bunched together.
However, the same conduit shall not house cables from different distribution
boards.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 60 of 214

Cung mot ong luon day se mang day i day ve va lam thanh bo day. Tuy nhien,
cung ong luon day se khong cha cap t bang phan phoi khac.
5. Cables for power and lighting circuits and extra low voltage systems shall not be
drawn into the same conduit. Lighting and power final circuits shall be run in
separate conduits except, where an adaptable box is employed as final
distribution point, a number of final circuits may be grouped together in larger
conduits between the distribution board and the adaptable box provided that all
final circuits in one conduit are of the same phase. In the case of three phase
circuits, all three phases including neutral, if any, shall be drawn into the same
conduit.
Cap dung cho mach ien va mach chieu sang va he thong ien ap ho tr thap
khong c dung chung ong luon day. Mach chieu sang va mach ien c
chay trong hai ong luon day rieng, ngoai tr cho nao hop chuyen tiep c
dung nh iem phan phoi cuoi cung, so mach ien cuoi cung co the tao thanh
nhom chung trong ong luon day ln hn gia bang phan phoi ien va hop
chuyen tiep vi ieu kien la c cung cap, ieu nay muon noi rang tat ca
mach ien cuoi nam trong mot ong luon day dung cung pha. Trong trng hp
mach ien 03 pha, tat ca 03 pha bao gom ca day trung tn, neu co, se keo vao
cung ong luon day.

6. Conduits shall not constitute the earth continuity path for the electrical circuit. A
separate circuit protective conductor shall be installed within the conduit. The
whole conduit system shall be effectively earthed.
Khong dung ong day lam mach day at. Phai co day at bao ve ri6ng name
trong ong day. Toaan do he thong ong day phai c noi at mot cach hieu
qua.

7. Flexible conduits shall also have a separate earthing conductor installed within
the tubing and connected at conduit ends. Flexible conduits in general shall not
be used for more than 3m lengths.
Ong luon day mem cung co day noi at rieng c lap trong he thong ong va
c noi cuoi ong luon day. Noi chung, ong luon day mem se khong c s
dung nhieu hn 3 m chieu dai.

D. Access and Drainage
ng vao va Thoat nc

1. The conduit system shall be rewirable, that is, draw boxes must be accessible for
the purpose. Where boxes are concealed, their covers shall be flushed with the
finished surface.
He thong ong luon day la loai co the i lai day c, hop noi phai thch hp
c cho muc ch nay. Cho ho pnoi b chon kn, nap hop c lam bang
phang vi be mat hoan thien.

2. The need for accessibility notwithstanding, the conduit system shall be protected
against the ingress of water and impurities. When installed, conduits shall be
kept dry and free of debris and approved pipe plugs or caps. Such plugging is
especially essential prior to pouring concrete for concealed installation. As for
boxes, they shall be covered by steel plates prior to concreting.
He thong ong luon day c bao ve khong cho dnh nc va cac chat ban. Khi
lap ong luon phai gi kho va tranh cac manh v va dung ung chot hoac au
nap ay ong nh the. Nut ay ac biet can thiet trc khi o be tong e lap
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 61 of 214

giau. oi vi hop, chung can c ay bang mieng thep trc khi o be tong.
3. When installed outdoor, and in situations liable to condensation of moisture,
conduits shall be arranged to be self draining, so that water may drain to low
points which are fitted with a drain plug. Conduits laid under concrete floors
shall have watertight floor-traps of approved detail for access of these drainage
points.
Khi lap ben ngoai, trong nhng trng hp, hi am b ngng tu, ong luon day
c sap xep e nc t thoat sap cho nc thoat xuong cho thap co gan nut
thao nc. Ong luon day c at di san be tong se co bay thu san kn nc
theo chi tiet chap thuan e dan en cac iem thao nc.

4. Conduits run on surfaces other than structural steel members shall be secured
using galvanised space bar saddles and brass fixing screws. Spacing of saddles
shall not exceed 1.2 m for conduit sizes up to and including 25 mm and 1.8 m
for sizes 32 mm and above.
Ong luon day i tren be mat khac hn chi tiet thep ket cau c xiet chat dung
quai kep thanh ma kem va bat oc bang ong thau. Khoang cach quai kep
khong hn 1.2m oi vi ong luon day co kch thc en 25mm va 1.8mm cho
kch thc 32mm va ln hn.

5. Conduits run on structural steel shall be secured using girder clips or an
approved clamp. These conduits and those run in the vicinity of structural steel
shall be bonded to the steelwork using an efficient and permanent metallic
connection. The conduits shall not in anyway be under mechanical stress.
Ong luon day c i ben trong thep ket cau c xiet bang quai kep hoac kep
a c chap thuan. Nhng ong luon day nay va nhng ong luon day c i
gom bang ket cau thep c noi vi khung thep bang moi noi kim loai vnh cu
va hieu qua.. Ong luon day khong b cang c hoc.

6. All conduit boxes except loop-in patterns shall be fixed direct to the building
structure in addition to the support provided by the conduits.
Tat ca hop ng ong luon day ngoai tr loai loop-in c gan co nh trc
tiep vao ket cau toa nha ben canh gia bi ong luon day.

7. Conduits terminating into surface boxes shall be secured by a minimum of 3
saddles at not less than 32mm, 150 mm and 300 mm respectively from the box.
au ong luon day trong hop be mat c xiet toi thieu khong di 3 vong kep
khong di 32mm, 150mm va 300mmtheo lan lt tnh t hop.

8. Conduits shall be painted with an approved paint to blend with visual
environment. A zinc rich undercoat shall be provided before painting the final
coat.
Ong luon day c sn bang loai sn a c ch nh phu hp vi moi
trng th giac. Trang mot lp kem ben di trc khi cho mot lp sn chnh
thc.

2.03 CABLE TRAY
MANG CAP

A. Cable tray shall be of perforated type and constructed a minimum 1.6 mm hot dipped
galvanised mild steel for outdoor damp condition, and epoxy coated electro-
galvanised mild steel for indoor installation. All cable trays shall be installed in a
straight run parallel to walls where possible.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 62 of 214

Mang cap la loai uc lo va lam bang thep mem ma kem toi thieu 1.6mm dung cho
ieu kien am thap ngoai tri. Thep mem ma kem co trang lp epoxy dung e lap
trong nha. Toan bo mang cap c lap chay thang song song vi tng cho co
the.

B. Cable trays shall be supported by electro-galvanised U channel with galvanised
threaded rod for indoor suspended tray and hot-dipped galvanised for area subject to
weather.
Mang cap c gia bang thanh hnh ch U loai ma ien cay ti-ren ma kem dung
cho mang treo ben trong nha va loai ma kem oi vi khu vc chu anh hng thi
tiet.

C. All hangers shall be installed at 1meter intervals and shall be painted to match with
the surrounding building finish approved by the Construction Manager.
Tat ca gia treo c lap trong khoang 1 met va sn theo s chap thuan cua Gim
c xy dng cho phu hp vi toa nha chung quanh.

D. For cable tray that are exposed to the weather, a hot-dip galvanised covers of 1.5 mm
gauge steel, flush fixing type with gasket, shall be installed on top of the tray.
oi vi mang cap chu thi tiet, nap ma kem day 1.5mm, loai gan co nh phang co
mieng em trn co gat c lap tren mang.

E. Copper earth link bar shall be fixed at every joint of the cable tray run.
Thanh noi at bang ong c gan co nh tai moi moi noi cua mang cap.

2.05 CABLE LADDER
THANG CAP

A. All cable ladders and accessories installed indoors shall be heavy-duty epoxy coated
electro-galvanised mild steel type. All cable ladders installed outdoors shall be heavy-
duty hot dipped galvanised hot rolled mild steel to BS 729. Thickness of the mild
steel shall not be less than 2 mm.
Tat ca thang cap va phu tung lap at ben trong nha c lam bang loai thep mem
ma kem co phu lp epoxy. Toan bo thang cap c lap ben ngoai c lam bang
thep mem ma kem theo tieu chuan BS 729. o day cua thep mem khong di 2mm.

B. Cable ladder shall have a 150 mm high longitudinal side member for ladder width of
800 mm or above and 120 mm high longitudinal side member for ladder width less
than 800 mm.
Thang cap co chieu rong 800mm hoac nhieu hn co thanh hai ben cao 150mm,
thang cap co chieu rong t hn 800mm, co thanh hai ben cao 120mm.

C. The rungs shall be at least 50 mm wide, with slots of 25 mm x 10 mm at 25 mm
intervals covering the length of the rungs. The rungs shall be space at 300 mm apart
along straight lengths of the ladder.
Thanh ngang co chieu ngang t nhat 50mm, chieu dai 25mm x chieu ngang 10mm
cach khoang 25mm bao trum chieu dai thanh ngang. Thanh ngang 300mm theo
chieu doc cua thang cap.

D. The complete cable ladder installation shall be provided with all necessary
proprietary factory-made elbows, risers, reducers, tees, crosses, drop-outs, etc. and
any site fabricated items will not be permitted.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 63 of 214

Lap at thang cap hoan tat can c trang b bao gom tat ca thiet b can thiet san
xuat tai nha may nh phan khuyu, phan ng, phan chuyen tiep mac nhanh T,
ng cheo, drop-outs,... khong c phep che tao thiet b tai cong trng.

E. Separate flexible earth continuity connectors of at least 16mm copper jumpers shall
be installed between the ladder sections.
Rieng bo noi at mem t nhat co tiet ien day noi 16mm bang ong c lap gia
cau kien cua thang.

F. All cables ladders shall be supported from the ceiling concrete slab, steel structures or
sidewalls using a frame system similar to UNISTRUT, with overhead hangers,
support channels, hanger rods or angle brackets, beam clams and ceiling brackets.
Tat ca thang cap eu c gia t a be tong tran, cau truc thep hoac tng chu
lc s dung he thong khung tng t UNISTRUST co moc ben tren, mang ho tr,
day treo hoac ke nep goc, tran va dam.

G. Fixings and supports shall be installed at regular intervals not exceeding 1000 mm
and 150 mm from all bends, tees, inter-sections and risers.
Lap at va gia phai c at khoang cach thong thng khong vt qua
1000mm va 150mm t cho cong, lam tot e ch T, phan giao nhau va phan ng
(thang).

H. When cable ladder is refined to install across structure expansion joints, the ladder
shall be in two sections between supports installed on either side of the expansion
joint.
Khi noi thang cap xuyen qua cau truc khe noi, thang cap c chia lam 02 phan
chnh gia co gia c lap e noi khe.

I. The ladder sections shall then be jointed with jointed with expansion joint fishplates,
bolts, nuts and washers installed in elongated holes permitting a lengthwise
movement of 25 mm from the initial fastening position.
Cac phan thang cap c noi tiep nhau vi khe noi tam op, bu loong, ai oc va
vong em c lap trong lo dai c phep di chuyen theo chieu dai 25mm t v tr
cai chat ban au.

J. For cable ladder that are exposed to the weather, hot-dip galvanised covers of 1.5 mm
gauge steel, flush fixing type with gasket, shall be installed on top of the ladder.
oi vi thang cap chu anh hng thi tiet thi tiet, nap ma kem 1.5mm, loai gan
co nh phang co gat c lap tren nh thang.

K. Copper earth link bar shall be fixed at every joint of the cable ladder run.
Thanh noi at bang ong c gan tai moi moi noi cua thang cap.

2.06 CABLE TRUNKING
HOP I DAY CAP

A. Cable trunking shall be manufactured from 1.6 mm minimum electro-galvanised mild
sheet steel to BS4678 finished in oven-baked electrostatically coated epoxy power
coating with colour to the Construction Managers choice.
Hop i day cap c san xuat t thep tam mem ma kem toi thieu day 1.6mm theo
tieu chuan BS 4678 hoan thien trong co mau theo s la chon cua Gim c xy
dng.
B. All trunking shall have removable lids extending over their entire lengths. Lids shall
be fixed at interval not exceeding 1 metre by means of brass steel screws which and
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 64 of 214

protected against crrosion by a finish of zinc coating or equivalent to zinc coating.
Tat ca hop i day co nap keo ra hn chieu dai hien co cua nap. Nap c co nh
khoang cach khong di 1 met bang inh oc thauva bao ve an mon bang viec trang
kem hoac tng ng vi viec trang kem.

C. Proprietary factory-made bends, joints, elbows, risers, tees, reducers and accessories
with same material shall be provided throughout the installation for trunking. Any
site- fabricated items will not be permitted.
Toan bo phu kien lap at trunk phai c che tao tai nha may va cung loai vat
lieu. Nhng vat dung nao che tao tai cong trng se khong c chap nhan.

D. Trunking space factor shall be in compliance with BS7671.
He so khong gian trong hop i day cap phai phu hp vi tieu chuan BS7671.

E. Copper earth link bar shall be fixed at every joint of the cable trunking run.
Thanh noi at bang ong c gan co nh tai moi moi noi cua hop i day cap.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 65 of 214

SECTION E5
PHN 5

WIRE AND CABLE
DY IN V CP

PART 1 - GENERAL
PHN 1 - TNG QUT

M T CNG VIC

P. This section specifies the supply and installation of LV power cables. Each type of
cables specified shall have been certified by BASEC that it has been manufactured to
the appropriate BS.
Phn ny ghi r cung cp v lp t cp in h th. Mi loi cp a ra phi c
giy chng nhn ca Cc ph chun Anh quc v cp in c sn xut theo tiu
chun BS thch ng.

Q. The routing and the minimum rated current carrying capacity of the LV power cables
shall be as indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall consider the manufacturer
data and engineering the cable sizing to ensure it suit the conditions, viz grouping,
ambient temperature etc., and for making any necessary adjustment to the
Construction Managers approval.
Tuyn dy cp v dng ti nh mc ti thiu ca dy cp in h th s c ch
dn trn bn v. Thu ph s xem d liu ca nh ch to v kch thc ca cp
m bo cp thch hp trong mi iu kin, bc cp, v nhit chung quanh...v
nu cm thy cn phi iu chnh theo ng Giam oc d an.

R. The current carrying capacities and voltage drop of cables shall be in accordance with
the latest edition of BS7671.
Cng dng in v st p phi ph hp vi phin bn mi nht BS7671.

S. All LV cables for normal power/control circuitries within buildings shall be copper
conductor with XLPE insulated steel wire armour and PVC sheathed, denoted as
XLPE/SWA/PVC cable or copper conductor with PVC insulated, denoted as PVC
cable as specified.
Tt c cp in h th dng cho mch in thng thng/ mch iu khin trong ta
nh s l dy dn bng bc gip cch in XLPE v v bc nha PVC, ghi r l cp
XLPE/SWA/PVC hoc dy ng cch in PVC, ghi r l cp in PVC.

T. Cablings in service ducts, open trenches, direct-laid underground in soil shall be by
means of armoured cables. Non-armoured cables shall be laid in conduits, trunkings
or tray/ladder for mechanical protection unless otherwise stated.
Cp trong ng dn, rnh l thin, chn trc tip trong t phi dng cp bc gip..
Cp bc gip s c t trong ng lun dy, hp i dy hoc/mng cp / thang cp
bo v bng c ngoi tr c ch thch khc.

1.02 STANDARDS
TIU CHUN

D. Complete cabling shall be manufactured and constructed in accordance with the latest
revision of the following standards and the appropriate BS/IEC:
Cp hon chnh c ch to v thi cng theo ng phin bn mi nht ca cc tiu
chun v BS/IEC thch hp:
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 66 of 214

1. BS1442 - Galvanised mild steel wire for armouring cables
Dy thp mm m km dnh cho cp in bc gip

2. BS4066 - Test on electric cables under fire conditions
Kim tra cp in da trong cc iu kin chng chy

3. BS4109 - Copper for electrical purposes and insulated cables and
flexible cords
ng dng cho s dng in, cp cch in v dy mm

4. BS4579 - Performance of mechanical and compression joints in electric
cable and wire connectors
c tnh mi ni v c v nn trong cp in v u ni dy

5. BS5467 - Technical Specification for armoured cables with
thermosetting insulation for electricity supply
c tnh k thut cho cp in bc gip c cch nhit dng
cung cp in

6. BS5468 - Technical Specification for XLPE insulation of electric
cables
c tnh k thut cho dy cp in c bc lp cch in
XLPE

7. BS6004 - Technical Specification for PVC insulated cables (non-
armoured) for electric power and lighting
c tnh k thut cho dy cp in c bc lp cch in
PVC (khng bc gip) i vi in thng thng v in
chiu sng

8. BS6081 - Technical Specification for termination for mineral insulated
cables
c tnh k thut lm u cp cho cp bc cch in

9. BS6121 - Mechanical cable and gland for elastomer and plastic
insulated cables
Cp c v vng m cp cho cp c bc lp cch in do
v gin
10. BS6141 - Technical specification for insulated cables and flexible
cords for use in high temperature zones
c tnh k thut cho cp c bc lp cch in v dy mm
dng cho cc khu vc c nhit cao

11. BS6207 - Mineral-insulated cables
Cp dn inc bc lp cch in

12. BS6346 - Technical Specification for PVC insulated cables for
electricity supply
c tnh k thut cho cp dn in c bc nha PVC dng
cung cp in

13. BS6387 - Technical Specification for performance requirements for
cables required to maintain circuit integrity under fire
conditions
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 67 of 214

c tnh k thut yu cu chc nng cp vn duy tr nguyn
vn trong mch in trong cc tnh hung ha hon

14. BS6425 - Test methods for gases evolved during combustion of electric
cables
Phng php th nghim pht sinh kh c lin quan n qu
trnh chy cp in

15. BS6724 - Technical specification for armoured cables for electricity
supply having thermosetting insulation with low emission of
smoke and corrosive gases when affected by fire
c tnh k thut cp in bc dng cung cp in c lp
cch nhit t pht sinh khi v kh gy n mn

16. BS6746 - PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables
ng cch in bng nha PVC v bc cp in

17. BS7211 - Specification for thermosetting insulated cable (non-
armoured) for electric power and lighting with low emission
of smoke and corrosive gases when affected by fire
c tnh k thut bc lp cch nhit (khng bc gip) cho
in lc v chiu sng t pht sinh khi v kh gy n mn.

E. The manufacturing of the cable shall also conform to the requirements of all relevant
local codes, as applicable, together with the additional requirements referred to in this
Specification and Drawings, whichever is the more stringent and acceptable to the
Construction Manager.
Ch to cp cng phi ph hp vi yu cu lin quan n qui nh/ lut a phng,
nh ang p dng, cng vi cc yu cu b sung cp n trong c tnh k thut
v cc bn v ny, ci no quan trng hn v chp nhn i vi Giam oc d an.

F. In the adoption of standards and requirements, the Contractor shall take the
following precedence:
Khi lm theo cc tiu chun v cc yu cu, Thu ph s sp theo u tin sau:

1. Construction Managers decision;
Quyt nh ca Giam oc d an;
Qui tc thc hnhg a phng;

3. Drawings;
Bn v;

4. Specification;
c tnh k thut;

Cc yu cu v cc tiu chun quc t.

1.03 SUBMISSION
TRNH

F. All technical submissions shall be approved by the Construction Manager prior to the
Tt c trnh k thut s c chp nhn bi Giam oc d an trc khi i vo giai
on thi cng chi tit
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 68 of 214

G. As a minimum requirement, the submission shall include the following:
Yu cu ti thiu, trnh s bao gm nhng phn sau:

1. Equipment submission with manufacturers data;
trnh thit b vi d liu ca Nh sn xut

2. Sample submission
trnh mu

3. Shop Drawings of the cable routings showing the co-ordinated routing of
cables, arrangement on cable trays, methods of fixing of cable trays and
cables, etc. All conduits including concealed conduit routing drawing shall
also be included
Bn v thi cng tuyn cp hin th tuyn cp phi hp, sp xp trn mng
cp, phng php c nh mng cp v dy cp... Tt c cc ng lun dy k
c tuyn dy nm trong ng lun dy trn bn v u ch r

4. Builders works requirement
Cc yu cu ca Nh thu

5. Cable schedule indicate the following data include:
Danh mc cp din gii theo d liu sau:

a. Cable code and type and installation method
M cp v loi v phng php lp t

b. Cable feed from and serve to
Cp ko n t u v i n u

c. Cable route length and voltage drop
Chiu di tuyn cp v st p

d. Cable capacity and
Dng in ti cp
e. Upstream protection breaker rating
nh mc cu dao t ng ca mch u ngun

The cable schedule shall be prepared in according to the cable manufacturers
data.
Danh mc cp s c bin son theo d liu ca Nh sn xut cp.

PART 2 - product
PHN 1 - SN PHM

2.01 LV CABLES
CP H TH

A. PVC Cables
Cp PVC

1. PVC cables shall be of 450/750V grade complying with BS 6004, copper core
and PVC insulated.
Cp PVC l loi 450/750V theo tiu chun BS 6004, li ng cch in PVC.

2. Conductors shall be plain annealed copper conductors complying with BS6360.
Dy dn l loi dy ng trn theo tiu chun BS6360.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 69 of 214

3. PVC cables shall only be used for final power circuits and control circuits,
installed in conduits or trunkings, unless otherwise specified.
Cp PVC ch dng cho mch in v mch iu khin sau cng lp t trong ng
dn hoc hp i dy, tr khi c ghi ch khc.

4. The insulation shall be PVC type T11 complying with BS 6746, and flame
retardant complying with BS 4066.
Cch in s bng nha PVC loi T11 ph hp tiu chun BS 6746 chng
chy ph hp vi tiu chun BS 4066.

5. Colour coding of the insulation shall be as follows:
M mu dy cch in s nh sau:

a. Phase : red, yellow, blue
Dy pha : , vng, xanh bin

b. Neutral : black
Dy trung tn: en

c. Earth : green and yellow
Dy t : Xanh l cy v vng

d. Control : white
Dy iu khin: trng

B. PVC/SWA/PVC Cable
CP PVC/SWA/PVC

1. Cables shall be 600/100V grade complying with BS 6346, copper core, PVC
insulated, extruded PVC bedded, steel wire armoured and PVC sheathed
Cp l loi 600/100V ph hp vi tiu chun BS 6346, li ng, c bc lp cch
in bng nha PVC, bc ngoi bng nha PVC, bc gip v v nha PVC.

2. Conductors shall be high conductivity stranded copper conductors complying
with BS 6360, each conductor core shall be of the same cross-sectional area
Dy dn in s l dy ng c tnh dn in cao ph hp vi tiu chun BS
6360 c cng tit din ngang

3. The insulation of cores shall be PVC type T11 complying with BS 6746
Li dy cch in s bng nha PVC loi T11 ph hp vi tiu chun BS 6746.

4. The bedding shall be an extruded layer of type TM1 compound complying with
the requirements of BS 6746
Lp ph/ lp bao s l lp nha n loi TM1 tng hp theo ph hp vi cc yu
cu BS 6746.

5. Each core of the cable shall be identified by the appropriate colour as specified in
BS 6346 throughout the whole of the insulation
Mi li cp c nh du bng mt mu thch hp ghi trong BS 6346 cho
ton b dy cch in

6. Wire armour shall consist of a single layer of galvanized steel wire of sizes as
shown in the appropriate table in BS 6346 and comply with BS 1442
Dy bc cha mt lp m km n, kch c dy c hin th trn bng (thch
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 70 of 214

hp) BS 6346 v ph hp tiu chun BS 1442

7. The over sheath of the cables shall be an extruded layer of black PVC complying
with the requirements of BS 6746 type TM1 compound and shall comply with the
requirements of BS 4066 for flame retardance. The PVC material shall contain
approved anti-termite additives
V ph ngoi ca cp s l lp nha n PVC en ph hp vi cc yu cu ca
tiu chun BS 6746 lp nha n loi TM1 v ph hp vi cc yu cu BS 4066
v nha chng chy . Vt liu PVC s cha cht ph gia chng mi mt chp
thun.

C. XLPE/PVC CABLE
CP XLPE/ PVC

1. Cable shall be 600/100V grade complying with IEC 502, copper core, cross-
linked polyethylene (XLPE) insulated and PVC sheathed.
Cp l loi 600/100V ph hp vi IEC 502, li ng, bc lp cch in XLPE v
v bc PVC.

2. The XLPE insulation shall comply with BS 5467 and IEC 502.
Dy cch in XLPE phi ph hp vi tiu chun BS 5467 v IEC 502.

D. XLPE/SWA/PVC Cable
CP XLPE/SWA/PVC

1. Cables shall be 600/1000V grade complying with BS 5467, copper core, cross-
linked polyethylene insulated, extruded PVC bedded, steel wire armoured and
PVC sheathed
Cp l loi 600/1000V ph hp vi tiu chun BS 5467, li ng, c bc lp
cch in polyethylene, v nha PVC n, v bc gip v v bc PVC

2. Conductors shall be single core high conductivity, stranded conductors
complying
with BS 6360. for Multi-core cables
Dy dn in l loi li in n tnh dn in cao, dy dn in c bc ph
hp vi tiu chun BS 6360 nhiu li trong dy cp

3. Each conductor core shall be of the same cross-sectional area
Mi li dy dn in c cng tit din ngang.

4. The insulation of cores shall be cross-linked polyethylene complying with
relevant BS 5467
Cch in cho li s c dng nha polyethylene ph hp vi tiu chun BS
5467

5. The other specifications on bedding, colouring, armouring and oversheathing
shall be the same as those for PVC/SWA/PVC cable.
c tnh k thut trn lp bc ngoi, mu, bc gip, lp v cng ging nhau nh
i vi cp PVC/SWA/PVC.

E. FIRE RESISTANT (FR) CABLE
CP CHNG CHY

1. Fire resistant cables shall be provided for essential circuits, especially for fire
protection system and lift installation
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 71 of 214

Cp chng chy s c cung cp cho mch in cn thit, c bit cho h thng
chng PCCC chy v lp t thang my

2. The insulating thermal barrier must be able to provide electrical integrity prior,
during and after exposure to fires with intensities of up to 1100C. The FR Cables
shall be of low smoke, non-toxic gas emission with flame retardant and halogen
free. It shall be manufactured to IEC 331, BS 6287 and BS 4066
Chu c cch nhit nng c th cung cp lin tc dn in trc khi hoc
trong qu trnh hoc sau khi b chy vi nhit cc cao ln n 1100C. Cp
FR s cho t khi, khng bay gaz c chng chy v khng ta halogen. N s
c sn xut theo tiu chun IEC 331, BS 6287, v BS 4066

3. Fire resistant, low smoke zero halogen materials shall meet the following
requirement:-
Chng chy, vt liu t khi, khng sinh halogen phi p ng cc yu cu sau:

a. IEC 1034 and BS 7622 Three Metre Cube Smoke Obscuration Test.
Tiu chun IEC 1034 v BS 7622 - Kim tra m do khi sinh 03 mt
khi.

b. Limiting Oxygen Index of at least 30, to ASYM D-2863.
Gii hn Oxygent nht 30, ASYMD-2863
A temperature index (TI) of 260C to ASTM D-2863.
Ch s nhit (TI) ca 260C, ASTM D-2863.

c. Insulation is to be moisture and heat resistant, with temperature ratings
appropriate to the application conditions and in no case lower than 90C.
Cch in l chng m v chng hi nng, nh mc nhit ph hp vi
cc iu kin p dng v khng c trng hp thp hn 90C.

4. Fire Retardant, low smoke zero halogen sheathed cable shall be used for all
cables in open tray/ladder inside false ceiling and as required by Civil Defence Code for
the location of installation.
Cp chng chy v cp LSZH s dng cho tt c thang/ mng cp l thin bn
trong trn gi theo yu cu Lut Xy Dng cho v tr lp t.

5. In addition, fire resistant cables shall also comply with the following
requirements:
Thm vo , cp chng chy phi ph hp vi cc yu cu sau:

a. IEC 331 : Fire Resisting Characteristics of Electric Cables.
c tnh chng chy ca cp in
b. BS 6387 : Fire and Mechanical Tests categories C, W and Z.
Kim tra loi C, W v Z v c v chy.

F. FIRE RETARDANT (FRT) CABLE
CP CHNU CHY (CHY CHM)

1. Fire retardant, low smoke zero halogen materials shall have a similar
specification as the FR cable above
Cp chng chy v cp LSZH s c c tnh k thut tng t nh cp FR trn

2. In addition, FRT cables shall also comply with the following requirements:-
Thm vo , cp FRT cng phi ph hp vi cc yu cu sau:

a. IEC 332 Parts 1 & 3, BS 4066, CEI 20-22, tests on single and bunched
cables under fire conditions.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 72 of 214

Cc phn IEC 332 v 3, BS 4066, CEI 20-22, kim tra trn b cp v cp
n khi b chy.

b. The flame propagating criteria of US IEEE Standard 383, with a minimum
test short circuit time of five minutes, in the IEEE Standard 383 test.
Tiu ch v chy lan theo tiu chun IEEE 383, kim tra ngn mch trong
thi gian 05 pht ti thiu, tiu chun IEEE kim tra 383.

c. Fire retardant low smoke zero halogen sheathed cable shall be used for all
cables in open tray/ladder inside false ceiling and as required by Civil
Defence Code for the location of installation.
Cp chng chy v cp LSZH s dng cho tt c thang/ mng cp l thin
bn trong trn gi theo yu cu Lut Xy Dng cho v tr lp t.

G. FELXIBLE CORD
DY MM

1. Flexible cord shall comply with BS6007, PVC insulated with flame retardant white
circular PVC oversheath to BS 6500 at 450/750V grade
2. Dy mm s phi ph hp vi tiu chuNn BS6007, cch in c bc lp nha chu
chy PVC, bc ngoi nha PVC trng, theo tiu chuNn BS 6500 loi 450/750 V
3.
4. Flexible cord shall be multi-strand copper conductor insulated by vulcanised rubber,
PVC, butyl rubber, ethylene propylene rubber (epv), silicon rubber or glass fibre. Cord
shall be twin or three core with colour code brown for line, blue for neutral and
green/yellow for earth complete with PVC or CSP (chlorosulphorated polythene) shealth
5. Dy mm s l dy dn in ng c nhiu si c cch in bi cao su lu ha,
nha PVC, cao su butyl, cao su ethylene propylene, cao su lm silicon hoc si thy tinh.
Li dy s c hai hoc ba li vi m mu nu cho dy nng, xanh bin cho dy trung tnh
v xanh l cy/ vng cho dy t c bc nha PVC hoc CSP (chlorosulphorated
polythene)
6. Cord shall have cross-section area of not less than 0.75 sq.mm and shall be held
7. firmly by cord grips provided in plugs
8. Dy mm c tit din khng di 0.75 mt vung v c kp gi chc chn cng
vi u cm
9.
10. Cords shall be used for pendant fixtures, portable lamps, portable appliances and
stationary equipment. Cord shall not be permanently fastened to building surfaces and
shall not pass through holes in wall, ceiling, floor, door-way and window.
Dy mm c dng u ni vi chp n, n xch tay, thit b xch tay v thit b vn
phng. Dy s khng dung gn c nh trn b mt cng trnh v s khng i xuyn
qua l hng trn tng, trn, sn, hng ca v ca s.

H. CABLE GLAN DS AN D ACCESSORIES
VNG M CP V PH KIN

1. For armoured and N on-Armoured Cables
Cp bc v cp khng bc (gip)

a. All cable glands shall be manufactured and tested to the requirements of BS 6121 and
the relevant standard requirements.
Vng m cp s c sn xut v kim tra cc yu cu BS 3121 v cc yu cu tiu
chun c lin quan
b. All cable glands shall be manufactured from unplated brass complying with the
requirements of BS 2874 and the relevant standard requirements.
Ton b vng m cp s c sn xut t ng thau khng m ph hp vi cc yu cu
BS 2874 v cc yu cu tiu chun lin quan.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 73 of 214

c. Cable glands for armoured cables shall be accurately machined and have water-tights
seals between outer sheath and gland, and between inner sheaths and thread component,
with electric bond for metallic inner sheath. The brass gland nut shall incorporate a cone-
grip armour clamp, which shall be manufactured to ensure that each armour wire
contributes equally to the conductance of the bonding connection. Cable glands for non-
armoured cables shall be accurately machined and have water-tight seals on outer and
inner sheath.
Vng m cp i vi cp in bc gip c gia cng chnh xc v c nim kn nc
gia v bc ngoi v vng m cp, v gia v bc trong v ren rng, vi vic ni in v
bc kim loi bn trong. ai c vng m cp m thau s kt hp kp bc kp dng cn, s
c ch to m bo mi dy in bc gip gp phn tng ng vi dng in ca
dy ni t. Vng m cp khng bc gip bo v c gia cng chnh xc v c nim kn
nc trn v bc trong v ngoi.

d. Each cable gland shall be supplied with a brass gland locknut, plain brass slip-on earth
tag and flame retardant and termite repellent PVC outer gland shroud. The earth tag shall
be flat circular ring type and placed between the gland and the apparatus into which it is
screwed to ensure metal to metal contact between equipment/earth tag and gland. The
thread engagement shall not be reduced to below the limits as specified in BS 4683 or BS
5501: Part 5 where appropriate. The PVC shroud shall totally enclose the gland body and
form an effective seal down onto the cables sheathing overall.
Mi vng m cp s c cung cp ai c hm vng m cp m thau, v bc ngoi u
cp bng nha PVC chng mi mt v chng chy. Dy ni t s l loi trn dp v t
gia vng m v thit b ni m s sit c cht bo m tip xc tt gia kim loi vi
nhau. kht ren rng khng c trng xung theo tiu chun BS 4683 hoc BS 5501:
Phn 5 dng cho ni thch hp. Ming bc PVC hon ton nh lin vi thn vng m
cp v to thnh nhn nim phong hu hiu cho v bc cp in.

e. The body of cable glands shall be stamped with identification for the size, type and
manufacturer.
Thn vng m cp s c nim phong bng cch nh du kch c, loi v tn Nh sn
xut.
f.
g. For cables which are protected by ACBs or MCCBs, an integrally cast earth lug shall be
provided at the entry portion of cable gland for armour clamp. The lug shall be complete
with zinc-passivated bolt for earthing the armour to the main earth system at the supply
end.
i vi cp c bo v bng cu dao t ng loi kh (ACB) hoc cu dao t ng loi
c (MCCBs), u ni t cp s c gn mng vo ca vng m cp cho kp gip bc
cp, u cp c bu lng ai c km ni phn bc gip vi h thng ni t chnh ti
u cung cp.
h. All cable glands shall have the same IP rating as that of the switchboard or equipment to
ensure the water proof integrity of the switchboard and equipment enclosure.
Tt c vng m cp u c cng mc chng ht m nh mc ca t ng ngt in hoc
thit b m bo kn nc/ khng thm nc nguyn vn trong t in v v thit b.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 74 of 214

SECTION E6

MAINS & SUB-MAINS DISTRIBUTION
PHN PHI MCH IN CHNH V PH

PART 1 - GENERAL
PHN 1 - TNG QUT

M T CNG VIC

A. Mains and sub-circuit distribution cablings of the LV System shall be as shown on the Drawings and as
specified hereinafter.
Vic i dy cp phn phi mch in chnh v ph ca h thng in h th c th hin
trn bn v v c ghi r trong c tnh k thut.

B. All mains and sub-circuit cables shall be in conduits, trunking, cable trays and ladders as
appropriate. Armoured cables shall be used for all circuits in open ground in trenches or on
open trays and ladders. All the mains, sub-mains and final sub-circuits shall include insulated
earthing conductor sized in accordance with BS7671.
Tt c cc cp in chnh v ph phi nm trong ng lun dy, hp i dy, thang cp v
mng cp nh ch nh. Cp in bc gip bo v s c dng cho tt c mch in
trong cc rnh h hoc thang v mng cp h. Tt c mch in chnh v ph u c
dy ni t theo tiu chun BS7671.

C. The current carrying capacities and voltage drops of cables shall be in accordance with
BS7671, with ratings adjusted to suit local conditions.
Cng dng in v st p phi ph hp vi BS7671 vi nh mc iu chnh cho ph
hp vi iu kin a phng.

D. Cable joint is not acceptable for all cable installation.
Khng chp nhn vic ni cp trong vic lp t dy cp.

1.02 SUBMISSIONS
TRNH

A. All technical submissions shall be approved by the Construction Manager prior to the
Tt c trnh k thut phi c chp nhn ca Giam oc d an trc khi a vo thi
cng.

1. Detailed schedule of cables and manufacturers data, Manufacturers type test certificates
and testing documents shall be submitted for inspection. Detail requirement of cable
schedule as specified in Section 16120, Wire and cables;
Danh mc chi tit cp v d liu ca Nh sn xut, giy chng nhn kim tra mu ca
Nh sn xut v ti liu th nghim cn phi trnh khi nghim thu. Yu cu chi tit
danh mc cp c ghi r trong phn 16120, dy dn v cp;

2. Calculations of voltage drop of cables;
Tnh tan st p ca cp;

3. Calculations of the prospective short circuit current;
Tnh tan dng ngn mch;

4. Co-ordinated drawings showing all cable routings;
Cc bn v v tr th hin hng i cp;

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 75 of 214

5. Builders work requirement;
Yu cu cng vic cho Nh thu;

6. Detailed control wiring diagram.
S mch iu khin chi tit

PART 2 CABLE INSTALLATION
PHN 2 - LP T CP

2.01 GEN ERAL
TNG QUT

A. Cables shall be delivered on robust cable drums with cable ends treated to form as effective seal. When
a cable is cut from a drum, the cable and the end left on the drum shall be immediately sealed in
approved manner to prevent the ingress of moisture.
Cp c giao phi cn nm trong cun v u ca cun cp phi c du nim phong c
th hin bng mt vt dng c th. Khi ct cp ra khi cun, si cp v u cp cun cp
cn nim li ngay theo cch chp thun trnh m t.

B. Cable shall be installed along the routes as indicated on the Specification and Drawings and
shall be agreed in detail with the Construction Manager before any work is commenced.
There is no cost adjustment to any routing of the cables as required to suit the installation and
subject to site co-ordination.
Cp phi c lp t dc theo tuyn nh ch r trong tiu ch k thut v bn v, ng thi
cn c s ng chi tit ca Giam oc d an trc khi cng vic c tin hnh. Khng iu
chnh chi ph cho vic i cp theo yu cu ph hp vic lp t v da theo phi hp ti
hin trng.

C. All necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to cables during installation.
Cn c tt c cc bin bo cn thit ngn nga thit hi cho cp trong qu trnh lp t.

D. Where cables are installed in situations where works by other trades are still incomplete, all
reasonable precautions shall be taken to protect the cables against damages arising from the
execution of such other works.
Cp c lp t nhng ni m cng vic cn ang dang d , th cn phi lm bin bo
hp l bo v cp khi b h hng trong khi tin hnh cc cng vic nh vy.

E. Cable lying shall be carried out by means of normal hand running off the cable drum. Roller
guides shall be used all through and be drawn through by hands. N o cable winches shall be
employed.
Dy cp c ko ra t cun cp bng tay. Dng trc ln x cp v ko cp bng tay.
Khng s dng ti ko cp.

F. Cable entries into buildings shall be hermetically sealed with an appropriate fire, heat and
water-resistant, non-ageing, flexible material.
Ng vo cp ca ta nh cn phi bc kn bng cc vt liu chng chy, chu nhit, khng
thm nc, bn v vt liu mm.
G. Cables shall be adequately protected against all risk of mechanical damage to which they may
be liable in normal conditions of services.
Cp cn c bo v thch ng i vi mi ri ro thit hi v c (kh) c th xy ra trong
iu kin lm vic.

H. Cables shall be installed in accordance with BS7671. In particular, the internal radius of
every bend in a cable shall be such that as not to cause damage to the cable and not less than
the appropriate value stated in BS7671.
Cp c lp t theo tiu chun BS7671. Ni ring, ng knh bn trong ch un ca cp
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 76 of 214

khng lm thit hi/ h hng n cp v khng nh hn tr s ph hp vi tiu chun
BS7671.

I. Except for cables laid in ducts, all cables as specified herein shall run on cable trays/cable
ladder, vertically and horizontally, and properly fixed in the prescribed manner. Where
cables are laid on cable trays/cable ladder in the horizontal directions, nylon cable ties shall
be used. Where cables are installed in the vertical direction, approved clips and saddles shall
be used. The spacing of cable fixings shall be in accordance with BS7671.
Ngai tr cp i trong ng, tan b cp ghi r trong tiu ch k thut phi i trong mng cp
v thang cp, theo chiu dc v chiu ngang, c lp t theo cch qui nh. Khi cp i
trong mng cp / thang cp cheo chiu ngang, cn phi ct/ buc cp bng ny lng. Ni cp
c a vo lp t theo chiu dc, cn dng kp v quai kp. V tr lp t cp phi theo
tiu chun BS7671.

J. Where three-phase power is run in single core cables, the cables shall be grouped in a trefoil
formation and spaced from other cables. The relative position of the single-core cables of the
trefoil group shall be changed through 120 at approximately one-third and again at two-thirds
point of the entire cable route.
Ni ngun in 03 pha chy qua ti trng cp mt li, th cc si cp s nhm li c dng 03
l v cch khang cc si cp khc. V tr tng i ca cp mt li trong nhm hnh 3 l s
thay i theo gc 120 ti im 1/3 v ri 2/3 cn li ca tan b ng cp.

K. N ot more than one circuit of single core cables or one multi-core cable shall be grouped
together. The spacing between groups of single core cables or multi-core cables shall not be
less than twice the diameter of the largest cable in the adjacent group of cables.
Ch nhm li thnh mt mch in ca cc cp mt li hoc mt cp nhiu li . Khang cch
gia cc nhm ca cp li n hoc cp nhiu li nh hn 02 ln ng knh ca cp c kch
c to nht trong nhm cp k cn.

L. Where cables pass through structural elements such as floors and walls, the opening made
shall be sealed with approved fire-resistant material of not less than two (2) hours fire rating
or not less than the fire rating of the slab/wall to prevent the spread of fire.
Ni cp i xuyn qua phn kt cu nh sn, tng, th phn ng ch cn phi nim phong
bng vt liu chng chy m vt liu ny chu chy khng di 02 ting hoc khng di
mc chu chy ca tng/ tm ngn lan truyn ha han (chy)

M. Where cables pass through expansion joints, the cables shall be formed into a loop, which
shall be formed into a loop, which shall be of such size that any movement in the joint shall
not stress the cables.
Ni cp i qua cc mi ni co gin, cc si cp s ct li thnh cun c kch thc sao cho
bt k di ng no ca mi ni s khng p ln cp.

2.02 FIN AL SUB-CIRCUIT PVC CABLE IN STALLATION
LP T CP PVC CHO MCH IN CUI

A. In general, cables are to be run in zinc-coated trunking to BS 467: Part 1 or galvanised steel conduit.
Ni chung, cp t trong hp i dy c m bng km theo tiu chun BS 467: Phn 1 hoc
ng dn lm bng thp m km.

B. Unless otherwise in plant rooms, within false ceiling and boxed up riser, all final circuit
wiring shall be in concealed conduit in concrete slab, wall, column, etc.
Ngai tr phng my, trn gi v hp ng ng, tan b vic i dy mch in sau cng cn
phi i lun trong ng t m tng, ct........

C. Cables in trunking shall be bunched in approved cable tie.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 77 of 214

Cp trong hp i dy cn lm thnh b theo cch ct cp chp thun (ph duyt).

D. Trunking shall be properly sized to conform to IEE Regulations with minimum space factor
of 45%.
Hp i dy phi ng kch thc theo qui nh IEE c h s trng ti thiu 45%.

E. BS Standard or relevant other Standards, name of the manufacturer, the voltage grade and the
relevant BS number shall be printed on the outer sheathed insulation of the cables.
Tiu chun BS hoc cc tiu chun thch hp khc, tn Nh sn xut, cp dng in v ch s
BS thch ng cn phi in r bn ngai lp bc cch in ca cp.

F. Cables for 3 phase, 4 wire system shall be colour coded red, yellow, blue for phases, black
for neutral and green/yellow for earth.
Cp cho h thng 3 pha, 4 dy cn nh r mu sc nh mu , vng, xanh bin dng cho
dy pha, mu en dng cho dy trung tnh v mu xanh l cy/ mu vng dng cho dy ni
t.

G. Minimum size of cable shall be 1.5mm for lighting, 2.5mm for power and 2.5mm for earth
continuity subject to a maximum volt drop of 2.5% of the nominal voltage.
Kch c ti thiu ca cp l 1.5mm dng cho chiu sng, 2.5mm dng cho ngun v 2.5mm
dng cho dy t vi iu kin st p ti a l 2,5% in p danh nh.

H. The cable size shall be selected to ensure that is has adequate current carrying capacity and
that the voltage drop at the apparatus supplied does not exceed the approved limit. Derating
of cables shall also be taken into account for adverse conditions.
Kch c cp phi c chn sao cho m bo cng sut chu dng ti hin c tnh trng c
hi v sao cho st p ti thit b c cp in khng vt qu gii hn c chp thun.
Gim nh mc cp cn p dng chi vo nhng vic khc.

I. Connection of fixtures shall be by the loop-in method.
Vic u no dy cho cc chp n s theo phng phi loop-in.

2.03 N ON -ARMOURED MAIN S & SUB-MAIN S CABLE IN STALLATION
LP T CP MCH IN CHNH V PH KHNG BC GIP

A. In general, the cables shall be installed on cable trays or ladders. They shall be installed to an
acceptable way conforming to IEE Regulations to prevent losses in cables and performance of the
current carrying capacity.
Ni chung, cp c lp t trn mng cp v thang cp. Cp c lp t ng cch chp
nhn c ph hp vi qui nh IEE nhm trnh tn tht cho cp cng nh cng sut dng
ti dng in hin c.
B. Proper labelling shall be installed at every 6 m interval.
Gn nhn ph hp cho mi an 6 m.

C. Avoiding of overlapping of cable is necessary.
Cn trnh chng cho cp ln nhau.

D. A three phase circuit cable shall be installed on the same tray.
Cp dng cho mch in 03 pha cn lp t trong cng mt mng.

E. The cables shall be terminated in suitably tinned copper compression connectors.
Cp c lm u bng u p ng m thic bng mt khp ni c m kn bng thic
tt.

F. Cables shall be routed at high level on proprietary make horizontal cable trays or cable
ladders (for large cables) and support systems similar to UN ISTRUT or other approved
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 78 of 214

equivalent system. All vertical run including cabling to switchboards, etc. shall be secured
neatly on the cable trays or ladders at close intervals by means of moulded polythene cleats
similar to BICC Telecleat or other approved equal whereas claw cleats shall be used for
securing vertical cables. Fixing shall be made with raw bolts or other patented fixing devices
of manufacturer details to the Construction Managers approval. Details of cable routes,
terminations and support system shall be forwarded to the Supervision Consultant for review
prior to installation.
Cp c i theo cao trnh hnh ngang c biu hin theo dng mng cp hoc thang cp
(i vi lai cp ln) v h thng gin tng t UNITRUST hoc h thng c duyt
tng ng. Khi vn hnh dc tnh t dy cp cho n tng i...cn kt hp cht ch vi
mng cp hoc thang cp khang cch gn bn ging c c bng polythene cng hnh
dng BICC nh bn ging in thai hoc bn ging vu li dng buc cht cp dc.
Rp vo nn dng c th hoc thit b gn c nh da theo chi tit ca Nh sn xut di
s chp thun caGiam oc d an. Chi tit qun cp, mu cht cp v h thng h tr phi
gi v T vn Gim st thm nh trc khi lp t.

G. Armoured Cable Installation
Lp t cp in c bc gip bo v

1. Armoured cables shall be laid and secured on approved type cable ladder system similar
to BICC VAN TRUN K or other approved equivalent system. The cable ladder shall be
supported on proprietary make support system similar to UN ISTRUT or other approved
system. For horizontal runs, the cables shall be secured neatly on the ladder at close
intervals by means of moulded polythene cleats similar to BICC Telecleat or other
approved equal whereas claw cleats shall be used for securing vertical cables. Fixing
shall be made with raw bolts or other patented fixing services of manufacturer detail
approved by the Construction Manager. Details of cable routes, terminations and support
system shall be forwarded to the Supervision Consultant for review prior to installation.
Cp in bc gip bo v c sp t v b cht theo mu duyt ca h thng thang
cp tng t nh BICC VANTRUNK hoc h thng tng ng duyt. Thang cp
dng cho h thng gi tng t nh UNISTRUT hoc h thng c duyt.
i vi cp i ngang,dy cp cn b cht trn thang cp khang cch gn bn ging
bng polythene c tng t nh l BICC Telecleat hoc bn ging kp mc dng
buc cht cp dc dng. Rp vo nn dng c th hoc thit b gn c nh da theo chi
tit ca Nh sn xut di s chp thun ca Giam oc d an. Chi tit l i cp, u
cp v h thng gin phi gi v T vn Gim st thm nh trc khi lp t..

2. Compression type glands for the termination of armoured cables shall be included with
the terminating boxes supplied under the Contract . Marshalling and other terminating
boxes supplied under the Contract , however, are to include the cable terminating glands.
Vng m p dng lm u in bc gip bo v phi bao gm hp u cp c
cung cp theo hp ng ph. Hp ni in v hp u cp in c cung cp theo hp
ng thu ph, tuy nhin, bao gm lun c vng m lm u cp.

3. The manufacturer detail of compression glands is to be such that the cable is not twisted
when the gland is tightened. They are to provide facilities for the efficient bonding and
termination of the armour wires and are to project at least 20mm into the terminating box
so that any condensation collected on the inner surfaces of the boxes cannot flow down
between the cable cores. Where anti-condensation heaters are not fitted, drain holes are
to be provided. It is to be possible to erect and dismantle any cable compression gland
without the use of special tools. Termination shall have IP rating the same as that of the
switchboard or equipment where the cables are connected.
Nh sn xut chi tit vng m kn p ca Nh sn xut phi ra sao cho khi vng m kn
c p cht th cp khng b xon li. H cung cp phng tin cho buc ni tt v
phn cui dy dn in c bc gip bo v ng thi xut t nht 20mm dn vo
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 79 of 214

hp ngt in cho nn bt k ni cht bn trong b mt hp khng th chy xung gia
cc li dy in. My nhit Anti-condensation khng c lp, th cn b sung l that.
C th iu chnh v tho d bt k vng m kn trong cp m khng cn dng bt k
dng c c bit no. Lm u cp cn theo chun IP(chng ht m) ging nh cho t
ng ct hay thit b ni c ni u cp.

2.04 FIRE RESISTAN T (FR) CABLE IN STALLATION
LP T CP CHNG CHY

A Fire Resistant cables shall be installed on a separate cable tray without sharing with other sub-
main/control cables.
Cp chng chy c lp t trn mng cp ring r m khng chia x vi cp iu khin
chnh/ ph khc.

B. Fire Resistant cables shall be installed in accordance with the makers recommendations and
instructions. Fire Resistant cables shall be run on proprietary make horizontal cable trays,
vertical cable ladders, trunkings or conduits depending on the sizes. For horizontal runs, Fire
Resistant cables of larger sizes shall be secured neatly on the cable trays or ladders at close
intervals by means of moulded polythene cleats similar to BICC Telecast or other approved
equal whereas fire resistant claw cleats shall be used for securing vertical runs.
Cp chng chy c lp t theo kin v hng dn ca Nh sn xut. Cp chng chy
c i trn mng cp ngang, thang cp ng, hp i dy hoc ng dn in ty theo kich
c. i vi cp ri theo phng ngang, cp chng chy c kch c ln cn buc cht vo
mng cp hoc thang cp khang cch gn bn ging c c bng kp polythene tng
t nh BICC nh Telecast, ging nh 2,03/G/1.

C. All installation accessories shall be of manufacturers standard products. Cable glands shall
be of fire rating equal to the cable the bending radius of the cables measured from the inside
of the bend shall be not less than eight times the diameter of the cable or to manufacturers
recommendation, whichever is more.
Tan b ph kin dng lp t phi ng tiu chun ca Nh sn xut. Vng m kn u
cp phi c chng chy ging nh cp bn knh cong ca cp, o t bn trong ch un
khng di tm ln ng knh cp hoc theo kin ca Nh sn xut ty theo bn knh cong
no ln hn.
D. For emergency final circuit, the FR cables shall be installed in GI conduit in concealed slab,
wall, etc. unless otherwise approved by the Construction Manager.
i vi mch in ph trong trng hp khn cp, cp chng chu/ chu chy c ci t
trong ng thp m km i m tng, gch ...tr phi trng hp khc cn c s chp thun
ca Giam oc d an.

2.05 EARTH CON TIN UITY CON DUCTOR IN STALLATION
LP T DY NI T

A. Each circuit wire shall have its own protective conductor with adequately sized in accordance with
BS7671 using stranded copper cable with green/yellow PVC insulation.
Mi mch in s c dy ni bo v ring vi kch c ph hp vi tiu chun BS7671 l cp
ng bn xon c v cch in bng nha PVC mu vng/ mu xanh l cy c bc nha
PVC.

2.06 CABLE TERMIN ATION
LM U CP

A. Tee-off
Mt nhnh ch T

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 80 of 214

1. Tee-off required for tapping of power supply from main riser cables to individual circuits
shall be suitable for such purposes. Installation method must be submitted for approval
prior to commencement of works. Under all circumstances, the conductors to be tee-off
shall be secured by means of proprietary made compression type mechanical connectors,
enclosed in plastic protective shell and filled with acrylic resin. N o strand of a stranded
conductor shall be cut away in making the tee-off.
Dng cch mc nhnh ch T ly in t ng ng in chnh cho cc mch in ph
l ph hp. Phng php lp t cn phi trnh xin kin trc khi bt u thi cng.
Trong mi trng hp, dy dn mc nhnh s thc hin bng cch dng u ni c
lai p, bc trong lp bo v bng plastic v u nha acrylic. Khi mc nhnh th khng
ct i mt si dy ng bn no.

2. In the case of armoured cables, the earth continuity for the main cable and tee-off cable
shall be maintained.
Trong trng hp cp in c bc gip, vic ni t i vi cp chnh v cp r nhnh
cn c duy tr.

B. Cable Termination
Lm u cp

1. Cable shall be terminated using suitably chosen cable glands as specified.
Cp c lm u bng cch dng vng m u p mt cch ph hp nh ch nh.

2. A PVC shroud as specified shall be fitted to cover the gland body.
Ming lt APVC nh nu cn phi bao ph kht thn vng m kn.

3. In the case of armoured cables, all armour and all faces of armour clamps of connectors
making contact with them shall be thoroughly cleaned before termination and the clamps
shall be adequately tightened to ensure good electrical contact.
Trong trng hp cp in bc gip bo v, tt c gip bo v v tt c cc mt ca kp
n hi bc gip bo v ca khu ni tip gip vi nhau th phi ht lm sch trc khi
lm u v kp cn phi xit cht bo m tip xc in tt.

4. Cable conductor terminations shall be by means of heavy duty solderless cable lugs. The
lugs shall be of high conductivity copper electro-tinned and applied to the conductor by
means of a hydraulic crimping tool unless otherwise specified. Heat shrinkable tapes
shall be used for insulating the termination whenever possible.
Lm u cp bng lai u cp bn chc khng cn hn. u cp l lai bng ng c
dn in cao v gn cht vo cp bng kp thy lc hoc nu khc i th s ch r.
Bng co nhit dng cch in ti u cp ni gn n.

C. Armour Earthing
Ni t v gip bc cp

1. Metallic sheaths and/or armour of all cables in the same circuit shall be solidly bonded
together at both ends of their runs. The bonding shall extend from the earth lug or earth
lug attached to the cable glands to the main earth system
V bc bng kim lai /v hoc v bc gip bo v cho tan b cp trong cng mch in
cn phi hn cht/ gn cht hai u. Vic ni t s ko t chu ni t hoc chu ni
t nh vo u cp dn n h thng ni t chnh

2. The cross-sectional area of the bonding conductor shall be selected in accordance to
BS7671
Mt ct ngang ca dy ni t c chn theo tiu chun BS7671

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 81 of 214

V bc bng metan v/hoc bc gip bo v cho tan b cp in trong cng mch in
3. The bonding conductor shall be as short and straight as possible.
Dy ni t phi ngn v thng nu c th.

2.07 CABLE IDEN TIFICATION
NHN DNG CP

A. Cables shall be provided with identification markers, at each end of the cable, at entry and
exit points of buried ducts, and in such other positions as are necessary to identify and trace
the route at any cable. Where cables are not enclosed in ducts and are of multiple runs,
markers shall be provided at 10 metre intervals.
Cp c nh du bng nhn, c t cui cp v ng vo v ng ra ca ng dn
chn v nhng im cn phi nhn dng v d tm bt k lai cp no. Khi cp khng
nm trong ng dn v ri nhiu, th cn gn nhn cho mi an cp cch khang 10m.

B. Cable identification shall be assembled from elliptical profiled plasticised PVC markers,
carrier strip and nylon ties, the complete assembly shall be suitable for a maximum service
temperature at 70C.
Nhn dng cp bng ming nha PVC c mm v hnh lp, c sc v c buc bng ny
lng, nhn phi chu c nhit ti 70C.

C. Every single core cable and every core of a multicore cable shall be provided with
identification at its termination in the form of tapes, sleeves or discs of appropriate colours.
Cp c li dnh dy in n v cp c nhiu li dy in n cn nh du c th phn
u cp bng bng, ng bc ngai, hoc vt dt c mu sc thch hp.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 82 of 214

SECTION E7

UNDERGROUND CABLE INSTALLATION
LP DY CP NGM

PART 1 - GENERAL
PHN 1 - TNG QUT

M T CNG VIC

A. The work to be carried out includes the supply of all the necessary labour, equipment
and materials for the laying, joining, termination, testing and commissioning of all the
underground cables indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. The single
line wiring diagrams indicates the type and sizes of reticulation mains required for the
various services.
Cng vic thc hin bao gm cung cp nhn cng cn thit, vt t v thit b lp
t cp, ni cp, gn u cp, kim tra v nghim thu cp ngm ch r trn bn v
v ch thch hng dn theo y.

1.2 STANDARDS
TIU CHUN

A. Works shall comply fully with the relevant local electrical codes and standards, as
well as conforming to all requirements of the local utility providers.
Cng vic ph hp vi tiu chun v qui nh v in thuc a phng c lin quan
cng nh ph hp vi tt c yu cu ca nh cung cp in.

1.3 SUBMISSION
TRNH

H. All technical submissions shall be approved by the Construction Manager prior to the
Tt c trnh k thut phi c chp thun bi Giam oc d an trc khi i vo
giai an thi cng.

I. As a minimum requirements, the submission shall include the following:
Da theo cc yu cu, trnh s bao gm nh sau:

1. Shop drawings of the complete cable routes (including the pipe works,
protective cover, trenching, manholes, etc.) Cable routes as shown on the
Drawings are subject to co-ordination, no variation will be entertained;
Bn v thi cng tuyn i dy cp han chnh (bao gm i ng dy, tm che
bo v,mng/ rnh,ming cng...);

2. Equipment submission and sample submission;
trnh thit b v trnh mu;

3. Cable termination details for cable manufacturer; Cable test reports for
routine test, type test and site acceptance test;
Chi tit u cp gi Nh sn xut cp, cc bo co th nghim v kim tra
thng l ca cp, kim tra lai v nhng ln th nghim tt cng trng;

4. Testing and commissioning procedure;
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 83 of 214

Qu trnh kim tra v nghim thu

5. Builders work requirement.
Yu cu ca Nh thu.

1.4 QUALITY CONNTROL
KIM TRA CHT LNG

A. The Contractor shall use a digital camera (at the Contractor cost) which allows to
download the images from the camera to the computer, to take the process from
opening the trenches, laying of cables, backfilling and reinstatement. The photo
record shall be complied in report format and submitted for Construction Manager
record..
Thu ph s dng my chp hnh k thut s (Thu ph chu ph) ti nhng hnh
nh chp vo my vi tnh, x l cc hnh nh chp t vic o xi mng/rnh,
lp t cp, san lp v trng va. nh chp s km theo mu bo co v trnh
lu gi trong h s Giam oc d an.

PART 2 - PRODUCT
PHN 2 - SN PHM

2.1 cable ducts
NG DN CP

A. At road crossings, the cables shall be protected with 150mm diameter heavy duty
uPVC pipes encased in concrete and buried to a depth of 900mm below road level or
as indicated in the drawings. Cable crossings at drains or entry into buildings shall
also be protected by means of pipes up to a height of 2500mm. Such pipes shall be
painted as directed.
ch bng qua ng, cp s c bo v bng ng nha PVC dy c ng knh
150mm t trong b tng v chn xung t vi su 900mm thp hn mt ng
hoc nh ch r trn bn v. Khi xuyn qua mng thot hay ti ng vo ca ta nh,
cp phi c bo v bng ng uPVC di ti a 2500 mm. Nhng ng nh th s
c sn theo hng dn.

2.2 BACKFILLING AND REINSTATEMENT
SAN LP V TRNG VA

A. After all protective covers have been laid, the trenches shall be refilled in 150mm
layers, each layer being well rammed and consolidated. The finished surface shall be
left proud by 50mm to allow for subsidence. All surplus soil or debris shall be
removed from site. The surface of refilled trenches shall be temporarily reinstated
and maintained in a thoroughly safe condition until complete consolidation of the soil
is achieved.
Sau khi tsm che bo v c t, mng/rnh c lp li trong 150mm lp
t, mi lp t cn phi nn thit chc. B mt hon thin cn cha nh ln 50mm
cho php ln xung. t d hoc x bn s c dn sch khi hin trng. B
mt rnh/mng c san lp s kh li t t trong iu kin an tan cho n khi
t ong cng li l han tt.
2.3 CABLE MARKERS
VT/ MING NH DU CP

A. Cable markers shall be provided and installed with the top surface flushed with the
ground level to identify cable routes for cables laid direct in the ground. Markers
shall be inscribed with identified lettering reading MV Cable, LV Cable as
appropriate and shall be installed at every 30 meters along the route and at any
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 84 of 214

changes in direction.
Vt/ ming nh du cp c gn v lp t mt trn ngang bng mt t dng
nhn dng l/ tuyn cp c t trc tip trong t. Vic nh du s khc dng
ch ni cp trung th, cp h th hay l cp LV v cch khong 30 mt dc
theo tuyn v ti nhng v tr thay i hng cp.

2.4 TEST DURING LAYING
KIM TRA QU TRNH T CP

A. Where required by the Specification, and as required from time to time by the
Construction Manager, completed portions of the cable installation shall be subjected
to voltage tests to prove the soundness of the conductor insulation and the soundness
of the protective servings, and continuity tests to prove the soundness of the wiring
armouring.
Ch no m c tnh k thut yu cu v theo yu cu tng thi im bi Gim
c d n, nhng phn lp t cp han tt s cho kim tra in p th, kim tra
cch in dy dn in, dy dn cch nhit v kim tra thng mch th dy dn in
c bc gip bo v.

2.5 CABLE HANDLING GUIDLINE
HNG DN S DNG CP

A. The most important point to observe in handling cables is that great CARE must be
exercised at all times.
iu quan trng nht l c k hng dn s dng cp, iu ny ti quan trng cn
phi thc tp lun.

B. Every precaution should be taken to avoid dropping a drum of cable. Dropping, even
from a small height will flatten the layers of cable nearest to the barrel of the drum
due to the weight of the outer layers. Similar distortion will also occur if the drum
falls on to its side.
Cn trng lun t ra hng u nhm trnh lm ri cun dy cp. Lm ri cun dy
cp, ngay c cao nh s lm dp lp cp bung lun mt cun do trng lng
ca lp v ngai. Vic tng t nh th cng s xy ra nu do cun dy cp
nghing.

C. When rolling the drum into position, it is essential that the drum rolls smoothly in the
direction of the arrow painted on the side of the drum. If this instruction is not
observed, slack cable will tend to accumulate towards the inner turns and may
possible results in damage to the cable.
Khi ln cun dy cp vo ng v tr, nh ln cun dy cp nh nhng theo hng
mi tn trn cun dy cp. Nu hng dn ny khng c k, c khunh hng t li
trong nhng vng trong ca cun dy cp v c th gy thit hi cho cp.

D. When the drum is in position, it should be mounted on jacks and disposed so that the
cable is pulled off from the bottom and not over the top. It is preferable to mount the
drum at one end of the cable run as close as possible to the edge of trench so that the
cable can be pulled off in a continuous manner on rollers in the trench and is in its
final position when the last turn leaves the drum. This procedure is not always
possible because of excessive length and weight of cable running or because of
obstructions or pipes under which the cable has to be thread. In such cases, it may be
necessary to position the drum at some other point along the cable run and lay-off the
cables on the ground near the drum in a series of loops, one above and the other in the
form of a figure eight, crossing the cable back and forth on itself. When the whole
length has thus been removed from the drum the inside and of the cable will be on top
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 85 of 214

and can be pulled along towards its final position on rollers in the same manner as if
the cable was coming off the drum itself. Whichever procedure is adopted, great care
must be taken at all times to ensure that the cable is not twisted and that the turns are
well above the minimum bending radii of the cable. As a general rule, the absolute
minimum bending radii of cables is as follows:
Khi cho cun dy cp vo v tr, cn t cun dy cp trn gi v sp t sao cho
si cp s c ko khi cun dy cp t pha di, khng phi pha trn. Thng
th t cun dy cp ti mt u ca l cp cng gn vi cnh ca rnh cp cng tt
sao cho c th x cp ra lin tc t cun dy cp nm trong mng. Qui trnh ny
thng t khi p dng v chiu di v trng lng cp qu ln hay cn b vt cn hay
ng ng m cp phi ko qua bn di. Trong nhng trng hp nh vy, cn t
cun dy cp vo nhng v tr dc theo hng x dch cp v cp xung t gn
cun trong mt dy vng, mt trn v nhng ci khc nm trong vng s 8, ko
cp v sau v y ln pha trc. Khi tan b chiu di c tch ri khi cun dy
cp, cp s nh ra v c th tut v pha di cun ti ch nh th t chnh bn thn
cp b bung ra khi trng. Cho d p dng qui trnh no, th lc no cng phi quan
tm ch m bo cp khng b xon li v on b cong c bn knh ln hn
bn knh un cong ti thiu ca cp. Nhn chung, bn knh cun cong ti thiu ca
cp cho nh sau:

Type of Cable
Lai cp
Overall
Diameter D
Tan b ng
knh
Minimum Bending Radius
Bn knh cong ti thiu
During
Installation
Qu trnh lp
t
Adjacent to
and
terminations
Gn k u
v cui
BS5467, BS6724 & BS6346
Circular Copper Conductor N on-
Armoured
Thanh dn ng trn khng bc
gip
10mm 25mm
above 25mm
4D
6D
4D
6D
Circular Copper Conductor
Armoured
Thanh dn ng trn bc gip
Any
Nu c
6D 6D
Solid Aluminum or Shaped
Copper Conducts Armoured or
N on-Armoured
Thanh nhm c hoc thanh
ng nh hnh c bc gip hoc
khng
Any
Nu c
8D 8D
IEC 502
Tiu chun IEC 502

Single Core (Li n)
- Unarmored (Khng bc
gip bo v)
- Armoured (Bc gip bo
v)
Any (Nu c)
Any (Nu c)

20D
15D
15D
12D
Three Core (03 li)
- Unarmored (Khng bc
gip bo v)
- Armoured (Bc gip bo
v)
Any (Nu c)
Any (Nu c)

15D
12D
12D
10D
BS 6480
Tiu chun BS 6480

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 86 of 214

Dng in ln n 6350/11000V
- Single Core (Li n)
- Multicore (Nhiu li)
Any (Nu c)
Any (Nu c)
18D
15D
18D
15D

2.6 CABLE INSTALATION
LP T CP

A. All cables laid shall be in full length unless otherwise are buried minimum 750mm
below the finished ground level. All cable terminating materials and tools required to
complete the above shall be of the type recommended or manufactured by the cable
manufacturer.
Tt c cc lai cp phi di ngai tr c chn di mt t vi su
750mm. Tt c cc vt t thit b lm u cp c yu cu nh trn cn c khuyn
co v mu hoc sn xut theoNh sn xut cp.

B. Cables shall not cross in straight runs in trenches or in any other positions, except
where a cross is impracticable to avoid, by advance planning of the laying of cables.
Cp khng t ct ngang trong mung/rnh hoc bt k v tr no,tr phi vic t
cp ct ngang l khng trnh c trn thc t do k hoch ri cp t ra trc
y.

C. Space factor for installation of cables in cable ducts or covered trenches shall follow
the requirements of the relevant BS and IEE Regulations.
H s khang khng lp t cp vo ng lun cp hoc rnh cp c che ch phi
theo cc yu cu ca tiu chun Anh (BS) v qui nh IEE c lin quan.

2.7 TESTING AND COMMISIONING
KIM TRA V VN HNH

A. All cables shall be tested and certified that they safe before supply is switched on.
Tt c cc cp cn c kim tra v chng nhn an tan trc khi ng ngun
in.
B. Tests shall include continuity test, phasing out test and insulation resistance test.
Vic kim tra bao gm kim tra tnh thng sut, kim tra ng dy pha v kim tra
in tr cch in.

C. Copies of all results shall be submitted before the cables are energised.
Ghi chp tt c cc kt qu s trnh khi cp ng in.

2.8 INDEMNIFY AGAINST DAMAGES
BI THNG THIT HI

A. The Owner shall be indemnified of any claims arising from damage to property (e.g.
Telecom cables, water mains, sewage pipes, etc.) or injury caused during the
underground cable installation work.
Ch u t cn m bo bt k khiu ni no lm thit hi v ti sn (th d: cp
in thai, mch nc, ng x nc thi,.... hoc tai nn xy ra trong qu trnh lp
t cp ngm.

B. An experienced and competent supervisor shall be on site at all times on site while
this work is in progress.
Mt nhn vin gim st giu kinh nghim v tho vic phi lun c mt ti cng
trng trong khi cng vic ang tin hnh.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 87 of 214

2.9 EARTHING AND BONDING
NI T

A. All the non-current carrying metal parts in the system shall be adequately bonded to
each other for earthing.
Tt c cc phn kim lai khng c mang dng in trong h thng cn phi kt ni
vi nhau ni t.

B. For PVC armoured cable, the wire armour shall be used as the sole means for earth
continuity. A separate copper conductor or copper tape of sectional area in
accordance with the IEE Wiring Regulation shall be provided.
Cp PVC c bc gip bo v, phn bc gip bo v s c dng ni t. Dy
dn ng ring r hoc di bng ng theo tng khu vc cn theo qui tc dy dn
in IEE s cung cp.

PART 3 EXECUTION
PHN 3 - THC HIN

3.1 INTRODUCTION
GII THIU

A. The intent of this specification is to define the technical and installation requirements
for LV cable installation.
N i dung ca c tnh k thut ny l khng nh cc yu cu v lp t k thut
cho vic lp t cp h th.

3.2 SCOPE OF WORK
PHM VI LM VIC

A. The works shall comprise the supply of necessary labour, supervision staff, plants,
materials, transport and tools for the installation of underground low tension electric
cables and all ancillary works.
Cc cng vic bao gm cung cp nhn cng cn thit, nhn vin gim st,thit b, vt
t, vn chuyn v cng c lp t dy cp in ngm v cc cng vic ph thuc
khc.

3.3 DEPTH OF CABLES
CHIU SU CA CP

A. Cables shall be laid direct in the ground to a depth between 0.9 1.3 meter below the
level of the road at the kerb edge except at those places indicated by the Construction
Manager and specified cable spacings shall be strictly observed.
Cp c t trc tip di t su khang gia 0.9-1.3 mt thp hn mt
ng ngay ti l ng ngai tr nhng v tr khc c hng dn bi Gim c
d nGim st v ghi r khang cch cp cn phi quan st cht ch.

3.4 CABLE TRENCH DIMENSIONS AND CABLE SPACING
KCH THC MNG/ RNH T CP V KHONG CCH CP

A. Standard cable trench dimensions for excavations and cable spacing shall follow the
recommendations in BS7671. Kch thc mng cp tiu chuNn t cp cho cng
vic o xi v khang cch cp phi tun theo cc khuyn co c trong BS7671.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 88 of 214

3.5 FENCING. LIGHTING AND GUARDING
HNG RO, CHIU SNG V BO V

A. The Contractor shall take every reasonable precaution to safeguard the public from
being involved in any accident attributable either directly or indirectly to the works
involve.
Thu ph s c nhiu l do cn trng bo v an tan cho cng chng nhm trnh
ti nn trc tip hoc gin tip lin quan n cng vic.

B. The Contractor shall rope off and clearly define with red flags by day and flashing
lights by night the full length and width of all excavations, piles of earth, cable
drums, pumps, etc.
Thu ph s chng dy thng lm hng ro v cm bin bo bng nhng cy c
ban ngy v m n chiu sng ban m tan b cc khu vc o bi, ng cc, ni
t, cun cp, bm....

3.6 TEMPORARY TIMBERING
VN CP PHA

A. The Contractor shall provide all necessary temporary timbering for trenches where
necessary during the progress of the work for upholding and maintaining excavations
in a good and safe condition.
Thu ph s cung cp cc lai g tm thi cn thit cho mng/ rnh trong qu trnh
thi cng o bi v bo tr trong iu kin an tan.

3.7 SUMP HOLES
H THU

A. Sump-holes shall whenever possible be cut to one side of a trench to avoid creating
irregularities and possible subsidence spots beneath cables.
S c nhng h thu bn cnh rnh cp trnh nhng cp khng u cng nh nhng
l bn di dy cp.

3.8 MAINS, SEWERS, DRAINS, CONDUITS AND THE LIKE
NG NG, CNG RNH, NG DN NC V TNG T

A. Cable shall normally go under all obstructions such as mains, sewers, drains,
conduits and the like which cross the trench. The trench bottom shall be carefully
ramped.
Thng thng cp i di nhng vt cn chng hn cng rnh, ng dn in v
tng t bng qua mng/ rnh. Di mng/ rnh cn cn thn to dc
khng b st.

The removal, alteration, or diversion of mains, sewers, drains, conduits and the like
shall be avoided.
Di di, thay i hoc lm trch cng, cng rnh, dy cng rnh v tng t cn
trnh.

3.9 INSTALLATION
LP T

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 89 of 214

A. Cable pipes, conduits or ducts shall be installed at locations where cable trench
intersects private access road, entrances, etc. and at other locations as indicated by
the Construction Manager.
ng, dy dn hoc ng dn cp cn c lp t ti ni m rnh cp giao nhau dn
vo li i ring, li ra vo cng nh tt c v tr cn c hng dn bi Gim c d
nGim st.

3.10 INSTALLATION OF CABLE-PVC/SWA/PVC
LP T CP - PVC/SWA/PVC

A. PVC/SWA/PVC cable shall terminate in cable glands, incorporation a rubber
compression ring and armour clamp. The cable gland shall be covered with PVC
shroud.
Cp PVC/SWA/PVC s bc u cp, vng p cao su khng dnh, v kp bo v. Vng
bc u cp s c bc bng mn PVC.

B. If the space for wiring inside the switch is restricted, a galvanized metal extension
box shall be fitted to the switch and the gland shall be screwed to the box.
Nu khong khng bn trong hp cng tc b hn ch, hp ni thm bng kim loi m
km s c gn cho va vi cng tc v bc u cp s vn vi hp.

C. A separate earth tape for the earth continuity of the armour, shall be incorporated to
improve the equivalent resistance of cast iron box to within the limit as recommended
by the manufacturer.
Di bng ni t ring dng ni t ca phn bc gip, s c gn vo ci thin
tng ng ca hp st c trong gii hn nh khuyn co ca Nh sn xut.
D. The cable shall be supported in such a way that it is not exposed to undue mechanical
strain and such that there is no appreciable mechanical strain on the terminations of
the conductor. Cable shall be supported at spacing not exceeding the appropriate
value stated in IEE Wiring Regulation, latest Edition.
Cp s dng gi sao chu sc cng v c hc v sao cho sc cng c hckhng
ng k trn u cp. Cp c gi v khang cch khng vt qu gi tr thch
hp ghi trong qui tc i dy dn in IEE, phin bn mi nht.

3.11 SEALING OFF OF CABLE ENTRY INTO TELECOM/ELECTRICAL ROOM
NIM PHONG CP DN VO PHNG IN THAI/ PHNG IN

A. All cable entries into the TELECOM/ELECTRICAL ROOM shall be completed with
watertight multi-cable transit (MCT) by the Contractor immediately upon completion
of laying of the cable/cables through the cable entries to prevent ingress of water into
the substation.
N g vo ca cp vo phng in thai/ phng in cn c hon b bng, Thu ph
cn phi han thnh vic ca dn cp (MCT) ngay lp tc khi hon thnh t mt cp
hoc nhiu cp qua ca dn cp vo nhm ngn khng cho nc thm vo trm ph.

B. In the case where the cable laying could not be completed on the same day of had to
be stopped due to rain, the cable entries should be temporarily but effectively sealed
to prevent entry of water.
Trong trng hp, t cp khng lm xong trong cng mt ngy, hoc ngng li v
tri ma, li dn cp vo tm thi ngng li, chc chn nn nim li nhng khng
cho nc vo.
3.12 ROAD CROSSING MARKERS
NH DU NI CP BNG NG

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 90 of 214

A. Position Markers for cable pipes, ducts or conduits shall be fixed at each end of a
Road Crossing position in a manner directed by the Construction Manager.
Vt nh nh du v v tr ng cp, ng dn hoc dy dn cn phi c nh mi
ni cp bng ng theo cch c hng dn bi Giam oc d an.

3.13 CABLE PULLING
KO CP

A. Bottom of cable trench shall be level and smooth without stones or hard lumps. In
rough ground a smooth 75mm thick layer or riddled solid or sand shall be laid along
the trench bottom, or as directed by the Construction Manager.
y rnh cp s c lm bng phng v nhn khng c hoc ming cng. Trong
rnh cp s ri lp t, hay ct dy 75mm s c t dc theo di rnh, hoc
s c trc tip ch o bi Gim c d nGim st.

B. Cables shall be normally be pulled into place along rollers placed at intervals of 4m
along the bottom of the trench.
Thng thng cp s ko vo v tr dc theo cun cp tng qung 4m dc theo di
y mng/ rnh.

C. The minimum bending radii of the cables as specified by the cable manufacturers
shall be strictly observed. The cable shall be bent as little as possible preferable
always in the same plane to avoid twisting the cable.
Bn knh ung cong ca cp theo qui trnh bi Nh sn xut cp cn phi quan st
k. Cp s cng t b un cong li cng tt khi trn cng mt mt phng nhm trnh
xon cp.

D. Unless with the consent of the Construction Manager, there should no figure
eighting of cables.
Tr khi c s cho php ca Gim c d nGim st , y khng c b cun li
nhg s 8.

E. Pulling ropes shall be attached to the free end of low-tension cables by means of a
cable stocking. The stocking shall grip directly upon the armour.
Ko cp bng cch nm mt u cp bng dng c kp cp. Kp cp s kp ngang
vo phn bc gip ca cp.

F. Mechanical pulling of cable is permissible provided that pull is applied gradually and
provided that the pulling mechanism has an automatic slipping clutch set to limit the
pull to a maximum of 1500 kg.
Cho php ko cp bng c hc vi iu kin l kp t t chm ri b ko c kh c b
ly hp t ng gii hn lc ko ti a ch 1500kg.

3.14 FIRST EARTH FILLING
LP T LN MOT

A. First earth filling shall be selected from earth free from stones or sharp objects and
riddle if necessary. The filling shall be compacted around the cables and finished off
level 150mm above the largest cable.
Lp t ln mt cn chn t khng c hoc nhng vt nhn v sng lc nu cn
thit. Lp t cn phi nn cht chung quanh cp v hon thnh vi mc hn 150mm
i vi cp ln nht.

B. The removal of surplus earth and the cost of transporting such material shall be at the
Contractor s own expense.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 91 of 214

Di di t d tha v chi ph vn chuyn vt liu tha nh th s do Thu ph chu
ph.

3.15 SECOND EARTH FILLING
LP T LN HAI

A. The second earth filling shall extent to 330mm above PVC plates and shall not
contain stones having a dimension exceeding 75mm. The filling shall be compacted
in layers of 300mm in depth by means of hand rammers.
Lp t ln hai khong 330mm trn tm che PVC v khng c ln qu 75mm, kch
thc khng qu 75mm. Lp t su 300mm cn nn cht bng my m tay.

3.16 PVC PLATES
TM PVC

A. PVC plates shall be laid end to end on top of the first earth filling and directly over
the cables as required.
Tm PVC c t t u n cui bn trn lp t ln 1 v ngay trn cp theo yu
cu.

3.17 BACKFILLING
SAN LP

A. Backfilling shall be in layers of 300mm in thickness. Each layer shall be well
consolidated by means of mechanical rammers before the next layer is added.
San lp thnh lp dy 300mm. Mi lp t c lm chc bng m c kh trc
khi lp t k tip c cho vo.

3.18 CABLE ROUTE RECORD DRAWINGS
BN V GHI LI TUYN CP

A. The Contractor shall at their own expense prepare cable route record drawings.
Thu ph chu chi ph chuNn b nhng bn v ghi li tuyn i cp.

B. The Contractor shall record the Manufacturers Order number and drum number of
each length of cable in the order of laying.
Thu ph s ghi nhn con s t hng ca Nh sn xut v s cun cp ca mi
chiu di cp ri theo tuyn theo n t hng.

C. The records of cable lengths and cable drums details shall be submitted to the Main-
Contractor weekly during the progress of the Contract and the full records in the as-
built maintenance manuals.
Ghi nhn chiu di cp v chi tit cun cp s c trnh Thu chnh v Thu ph
hng tun trong qu trnh thc hin hp ng ph v bo co y trong cm nang
bo tr hon cng.

3.19 CUTTING AND SEALING CABLE
CT V NIM CP

A. Work entails cutting the cable, capping the two cable ends by heat-shrinkable
materials using blow-lamp, followed by PVC tapping. The Contractor shall provide
all materials and equipment necessary for the cut-and-seal. All low-tension cable
ends shall be shorted core-to-core by means of earthing wires prior to sealing.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 92 of 214

Cng vic cn li l ct cp, hai u cp c lm u bng vt liu c th co li do
nhit do nung nng, dng n x, sau qun bng PVC. Thu ph s cung cp thit
b vt t cn thit cho vic ct v nim phong. u cp cng t s rt ngn li dy
in iu ny cng nh hng n dy ni t trc khi nim phong. Tt c u cp
s c xp li theo li bng dy t trc khi nim kn.

3.20 INSULATION TEST TO BE CARRIED OUT BY CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO AND
AFTER PULLING
KIM TRA CCH IN C THC HIN BI THU PH TRC V SAU KHI KO
CP
A. The Contractor shall test the insulation of the cables prior to and after pulling and
record the readings for submission to the Construction Manager. The Contractor
shall possess his insulation testers (up to 2.5 kV).
Thu ph s kim tra cch in trong cp trc v sau khi ko cp ng thi ghi cc
ch s np cho Giam oc d an. Thu ph phi c dng c kim tra cch in (ln
n 2.5KV).

part 4 protective covers
PHN 4 - NP BO V

4.1 MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
VT T V THI CNG

A. The make of the cable cover plates shall be high impact resistant polyvinyl/chloride
without plasticiter (uPVC). Use of regenerated PVC or PE or PP is strictly
forbidden. Each cable cover plate shall be linked to the adjacent cover plates at both
ends to form a continuous chain.
Vt liu lm tm che cp l loi PVC chu lc cao c tc ng khng thm
polyvinyl/chloride cao m khng cn plasticiter (uPVC). Dng nha PVC ti ch hoc
PP ti ch l iu cm k. Mi tm che cp s ni st nhau hai u to thnh mt
ng lin tc.

4.2 PROPERTIES
TNH CHT/ C TNH

The PVC cover plates must have the following properties:
Mn chn PVC phi c nhng tnh cht sau:

A. Three fully processed specimens tested for their impact strength should not have more
than 3 cracks respectively (5 drop hammer tests per specimen). And the drop
hammer should not penetrate the specimens more than 100mm for more than 3 times
in a series of 15-drop hammer tests. If these requirements are not met, the same test
series are repeated on the specimens from the same lot. Should the specimens tested
in the second series of tests also fail to meet the requirements, the whole test is
considered to fail.
03 mu thnh phNm gi i xt nghim bn khng c c hn 03 vt nt (p ba
05 ln mi mu xt nghim). N ht ba khng hn su vo mu hn 100mm sau hn
03 ln p ba lin tc 15 ci. Nu cc yu cu khng p ng c, chui th
nghim tng t s c lp li. N u mu a i kim tra ln 2 cng khng p ng
c yu cu, xem nh tan b mu b b ht.

B. The longitudinal connections (linking mechanism) of the fully processed specimens
shall withstand a tensile strength of minimum 100N. The sample shall show no. of
distortion, crack, frature or warpage before and after the test.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 93 of 214

Mi ni di (ni c hc) ca mu thnh phNm gi i xt nghim phi c bn ko
ti thiu 100N . Mu s khng b mp, gy, bin dng trc v sau khi kim tra.

C. The Vicat softening temperature of the fully processed samples must not be less than
72C (Rate A at 50C, 5C per hour).
N hit lm mm Vicat ca mu thnh phNm khng di 72C (Mc A 50C, 5C
mi gi).

D. The fully processed specimens shall be aged at 70C for 168 hours. Aged specimen
shall also be tested for their tensile strength in the longitudinal connections. The
change in properties must be less that 20% of the original value. There shall be no
change in colour before and after the test.
MNu xt nghim han chnh phi tui 70C trong 168 gi. t tui xt
nghim cn phi kim tra sc bn trong mi ni di. S thay i v tnh cht/ c tnh
phi thp hn 20% so vi gi tr ban u. Khng thay i mu sc trc v sau khi
kim tra.

4.3 TESTING
KIM TRA

A. A Contractor shall submit the test report in English from the recognized laboratory.
The material and the colour of the cable cover plates shall be resistance to chemical
influences when buried in the ground. The recognized laboratory shall be the
authorized one recognized by the electric utility company.
Thu ph s np bn bo co bng ting Anh ly t phng th nghim c cng
nhn. Vt t v mu ca tm che cp cha c tc ng ha hc khi chn trong t
c ch nh bi cng ty in lc.

4.4 COLOURS, DEMENSION AND LETTERINGS
MU SC, KCH THC V GHI CH

A. Colour
Mu sc

1. The colour of the plates shall remain permanent and non-fading. The colour
code is to be in accordance to BS 381C or its equivalent.
Mu sc ca tm bng s gi mu lu di v khng phai m. M mu phi
ph hp vi BS 381C hoc tng ng.

B. Dimensions
Kch thc

1. The LV cable cover plates shall have the following dimensions:
Tm che cp h th phi c cc kch thc sau

a. Length 1000mm
Chiu di

b. Breadth 172.4mm
B ngang

c. Thickness 2mm (minimum)
dy

d. Tolerance allowed for 15mm
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 94 of 214

Length and Breadth
Dung sai cho php cho
Chiu di v b ngang

C. Lettering
GHI CH

1. The English words or with another national language if it is required by the
electric utility of the followings shall be printed on the centre of the cable
cover. DAN GER, Voltage of Cables continuous on the plate.
Nu yu cu cnh bo cho thit b in, cn phi ghi dng ch NGUY
HIM, CP C IN ch ting Anh hoc ting nc khc nu nh yu cu
bi cng ty in lc.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 95 of 214

SECTION E8

WIRING DEVICES
THIT BN I DY

PART 1 - GENERAL
PHN 1 - TNG QUT

M T CNG VIC

A. The drawings for the lighting and power points indicate approximate positions of all
lighting fittings, switches, power outlet points, isolating switch points and the like. The
actual positions of all fittings, switches, the wiring details and cable routes shall be co-
ordinated with other trades on site and submitted for the approval of the Supervision
Consultant. All time and cost required to adjust the layout or adjust the completed
installation to Construction Manager satisfaction and to suit site co-ordination is included
in the Contract .
Bn v ch v tr n v cm ch v tr gn ng lp t n, cng tc, im cm
in, im cng tc v nhng im tng t. V tr thc t ca vic lp rp, cng
tc, chi tit dy dn in v tuyn cp s cng phi hp vi nhng vic lt vt khc
ti cng trng v gi xin chp thun t Gim c xy dng. Tan b thi gian v
chi ph yu cu dng iu chnh mt bng hoc iu chnh lp t han thin
Giam oc d an hi lng v ph hp cng vic ti hin trng c bao gm
trong hp ng.

B. During the exact positioning of lighting and power points, due consideration shall be
given to the operational requirements of the installation, the selection of the most
accessible routes for wiring and convenience of switching.
Trong qu trnh t cc cm chiu sng v cm in in mt cch chnh xc,s
a ra cc xem xt ng n cho yu cu thao tc lp t cho vic chn tuyn i dy
c v tin ng ngt.

C. N o additional cost will be entertained should the final positions be relocated within the
same room or not more than five (5) metres away from the original locations due to
any requirement.
Khng xem xt cng thm ph nu nh v tr sau cng c nh v trong cng mt
phng hoc khng cch xa hn 5m v bt k yu cu no.

D. For the purpose of this Specification and related Drawings, each lighting and small power
point circuits shall in general be coded with a prefix to indicate the corresponding
distribution board number; details on the circuit way and phase shall be submitted for
the approval of Construction Manager.
i vi mc ch ca qui cch k thut ny v cc bn v lin quan, nhng mch
cm nh v chiu sng nh s tng qut bng k t u ch s t phn phi in,
chi tit mch in v pha s trnh Giam oc d an chp thun.

E. Certain types of electrical equipment or systems involving sudden changes, or low
frequency or of direct electric current such as fluorescent lamps, contractors, etc. shall
be fitted with radio and television interference suppression components suitable to
meet the levels specified in BS 800 Limits of Radio Interference.
Nhng loi thit b hay h thng in no c gy s t bin, hoc gy tn s thp
hoc dng dng in mt chiu nh n hunh quang, cng tc t... s c gn b
phn gim nhiu sng ti vi v sng radio ph hp vi mc ch r trong BS800 Gii
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 96 of 214

gin v nhiu sng radio.

F. This section included the specification of the following:
Phn ny gm c tnh k thut sau y:

1. 13A Switched Socket Outlet
cm c cng tc loi 13 ampe

2. Fused Connection Unit
B cu ch

3. Lighting Switches
Cng tc n

4. 15A & 30A Switched Socket Outlets
cm c cng tc loi 15A v 30A

5. TV & Radio Frequency Interference (not applicable)
Nhiu sng truyn hnh v truyn thanh (Khng p dng)

6. 13A Cartridge Fuse-Link for Fused Connection Units
B ni cu ch c hc cu ch 13A

7. Shaver Outlets (not applicable)
cm my dao co ru (Khng p dng)

8. Isolating Switches
Cng tc cch ly

9. Conduit Boxes
Hp ng dn in

10. Contactors
Cng-tc-t (tip im t ng)

11. Dimmers Switch
Cng tc chnh n m

12. Time Switch
Cng tc nh thi

13. Cooler Control Units
B iu khin my lnh

14. Water Heater Switches
Cng tc my nng

15. Bell Push Switches.
Cng tc nhn chuong.
1.2 STANDARDS
TIU CHUN

G. The complete wiring installation shall be engineered according to manufacturer data
and constructed in accordance with the latest revision of the following standards and
the appropriate BS/IEC:
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 97 of 214

Lp t dy in han chnh cn sp t theo d liu ca Nh sn xut v thi cng
theo phin bn mi nht ca tiu chun anh v IEC.

1. BS 7671 : Electrical Installation
Lp t in

2. BS 1363 : 13A Switched Socket Outlet
cm in c cng tc 13A

3. BS 3676 : Lighting Switches
Cng tc chiu sng

4. BS 546 : 15A & 30A Switched socket Outlets
cm in c cng tc 15A v 30A

5. BS 800 : TV & Radio Frequency Interference
Nhiu tng s sng radio v ti vi

6. BS 1362 : 13A Cartridge Fuse-Link for Fused Connection Units
Hp ni cu ch 13A cho b ni cm d 13A

7. BS 3052 : Shaver Outlets (not applicable)
cm dao co ru (Khng p dng)

8. BS 3676 : Isolating Switches
Cng tc cch ly

9. BS 4662 : Conduit Boxes
Hp ng dy

10. BS 5424 : Contactors
Cng-tc-t

H. In the adoption of standards and requirements, the Contractor shall take the following
precedence:
Vic p dng cc tiu chun v cc yu cu, Thu ph s t nhng vic sau y ln
hng u:

1. Supervision Consultants decision;
Quyt nh ca Gim c xy dng;

Qui tc thc hnh a phng;

3. Drawings;
Bn v;

4. Specification;
c tnh k thut;

Cc tiu chun v cc yu cu quc t.

1.3 SUBMISSION
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 98 of 214

TRNH

J. All technical submissions shall be approved by the Construction Manager prior to the
Tt c trnh k thut phi c chp thun ca Giam oc d an trc khi i vo
tng giai an thi cng.

K. As a minimum requirements, the submission shall include the following:
Nh yu cu ti thiu, trnh cn bao gm nhng vic sau y:

1. Equipment catalogues submission with manufacturers data;
trnh cc ti liu gii thiu thit b c d liu ca Nh sn xut;

2. Sample submission include all wiring accessories;
trnh mu bao gm ph kin dy in;

3. Shop Drawings of the lighting and power positions, circuit numbers, cable
routings, switching arrangement, mounting height, etc. The position and
mounting heights shall be co-ordinated with other services. Fixing details of
all wiring accessories shall also be included;
Bn v thi cng ca v tr n in, cm s mch in, tuyn cp, b tr
cng tc, chiu cao gi ..... V tr v chiu cao gi . Phi c phi hp
cng vi cc dch v khc;

4. Drawings showing the installation details;
Bn v th hin chi tit lp t;

5. labelling system;
H thng nhn tn;

6. Builders work requirement.
Yu cu cng vic ca Nh thu.

PART 2 PRODUCT
PHN 2 - SN PHM

2.1 LIGHTING POINT INSTALLATION
LP T IN CHIU SNG

I. The various types of light fittings to be supplied and installed are described in the
drawings and the Schedule of Lighting Fittings of Drawing.
C nhiu kiu lp t chiu sng c cung cp v lp t m c ghi trn bn v
v danh mc lp t chiu sng trn bn v.

J. At every light fitting an approved type earthing terminal shall be provided for connection
of the circuit protective conductor of the final circuit.
Ti mi ch lp t n chiu sng, lai u dy t c chp thun phi c
cp ni vi dy dn bo v mch in ca mch in sau cng.

K. Ferrous metalwork shall be of minimum thickness of 1mm. Treated against corrosion by
galvanising after welding or be lead primer or other approved process. Metalwork
shall be painted with one priming coat, one under-coat and two top coats finished
stove-enamelled matt white, unless otherwise specified.
Phn kim lai c dy ti thiu 1mm. Chng n mn bng m km sau khi hn
hoc l ph lp dung mi hoc cc qui trnh chp thun khc . Phn kim lai s
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 99 of 214

c ph mt lp sn lt, mt lp lt mng cng thm 02 lp bn trn c sn bng
mu trng men tr khi c ghi ch khc.

L. Cables used for internal wiring of the lighting fittings shall be of appropriate type and
size and number. Conductor shall be of size not less than 1.5mm/1C or the
equivalent. The insulation of the cables shall be able to withstand throughout the life
of the fitting the maximum temperature of which it will be subject in normal use
without deterioration which could affect the safety of the fitting.
Cp in dng i dy bn trong n chiu sng l loi c, s ph hp. Dy dn c
khng nh hn 1.5mm/li hoc tng ng. cch in ca p in c th chu
sut tui th ca n nhit ti a thng c s dng m khng lm gim gi
tr c th nh hng n an ton cho n.

M. Cables within the lighting fittings shall be neatly bundled by nylon self locking cable
ties; wiring shall be properly routed and secured away from control gear etc.
wherever possible.
Dy cp trong thit b chiu sng s c b li thit cht bng ny lng buc dy
in s ri v buc cch xa hp iu khin bt k ni u c th.

N . All cable terminations within the light fittings shall be suitably shrouted to the approval
of the Supervision Consultant.
Tt c u cp trong thit b chiu sng s c gi treo ph hp theo ng ca Gim
c xy dng.

O. All lighting fittings shall be self-supporting complete with the appropriate fixing
accessories such as clips, supporting brackets, suspension sets, nuts, washers, screws
etc. for the proper installation of the fittings on different types of ceiling panels.
Suspension sets shall be of adjustable type suitable to carry the weight of the lighting
fittings and unless otherwise stated or indicated on Drawings, the suspension sets
shall be generally 900mm in length; exact lengths required shall suit site situations.
Tt c thit b chiu sng phi t hon b vi ph kin lp t chng hn kp, h
tr rm cha, gi treo, inh, giong, c... lp t cc thit b khc nhau thch hp
trn nhiu trn pan. Gi treo cn iu chnh lai cho ph hp vi trng lng thit
b chiu sng tr khi c nhng xut khc hoc ch dn trn bn v, gi treo c
chiu di tan b 900mm, chiu di c yu cu chnh xc ph hp vi tng tnh
hung cng trng/ thc t.

P. All lamps complete with control gear necessary in operation condition shall be provided
together with the lighting fittings as specified.
Tt c n vi hp iu khin cn thit trong iu kin vn hnh phi c cung cp
cng vi thit b chiu sng nh cp.

2.2 SWITCHES
CNG TC

A. Lighting switches, unless otherwise specified, shall be single pole, quick make and
slow-break, silent switch action type with solid silver alloy contacts and totally
enclosed switch action for flush or surface mounting as required.
Cng tc n chiu sng l loi mt cc (n cc), d gn, t v, tip im hp kim
bng bc c v hon ton nm trong cng tc gn b mt theo yu cu.

B. Lighting switches shall be suitable for indoor or outdoor service according to
location, housed in standardised purpose manufactured galvanized steel boxes completed
with conduit knockouts made up into single or multi-gang units employing a grid switch
system of fully interchangeable components at standardised fixing centres of matching
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 100 of 214

switches of different types and ratings but of identical dimensions, push buttons, neon
indicator lamps, blanking units, grids, steel boxes and plates all capable of integration
into standard composite assemblies in any combination as required.
Cng tc in phi ph hp s dng ngai tri v trong nh ty theo v tr lp t. t
trong hp thp m km c sn xut theo tiu chuNn hon b ch gn ng lun dy dng
lm mt h thng cng tc mng n c b phn c th i ln nhau ti nhng trm cng
tc chuNn ha ph hp cho nhng loi v c cng tc khc nhauu nhng tng
ng v kch c, nt nhn, n ch th, ch trng, mng chiu sng, hp thp, bn thp, tt
c u c kh nng hp nht trong b lp ghp tiu chuNn theo bt k chc kp hp no
theo yu cu.

L. Grids shall be adjustable for variation in depth of plaster and for squaring errors and
of the same type for surface or flush mounting.
Mng chiu sng s c iu chnh pht sinh theo dy ca lp va v li c ct
hnh vung v cng mt loi cho lp t b mt.

M. Switches in mechanical and electrical plant rooms shall be of the metal clad type
approved by the Construction Manager, mounted in flush or surface conduit boxes as
specified elsewhere.
Cng tc trong phng my in c c lm bng tm kim loi c chp thun bi
Giam oc d an, gn trong hp lun dy tng vay trn nh ghi r.

N . Switches located on brick or concrete walls shall be mounted in horizontal
arrangement in plaster depth steel boxes or in galvanized steel boxes using box
suspension straps and cover plates. Countersunk screws shall be provided for fixing
to the conduit boxes.
Cng tc c gn trn tng gch hoc tng lm bng b tng s c t nm
ngang trong hp st chn trong va (xi mng) hoc trong hp thp m km, dng
bn ging neo hp v c ming cheo. Dng inh vt chm gn cht ng lun dy.

O. Switches for external use shall be of weatherproof construction with IP65 rating,
unless otherwise specified.
Cng tc dng bn ngoi c cu trc chu c thi tit mc IP65, tr khi c
ghi nhn khc.

P. Samples of all switches, conduit boxes and plaster depth boxes shall be submitted to
the Construction Manager for approval prior to installation.
Mu ca cng tc, hp in v hp chn trong va s trnh Giam oc d an
chp thun trc khi lp t.

Q. Samples shall be rated for 10 Amps (minimum light switch rating 10A), 15 Amps or
20 Amps as determined by circuit load which for inductive lighting circuit shall be
assessed at twice the steady state connected load current, one way or two ways as
indicated on the drawings and fixed generally at a height of 1400mm from floor level
and where located in rooms the switch shall, where possible be located on the inside
of the room on the handle side of the door as close to the door as is practicable.
Mu s mc 10 am pe (nh mc cho cng tc n ti thiu mc 10A), 15 am pe
hoc 20 am pe c xc nh ti ca mch n chiu sng tnh bng 02 ln dng ti
c nh, mt chiu hoc hai chiu nh ch trn bn v v ni chung cng tc gn
cao 1400mm t sn. Cng tc n trong phng s gn ca cng tt (thc t).

R. An earthing terminal, connected to the earth continuity terminal shall be provided and
connected to the circuit protective conductor at every lighting switch positions.
Ni vi u tip t s c b tr/ cung cp v ni ti dy t an ton ti v tr cng
tc n.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 101 of 214

S. Single pole switches shall be connected to break the phase wire of the supply; the
neutral wire shall not be routed through switch boxes.
Cng tc n cc s c ni ngt dy pha b t , dy trung tnh ca ngun in
s khng lun qua hp cng tc.

T. Switches which are mounted in the same location shall be of multi-gang type, of the
maximum number of gangs available.
Cng tc c gn trong cng mt v tr thuc loi a b, c s b gn ti a, a s
cc mu u c s dng.

U. All switches used shall be of an approved or prescribed items as required by local
authorities.
Tt c cng tc c dng s theo mt hng mc qui nh hoc c chp thun
theo yu cu ca chnh quyn a phng.

V. Circuit from different phase and circuit from emergency power should have separate
switch plate.
Mch in n t cc pha v mch in n t ngun cp in tr cn c cng tc
ring r.

2.3 SWITHCED SOCKET OUTLETS
CM IN C CNG TC
A. Switched socket shall be to BS1363 single pole 13 Amp 3 rectangular pin switch
shuttered outlets, one or two gang for indoor service except otherwise specified and
either surface or flush mounting according to location.
cm in c cng tc s theo tiu chun BS1363 n cc 13 am pe pin 03 chiu c
ca ng vo, mt cm hoc hai cm dng cho cc thit b trong nh ngoi tr
ghi nhn khc, gn tu theo v tr.

B. Switches shall be of the quick-make slow break type with silent, totally enclosed
switch action and solid silver alloy contacts. Switched socket outlets for indoor use
shall be housed in suitable galvanized steel boxes to BS 4662 with conduit knockouts.
Types and finishes of socket plates shall match those for the lighting switches.
Cng tc d gn, t v, tip im hp kim bng bc c u ra cm in c cng
tc c dng trong nh s c lm bng hp thp c m km theo tiu chun BS
4662 c l gn ng lun dy. Chng loi v hnh dng hp vi cng tc n.

C. Generally switched socket outlets shall be positioned 300mm above floor level except
in plant rooms, kitchen, etc. where they shall be positioned 1400mm above floor
level or 150mm above counters or benches whichever is suitable.
Ni chung, cm cng tc phi v tr 300mm so vi tng sn ngoi tr phng my,
bp... ni m cm cng tc c nh v tr 1400mm so vi tng sn hoc 150mm so
vi quy hoc bng gh bt k ni no ph hp.

D. Switch socket in all mechanical plant rooms, electrical switch rooms shall be of the
metal clad type, with recessed or protected switch, mounted in flush or surface
conduit boxes as specified elsewhere.
cm cng tc trong phng my c, cng tc trong phng in v bc kim loi gn
trong tng hoc sn hp lun dy nh cp.

E. All switched socket outlets used shall be of an approved or prescribed items as
required by the local authorities.
Tt c cm cng tc dng s theo mt hng mc qui nh hoc c chp thun
theo yu cu ca chnh quyn a phng.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 102 of 214

2.4 FUSED CONNECTION UNIT
B CU CH

A. All fused connection units shall be double pole switched, rated at 13 Amp unless
otherwise specified, with fuse-links to BS 1362.
Tt c b cu ch c loi cng tc 02 cc, dng nh mc 13 am pe tr khi c chi tit
khc, cu ch c ni cu ch theo tiu chun BS 1362.

B. Units shall be of moulded ivory plastic, flush mounted, suitable for housing into
galvanized steel boxes to BS 4662 with conduit knockouts unless otherwise stated.
B cu ch loi nha ng c, gn ngang, ph hp thp trng km theo tiu chun BS
4662 tr khi c nhng ghi chp khc.

C. Fused connection units shall be of the same manufacture as 13 Amp socket outlets
and of matching appearance.
B cu ch c sn xut ging nh cm 13 am pe v ng mu m.

D. Fused connection units provide supply to gas ignition of home appliance shall not be
located in gas pipe compartment.
B cu ch c gn cp in cho nh la ga ca cc thit b gia dng khng
c t trong gian c ng ga bp.

2.5 ISOLATION SWITCH
CU DAO CCH LY

A. Isolating switches shall be of the current ratings and number of poles (generally
double pole for single phase and 4-pole three phases) as indicated on the Drawings.
Cng tc cch ly s dg nh mc v s cc ( tng hp 02 cc cho n pha v 04
cc cho 03 pha) nh th hin trn bn v.

B. Isolating switches shall be of the totally enclosed pattern, metal-clad or polycarbonate
with positive quick-make and quick-break action.
Cng tc cch ly loi kn hon ton d thao tc lp rp v tho g..

C. Switches shall be capable of passing and also interrupting their full rated current
safety and without damage.
Cng tc c kh nng lu thng v cng t ngt bo m mc an ton hin c
khng lm tn hi,

D. Ferrous materials shall be galvanized, switch handles shall be interlocked to prevent
opening the cover with the switch ON .
Vt t kim loi l loi m km, cn cng tc loi lin ng ngn m np khi cng tc
ang c in ON.

2.6 13 AMP SWITHCED SOCKET OUTLETS
CM IN C CN G TC DNG IN 13 AM PE

A. 13 Amp switched socket outlets shall be 3 in round type to BS 546 shuttered, of a
finished similar to 13 Amp switched socket outlets and flush mounted in galvanized
steel conduit boxes to BS 4662 requirements.
cm in c cng tc dng in 15 am pe s c 03 cm theo hnh trn tiu chun
c ming ng BS 546 , trng hp tng t cm in c cng tc dng in gn
trong Trng hp thp lun dy m km theo tiu chun BS 4662.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 103 of 214

2.7 WEATHER ISOLATOR
CU DAO CCH LY CHNU C THI TIT

A. Weatherproof enclosure shall be of the high impact, water resistant to IP65. The
isolator provided shall complete with lockable device. Isolators shall be double-pole,
4-pole as specified.
Phn v chu thi tit bit lp s l loi chu lc cao, khng thm nc theo IP65. S
hon b kht vi thit b c th kha c. Cu dao cch ly s c 02 cc, 04 cc nh
cp.

2.8 TIME SWITCHES
CNG DAO NNH GI

A. Time switches shall be self-contained units suitable for mains operation. All units
shall have a self-starting synchronous motor with a single-pole fuse in the motor
circuit, a 3-way terminal block and a thirty-six (36) hours spring reserve complete
with an automatic solar dial.
Cng dao nh gi s c nhng b phn iu khin t ng iu chnh thi gian cho
cp in chnh. B phn iu khin bao gm my in ng b t khi ng c cu
ch mt cc trong mch my in, 03 u cc ra v b nh th 36 gi t ng h mt
tri.

I. When fitted, the solar dial shall be capable of switching ON at sunset and OFF at
sunrise throughout the year by control of a secondary calendar dial with month and
day settings, and the automatic switching time shall be adjustable.
Khi lp, ng h c kh nng t BT khi mt tri ln v TT khi mt tri mc
trong nm v t iu chnh thng,ngy cho ph hp lch ca nm k tip, thi gian
ng ngt t ng c th chnh c.

J. Time switches shall be encased in a dust-tight metal casing have a hinged front cover
with a clear Perspex window. The casing shall be effectively earthed.
Cng dao nh gi s c bc trong v kim loi chng bi c np knh Perspex
trong.. V s ni dy t.

K. A manual bypass switch shall be incorporated with the time switch to facilitate
maintenance of the latter.
Bo tr v sau cng tc r bng tay ngt nh th gn trong b nh th to thun li.

2.9 CONTACTORS
CNG-TC-T (Tip im t ng)

C. Contactors for lighting control, whether locally, remotely or through timer, shall
comply with BS 5424: Part 1, utilization category AC-2, Class 3 intermittent duty,
and shall have a current rating of not less than that of the outgoing switchgear to
which they are connected, and in any case not less than 20A.
Cng-tc-t dng iu khin n chiu sng theo khu vc, t xa, hoc qua b nh
th s phi ph hpvi tiu chun BS 5424: Phn 1, mc s dng AC-2, loi 3 c
chc nng gin on, c dng nh mc khng b hn dng in qua cu dao t
ng ng ra dng in chy qua trong bt k trng hp no cng khng di 20A.

2.10 TELEPHONE OUTLETS
CM IN THAI

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 104 of 214

A. Telephone outlets where called for shall be single or twin of the flush mounted type
suitable to receive the plug-in telephone cable lead to the approval of the Telecom
Provider. The finishes of the telephone outlet plates at various areas shall be as
specified for lighting switches.
cm in thai l ni cn dng l loi n hoc i thch hp tip nhn vi dy
in thai theo s chp thun ca cng ty in thai. Ti nhng khu khc nhau s
theo tiu ch k thut cho cng tc n chiu sng.

2.11 WATER COOLER DRINKING FOUNTAIN SWITCHES (not applicable)
CNG TC VI NC LNH UNG (KHNG P DNG)

A. Water cooler switches shall be flush-mounted conforming to BS 3676 having double
pole AC switch rated at 20 amps and marked water cooler.
Cng tc my nc lnh gn ngang phi theo tiu chuNn BS 3676 c cng tc xoay
chiu 02 cc loi 20 am pe v nh du my nc lnh.
B. Associated connector units shall be provided next to the water cooler.
B ni mch in s c gn k my nc lnh.

C. The switches and the connector shall be IP65 waterproof rating.
Cng tc v b ni mch in l loi chng thm theo mc IP65.

2.12 BELL PUSH SWITCHES (not applicable)
CNG TC NHN CHUNG (KHNG P DNG)

A. Bell push switches shall be flush-mounted conforming to BS 3676 having a single-
pole AC switch rated at 5 amps and marked with bell symbol.
Cng tc nhn chung l loi gn tng ph hp vi tiu chun BS 3676 c cng
tc xoay chiu n cc loi 5 am pe v nh du k hiu chung.

2.13 SHAVER OUTLETS (not applicable)
CM DAO CO RU (KHNG P DNG)

A. Shaver outlets shall comply with BS 3052 and shall comprise a 20VA continuously
rated double wound isolating transformer to provide an earth-free AC supply at mains
frequency, complete with self resetting thermal overload device filled in the primary
circuit an insulated voltage selector switch to provide either 115 or 230 volt output,
one On-OFF switch and one universal socket outlet suitable for British, American,
Continental and Australian razor plugs, all contained in a recessed sheet steel box
with insulated moulded front plate suitable for flush, mounting suitably inscribed to
give a clear indication of the voltages available at the outlet and the service of the
outlet.
cm dao co in phi theo tiu chun BS 3052 v c bin th cch ly 02 cun dy
nh mc 20VA lin tc cp ngun AC (xoay chiu) khng ni t ti tn s ngi
cp chnh, c nt reset phn bo v qu ti tc mch s cp, c cng tc chn
mc in p ng ra l 115 V hay 230V, cng tc c nt BT/ TT v cm nhiu
u vo phi ph hp u cm dao co ca Anh, M, lc a v c, tt c u c
ng trong hp thp gn chm c np cch in loi khun c ghi r cp in p v
dng cho loi dao co no.

2.14 COOKER CONTROL UNITS (not applicable)
B IU KHIN BP IN (KHNG P DNG)

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 105 of 214

A. Cooker Control Units shall be flush mounted conforming to BS 3676 having a double
pole AC switch rated at 30 amps complete with pilot indicating lamps and a self
adhesive plastic identification label mounted on a removable chassis contained within
a steel box finished aluminium stoved enamel provided with conduit knockouts and
earthing terminals. The cover plates shall be of the same finish as those specified for
the lighting switches.
B iu khin bp nh gn ngang phi theo tiu chun BS 3676 c cng tc xoay
chiu 02 cc loi 30 am pe v nh du my nc lnh c n bo hiu v c dn
nhn bng nha gn trn khung d tho trong hp thp bng nhm c trng men l
m cho hp ng lun dy v ni ti dy t. Tm che c mu m nh cp
trong c tnh k thut cho nhng cng tc chiu sng.

B. Associated connector units shall be provided adjacent to the cooker units.
Cc b cm in s gn k cn b bp.

C. Wirings between the cooker control units and associated connector units shall be
provided in concealed conduits.
H thng dy in gia b iu khin bp v b cm ng in s nm trong hp in.

2.15 WATER HEATER SWITCHES (not applicable)
CN G TC MY N C N N G (KHNG P DNG)

A. Water heater switches shall be flush mounted conforming to BS 3676 having double
pole AC switch rated at 20 amps fitted with pilot lamp and marked water heater.
The cover plates shall be of the same finish as those specified for the other switches.
Associated connector units shall be provided next to the water heater units.
Cng tc my nc nng phi theo tiu chun BS 3676 c cng tc xoay chiu 02
cc loi 20 am pe v nh du my nc nng. Tm che c mu m nh
cp trong c tnh k thut cho nhng cng tc khc. B ni mch in s c gn
k my nc lnh.

2.16 POWER SUPPLY FOR LIGHTING AT WET CONDITION
CUNG CP IN CHIU SNG TRONG IU KIN M T

A. Residual Current Circuit Breakers shall be provided individually for each circuits
serving lighting subject to wet condition.
B tr cu dao chng dng in v ring cho tng mch in chiu sng trong iu
kin m t.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 106 of 214

SECTION E9

SUPPORTING DEVICES
THIT BN GI

PART 1 - GENERAL
PHN 1 - TNG QUT

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
BAO GM NHNG PHN

G. Conduit supports
Gi ng lun dy

H. Equipment supports
Gi thit b

I. Equipment anchoring and supports
Thit b neo v gi

J. Fastening hardware
Dng c ci cht

BO HIM CHT LNG

L. Support systems shall be adequate for weight of equipment and conduit, including
wiring, which they carry. Support materials shall be heavy duty malleable iron or
steel, and in damp or moist locations corrosion resistant steel.
H thng gi phi tng ng, thch ng trng lng thit b v ng lun dy,
bao gm c dy in l mt trong nhng thit b m n phi mang . Thit b gi
s l st hoc thp chu lc d dt mng hoc thp chng n mn trong mi trng
m t.

1.3 MAN UFACTURER RECOMMEN DATION
KIN NH SN XUT

W. Support and bracing of installation shall be per specified in this specification and to
manufacturers recommendation subject to Project Manager approval.
Vic lp ct chng v thanh ging phi theo tng chi tit trong tiu ch k thut ng
thi theo khuyn co ca Nh sn xut ty thuc vo chp thun ca Giam oc d
an.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
TRNH
A. Submit product data, manufacturers recommendation data and detail.
trnh d liu sn phNm, chi tit v d liu theo khuyn co ca N h sn xut.

B. Submit layout drawings, details, locations and structural calculations for support
systems. Calculations shall be prepared in according to manufacturers data and
recommendation.
trnh bn v mt bng, chi tit, v tr, v tnh ton kt cu cho h thng gi .
Tnh ton s c chun b da theo d liu v khuyn co ca Nh sn xut.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 107 of 214

PART 2 - PRODUCT
PHN 2 - SN PHM
2.1 CONCRETE FASTENERS
CHN B TNG

Q. Drilled wedge expansion type concrete anchors or
Thp neo ch V loi gin n khoan chn trong b tng

R. Provide powder driven concrete fasteners with washers, or
Thp neo b tng c vng m dng bt kt dnh

S. Drilled sleeve type expansion anchors shall be selected according to manufacturers
recommendation.
Thp neo gin n loi ng khoan chn trong b tng da theo khuyn co ca Nh
sn xut.

2.2 CONDUIT STRAPS
AI NG LUN DY

A. Hot-dip galvanized, cast malleable iron, one hole type strap with cast clamp-backs
and spacers as required shall be provided according to manufacturers
recommendation.
ai np loi mt l bng st do c, gang c c ming kp theo yu cu s c
cung cp da theo khuyn co ca Nh sn xut.

2.3 CONCRETE INSERTS
CHN B TNG

F. Pressed galvanized steel, spot insert, with oval slot capable of accepting support nuts
of 6 to 12mm diameter thread shall be provided according to manufacturers
recommendation.
Cn thp m in, nh du chm, du chm hnh oval c kh nng kht c ai c
c 6 - 12mm bng thp m km p c rnh khoan s c xit da theo khuyn co
ca Nh sn xut.

2.4 CONSTRUCTION CHANNEL
MNG THI CNG

E. 38mm by 38mm, 2.5mm thick galvanized steel channel with 14mm diameter bolt
holes, 50mm on center, in the base of the channel shall be provided according to
manufacturers recommendation.
Kch thc 38mm x 38mm, dy 2.5mm thanh thp m in c l cho bu lng ng
knh 14mm, 50mm nm gia thanh, cn c vo thanh c gn m Nh sn xut a
ra kin.,

2.5 Thread Rod
TI-REN

A. Galvanized rod, sized for the load unless otherwise shown or specified shall be
provided according to manufacturers recommendation.
Ti-ren m km, ng c chu ti nng nu c khc s cho thy hay nh r theo
khuyn co ca Nh sn xut.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 108 of 214

2.6 CABLE TIES AND CLAMPS
BUC CP V KP CP

A. One piece, nylon, reusable tape lashing ties shall be provided according to
manufacturers recommendation.
Dy buc c th dng loi bng nylon s c cp theo khuyn co ca Nh sn
xut.

PART 3 EXECUTION
PHN 3 - THC HIN

3.1 INSTALLATION
LP T

A. Provide supporting devices as noted in other Sections of Electrical Specifications.
Cung cp thit b gi nh ghi trong cc phn ca c tnh k thut in .

B. Fasten hanger rods, conduit clamps, outlet and junction boxes to building structure
using pre-cast inserts, expansion anchors, preset inserts or beam clamps.
Dy ai buc, kp ng lun dy, cm v hp ni dy dng cho cng trnh dng loi
chn c sn, ming neo gin n, chn sn hoc np neo.

C. Use hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry walls.
Bm silicon nhng ch tng b li.

D. Use expansion anchors or preset inserts in solid masonry walls.
Dng neo co gin hoc neo c sn.

E. Use self-drilling anchors or expansion anchors on concrete surfaces.
Dng neo t khoan hoc neo co gin cho b mt b tng.

F. Powder activated anchors may only be used if first approved in writing by the
Supervision Consultant.
Neo bng bt kt dnh th trc ht phi c chp thun bng vn bn bi T vn
Gim st.

G. Use sheet metal screws in sheet metal studs and wood screws in wood construction.
Dng inh c bng kim loi trong bn ri-v, inh tn, v inh g dng cho kt cu
g.

H. Do not fasten supports to piping, ductwork, mechanical equipment, or conduit.
ng buc cht gi vo ng, ng ng dn, thit b c, hoc ng lun dy.

I. Do not drill structural steel members without written approval by the Supervision
Consultant.
ng khoan thp kt cu m khng c vn bn chp thun ca T vn Gim st.

J. Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel. Rigidly welded or bolted to
present a neat appearance. Use hexagon head bolts with spring lock washers under
all nuts.
Ct c sn t thp kt cu hoc mng thp. Hn chc hoc xic ai c trng d
nhn. Dng bu lng u bt gic c ming m khc nm di ai c.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 109 of 214

K. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with a minimum of four anchors.
Provide additional support backing in stud walls prior to sheet rocking as required to
adequately support cabinets and panels.
Lp t t gn b mt thm cho t v bng in bng 04 mu neo ti thiu.
Xy thm ct chu tng trc khi p gch theo yu cu cho t in.

L. Bridge studs top and bottom with channels to support flush-mounted cabinets and
panelboards in stud walls.
Trn cu v di cu c thanh t v bng in gn trn tng ngang.

M. Anchor free-standing equipment on concrete pads where indicated.
Neo thit b ng mt mnh trn b tng ni ch nh.

N . Surface outlet junction and pull boxes shall be fastened to building structure and
independent of conduit supports.
Hp ni cm v hp ko dy s gn vo cu trc xy dng v khng dnh vo gi
ng lun dy.

O. Conduits above suspended ceiling shall be supported by straps or hangers attached to
the building structure and independent of the ceiling suspension system.
ng lun dy bn trn trn treo s c h tr bng bng dy ai hoc mc i treo
gn vi kt cu ta nh v khng dnh vi h thng trn treo.

3.2 LAYOUT
B TR

A. Layout support devices to maintain headroom, neat mechanical appearance and to
support equipment loads.
B tr gi gi khong trng trn u, v dng c khi gn gng v chu ti nng
ca thit b.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 110 of 214

SECTION E10

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
NH DU IN

PART 1 - GENERAL
PHN 1 - TNG QUT

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
BAO GM NHNG PHN

K. N ameplates and labels
Nhn v bin bo

L. Wire and cable markers
Dy in v khc ch trn cp

M. Conduit colour coding
M mu ng lun dy

N . Conduit markers
Nh sn xut ng lun dy

O. Panelboard Directories.
Danh b bng in

1.2 SUBMITTALS
TRNH

M. Submit shop drawings
Np bn v thi cng

N . Include data sheets for identification materials furnished
Bao gm cc bn d liu chng nhn vt liu hon thnh

O. Include schedule for nameplates and labels
Bao gm danh mc lm nhn v bin bo

P. Include sample engraved nameplate of each type and size
Bao gm mu bin bo ghi ch tu theo tng loi v tng kch c.

PART 2 - PRODUCT
PHN 2 - SN PHM

2.1 exposed metalwork
PHN VIC KIM LOI L THIN

T. All exposed metalwork (including those inside plantroom) shall be wire-brushed and
cleaned from rust, scale, dirt and grease, and shall then be given one priming coat,
one undercoat and one finishing coat of full gloss enamel.
Tt c phn vic kim loi l ra ngoi (bao gm nhng phn bn trong phng my) s
c mi da tht sch trnh bi, lp g, m v s c trng mt lp lt ban u,
lp lt th hai v lp men bng hon thin.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 111 of 214

U. The priming coat for exposed galvanized iron shall be an approved galvanized iron
primer.
Lp ph dung mi cho st m km l thin s l loi dung mi chp thun.dng
cho st m km.

V. The priming coat for exposed non-ferrous metalwork shall be approved as suitable for
the metal to which it will be applied.
Lp ph dung mi cho phn vic kim loi khng nhim t l thin s c p dng
thch hp i vi nhng kim loi theo c p dng c.

2.2 CONCEALLED METALWORK
PHN KIM LOI I CHM

A. All galvanized iron surface concealed in roof spaces, false ceilings, building ducts
etc. need not be painted.
Tt c st m in chm di mi, trn gi, ng dn thi cng... khng cn sn.

B. All black iron and steel surface shall be wire brushed and given one coat of zinc
chromate or red lead.
Tt c mt thp v st en s c ch bn phi v ph mt lp km Crm hay ch
.

C. Colour banding for identification shall be provided as described elsewhere in this
specification.
Vng ai mu dng nhn dng s c cung cp theo m t trong c tnh k
thut.

D. Colour-paint finish for concealed services, if required by Local Authorities, shall
however be provided.
Mu sn hon thin nhng vic i ngm, nu yu cu bi Chnh quyn a phng,
th s cung cp.

2.3 CONDUIT/TRUNKING/TRAY/LADDER/IDENTIFICATION
NG LUN DY/ HP I DY/ KHAY/ THANG/ NHN DNG

G. All exposed pass through public area shall be finishes with colour matching
surrounding with colour band identification as in Table 1.
Tt c phn l thin xuyn qua khu vc cng cng s c sn hon thin vi mu
sc hp xung quanh c di bng mu nhn dng nh bng 1.

H. All colour identification shall comply with Local Authority code requirement.
Nhn dng mu sc phi ph hp vi yu cu m Chnh quyn a phng.

2.4 COLOUR SCHEMES
BNG MU

F. The whole of the installation shall be painted in accordance with the requirements
indicated in Table 1, unless otherwise agreed by the Construction Manager.
Ton b lp t s c sn theo yu cu ghi trong Bng 1. Ngoi tr c nhng
kin khc c ng bi Giam oc d an.

2.5 LABELLING
NHN

A. All plant and equipment provided under this Contractor shall be labelled in English
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 112 of 214

and other languages as selected by the Construction Manager. All warning signs
shall be English and one more languages as to duty or services, all such labelling to
correspond to schedules, diagrams, etc. shall be provided as part of the as-built
drawings. Labels shall be of white Traffolyte with black engraved lettering not less
that 20mm high or as otherwise required and approved.
Tt c my mc v thit b c k vi dng Thu ph s phi gn nhn bng itng
Anh v ting nc ngoi no khc c chn bi Giam oc d an, tt c cc nhn
u ghi r thi gian, biu ....s c cung cp nh mt phn ca bn v hon
cng. Nhn mu trng Traffolyte khc ch en khng di 20mm chiu cao hoc
theo yu kin c yu cu v chp thun.

B. Manufacturers nameplates shall be provided for all plant and equipment and shall
show serial and model numbers and date of manufacture.
Tn bin bo ca Nh sn xut s c gn trn tt c cc my mc v thit b v s
cho thy s hiu, s mu (m en) v ngy sn xut.

C. Label shall be provided for all sub-board, distribution boards, Circuit Breaker of
Switchboard, Termination Board, etc as required or directed on site.
Nhn s c gn trn tt c bng in ph, bn phn phi mch in, cu dao t
ng, tng i, hp ni cm..... theo yu cu hoc ch o ti hin trng.

D. Every indicating light, switch, terminal and breaker in the control and electrical board
shall be labelled so as to provide ready identification of each and all circuits and
operational light and switch. A schedule of circuits shall be mounted in a metal frame
complete with plastic protective cover and hung in the vicinity of the switchboard.
The designation of the boards shall be labelled.
Mi n ch th, cng tc, u dy, cu dao nm theo trt t v bng in tt c s
c gn nhn nh du tng thit b ,tng mch in, n v cng tc. Danh mc
mch in s c t trong khung kim loi bc nha v treo k tng i.. Chn
bng in phi c nhn.

E. Labels shall be screwed or riveted to sheet metal. Adhesive fixing is not acceptable.
Nhn cn xit c hoc ng inh tn trn tm kim loi. Khng chp thun dng keo
dn.

F. Details of exact lettering shall be agreed with the Supervision Consultant prior to
manufacture.
Chi tit phong ch chnh xc s c ng cng T vn Gim st trc khi sn
xut

PART 3 EXECUTIVE
PHN 3 - THC HIN

3.3 APPLICATION OF PAINTING
MU SN P DNG

P. All paints shall be prepared and applied in accordance with the manufacturers
recommendations.
Tt c mu sn c pha ra v sn theo kin ca N h sn xut.

Q. All galvanized metal surfaces shall be properly etch-primed to ensure correct
adhesion of the paint of the surface. Materials for etch-priming shall be as
recommended by the paint manufacturers subsequent painting of galvanized surfaces
shall comply with this Specification.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 113 of 214

Tt c b mt kim loi m in u xi mt lp n mn dung mi trn b mt. Nguyn
liu dng xi trc khi sn b mt m in cn c kin ca Nh sn xut cho ph
hp vi c tnh k thut ny.

R. Prior to painting, all metallic surfaces except galvanized surfaces shall be thoroughly
scraped and wire brushed as necessary to remove scale, rust and swarf. Surfaces shall
then be solvent cleaned to remove all oil, grease and dirt.
Trc khi sn, tt c b mt kim loi ngoi tr b mt m in cn co v ch sch
lp g, mt gi. B mt s c ha tan lm sch lp du, m, v bi bn.

S. When the surfaces to be painted are clean and dry, one coat of an approved primer
shall be evenly applied over the entire area. When the priming coat is completely
dry, one coat of an approved paint flat undercoat shall be applied. Before applying
the finishing coats, the Contractor shall ensure that the undercoated surface is rubbed
flat and smooth. Finally, an approved high gloss finishing paint shall be applied
when all dust has been removed.
Khi b mt sn kh v sch, lp lt u tin chp thun s c ph ln ton b.
Khi lp lt u tin hon ton kh, lp lt th hai s tip tc. Trc khi cc lp lt
hon thin, Nh Thu thu li cng vic ny ca Thu ph phi bo m b mt lng
mn. Sau cng, cho mt lp sn bng cao cp khi bi bn c phi sch..

T. Each successive coating shall be completely dry prior to the application of the next
coat. The minimum thickness of each layer of paint shall be 50 microns.
Mi lp sn u phi cho thit kh trc khi sn mt lp k tip. dy ti thiu
ca mi lp sn 50 micrmet

Table 1
MC LC 1

PAINTING, LABELLING AND FINISHING
SN, NHN V HON THIN

Equipment colours and codes
M v mu thit b

Item Colour
Vt dng Mu

Switchboards Grey
T in chnh Xm

Control Panels Grey
Bng iu khin Xm

Electrical Motors In accordance with equipment colour and as
per Supervision Consultants approval
B phn iu khin bng in Ph hp vi mu thit b v chp thun ca
T vn Gim st

Electrical Conduits Orange (Tango)
(Power and Lighting Points)
ng dn in Cam
(n v im chiu sng)

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 114 of 214

Automatic Control / BMS installation Yellow (Canary Yellow)
iu khin t ng/ Lp t h thng Vng (Canary Vng)
qun l to nh

Fire Protection System Dark Red (Matador)
H thng phng chy m (Matador)

Telecommunication System White
H thng in thoi Trng

H thng ng ten chnh Light Blue (Lobelia)
H thng pht thanh cng cng Xanh bin sng (Lobelia)

Security, CCTV Light Blue with Red band
An ninh, Camera quan st Xanh bin sng i cng bng rn

N ote:
Ghi ch:

1. Colour scheme proposed by the Contractor shall be made reference to
recognized international standard acceptable to the Supervision
Consultant
Thu ph a ra kin pha mu sao cho ng tiu chun quc t cng
nhn gi n T vn Gim st

2. All expose series pass through public access area shall be finishes with
colour matching surrounding with colour Band Identification as above
Tt c phn l thin xuyn qua khu vc cng cng s c sn hon
thin vi mu sc hp xung quanh c di bng mu nhn dng nh
trn

3. All Colour Identification shall comply with local authority.
nh du mu sc ph hp vi chnh quyn a phng.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 115 of 214

SECTION E11

POWER FACTOR CORRECTION EQUIPMENT
THIT BN IU CHNH H S CONG SUAT

PART 1 - GENERAL
PHN 1 - TNG QUT

1.1 DESCRIPTION
M T

P. Provide power factor correction equipment in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Cung cp thit b iu chnh h s cong suat da vao tai lieu hp ong phu.

1.2 STANDARDS
TIU CHUN

Q. The installation shall comply with IEC 70
Lp t phi ph hp vi IEC 70.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
TRNH

A. Manufacturers product data sheets for Capacitor Banks, overcurrent protection
devices, automatic power factor regulators, harmonic filters, etc.
Bng d liu sn phm cua Nha san xuat dung cho t in bu thit b bo v qua
dong ien, bo ieu chnh he so cong suat t ong, bo loc song hai.....

B. Dimensioned layout and elevation drawings showing the capacitor banks,
housekeeping pads, and support locations and types.
Ban ve mat bang theo kch thc va bn v mt ng th hin t ien bu, tam em
, loai va v tr gia .

C. One line diagram showing capacitor ratings, overcurrent protection device ratings,
cable lugs, metering displays, identification nameplate, and fuse clip sizes.
S o mot si the hien nh mc tu ien, nh mc o thiet b bao ve dong ien qua
tai, au cap, ong ho o, bang ten nhan biet, kch thc cau ch.

D. Wiring diagrams.
S i day

E. Installation instructions.
Hng dn lp t

F. Certified test reports.
Chng nhn bao cao kiem tra

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PHN 2 - SN PHM

2.1 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION/HARMONIC FILTERING EQUIPMENT
THIET B BU HE SO CONG SUAT, LOC SONG HAI
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 116 of 214

W. Voltage: 380 volts 10% three phase, 50 HZ.
ien ap: 380 volts 10%, 03 pha, 50 HZ.

X. Operating Temperature Limits: manufacture detail to operate at 100 percent rated
voltage in ambient air temperature up to 50C.
Gii hn nhit hoat ong: Chi tit sn xut hoat ong ti mc ien ap
100% trong nhit khong kh xung quanh len en 50C.

Y. Indicators: Include LED indicating light for each step of capacity.
en ch th: Bao gm en bao hieu LED cho moi nac cong suat.

Z. Basic Impulse Level : 30kV
Mc xung ap can ban: 30kV

AA. Integrated Equipment Short-Circuit Rating : 65,000 rms amperes symmetrical.
nh mc ngan mach thiet b ien t: Can oi 65,000 rms am pe dong oi xng.

BB. Power Factor Sensing and Control : Utilize reactive current sensing and solid state
electronic controller to automatically connect appropriate correction capacitors and
detuned reactors to line through contactors. Include time delay to accommodate
capacitor resistor discharge and prevent hunting.
Do tm va ieu khien he so cong suat: Dung dong ien tr khang va bo ieu khien
mach ien t t ong noi so tu bu va ieu chnh ien khang day qua cong tac t.
Tnh luon thi gian tre thch hp va e ieu tiet s phong ien cua tu ien va ngan
s dao ong.

CC. Contactors: electrically held, three-pole, 600 volt, general-purpose magnetic
contactors sized in accordance with IEC Standard. Contacts shall be silver plated.
Allow 50 kVAR steps.
Cong tac t: Gai bang ien, 3 cc, 600 volt, chon theo tieu chuan IEC. Tiep iem
ma bac. Co nac nhay cap la 50 kVAR.

DD. Power Bus: tin-plated copper sized to handle rated current without abnormal
temperature rise.
Thanh dan ien: Sac tay ong ma thiec co kch c u e mang dong ien nh mc
ma khong lam tang nhiet o bat thng.

EE. Undervoltage Relay: Controller shall incorporate an undervoltage relay to interrupt
control relays for power failures longer than 15 milliseconds.
R le bao ve ap thap: Bo ieu khien co Rle bao ve ap thap e ngat Rle ieu khien
khi mat nguon trong vong lau hn 15 mili giay.

FF. Fuses each individual capacitor branch circuit on the line side of the contactor. Fuses
shall be current-limiting type with 100,000-ampere symmetrical interrupting capacity.
Gan/ at cau ch moi mach nhanh tu ien rieng pha day nong cua cong tac t. Cau
ch la loai han dong cong suat gian oan oi xng 100kA

GG. Blown Fuse Indicator: Each capacitor and harmonic filter fuse circuit shall provided
with a blown fuse indicator consisting of a fused neon lamp which illuminates
without requiring removal of covers.
Hien th cau ch no: Moi tu ien va mach ien cau ch bo loc song hai se bo tr gom
co en neon co tac dung bat sang len ma khong can m nap.

HH. Transient Suppresors: Each capacitor and harmonic filter fuse circuit shall provide
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 117 of 214

with a blown fuse indicator consisting of a fused neon lamp which illuminates
without requiring removal of covers.
Bo suy giam qua o: Moi tu ien va mach ien cau ch bo loc song hai se bo tr
gom co en neon co tac dung bat sang len ma khong can m nap.

II. Blocking Reactor; A harmonic current suppression (Blocking Reactor 7%) shall be
provided for each step.
Bo giam song hai: Bo tr bo giam dong ien song hai 7% tai moi nac.

JJ. Power Factor Meter: switchboard-type power factor meter with display range of 0.5
lagging accuracy, plus or minus 1 percent to 0.5 leading. Meter shall be located in
the door of the controller enclosure.
ong ho o he so cong suat:Loai gan tu ien co tam ch th chnh xac en 0.5 1%.
ong ho ien at tai ca cua bo phan ieu khien.

KK. Current Transformer: Provide a current transformer with turns ratio as required.
Extend control conductors to controller.
May bien dong ien: Bo tr may bien dong co t le bien dong theo yeu cau. Keo/ i
day dan ieu khien ti bo ieu khien.

LL. Dielectric Impregnant: non-PCB, non combustible liquid.
Chat tham ien moi: Khong la loai PCB, khong la chat long de chay.

MM. Enclosure: Complete with enclosure and located in switchroom outside switchboard.
Vo che/ Phan che: Be bu he so cong suat co vo che va at trong phong ong cat
ien.

N N . Construction: internally fused, replaceable capacitor cells factory assembled and
bussed and together in protective enclosure; include internal discharge resistor.
Ket cau: Co tu bu de thay the gan tai xng san xuat va thanh dan at trong vo
che, bao gom ien tr phong ien ben trong.

OO. Cooling: naturally ventilated.
Lam mat: Thong gio t nhien.

PP. Access: enclosure access through a removable capacitor door located on top of
enclosure; access door shall be interlocked to de-energised contactor)s) when the door
is opened.
Loi vao: m tu qua ca m tu ien thao ri c at tren noc phan che, ca nay
khoa lien ong e ngat ien cong tac t khi m ca.
QQ. Finish: manufacturers standard gray enamel.
Hoan thien: Trang men theo tieu chuan cua Nha san xuat.

PART 3 EXECUTION
PHN 3 - THC HIN

3.4 EXAMINATION
KIEM TRA

U. Install in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
Lp t da vo hng dn ca N h sn xut.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 118 of 214

V. Locate capacitors and harmonic filters to allow adequate ventilation around
enclosure.
at tu ien va bo loc song hai cho phep s thong gio thch ang trong vo che.

W. Provide disconnecting switch to remove capacitors and detuned reactors.
Bo tr dao cach ly e thao d tu ien va ien khang.

3.4.1 DEMONSTRATION
MINH HOA

A. Provide a factory trained field representative to instruct the Employers personnel for
a period of no less than 2 days in maintenance and operation of the equipment.
Bo tr ai dien cong trng a c huan luyen tai xng e hng dan nhan s
cua Chu au t ve bao tr va van hanh thiet b trong thi han khong di 02 ngay.

3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
QUN L CHT LNG

A. Test the Capacitor Banks in accordance with the requirements and methods
recommended by the manufacturer and as referenced in Section 30 of these
specifications.
Kim tra bo t in da vao cac yeu cu kiem tra khi ong va van hanh.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 119 of 214

SECTION E12

SERVICE ENTRANCE
LI VO

PART 1 - GENERAL
PHN 1 - TNG QUT

1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
M T CNG VIC

A. Work Included
Cng vic bao gm

1. Provide all power service from the Electric Service Provider existing service to the
projects service and boxes and extending them to the service entrance equipment as
indicated on the drawings and herein specified. The work includes installation of
service cable from service end box to the CT compartment.
Bo tr tat ca cac dch vu ve ien t dch vu hien hu cua cong ty ien lc en dch
vu cua d an va m rong chung en ngo vao thiet b khac nh ch dan tren ban ve
va chu thch. Cong viec bao gom lap at cap t au hop ien en may bien dong
ien va phu be tong cap t au hop ien en may bien dong ien.

2. Provide all Telecom and Cable TV service conduits from the Service Providers
existing services sleeves to the projects service end boxes and extending them to the
MDF and other service entrance equipment as indicated on the drawings and herein
specified. The work includes the as required manholes for the Telecom Service
Provider cables entrance.
Ong luon day dch vu vien thong gan t ong boc ngoai hien hu cua cong ty ien
thoai en hp au cuoi dch vu cua d an va m rong chung en tu phan phoi chnh
MDF va ngo vao thiet b khac nh ch dan tren ban ve va chu thch. Viec thi cong
bao gom ao ho theo yeu cau cho loi vao cap cua cong ty ien thoai.

1.02 PERFORMAN CE REQUIREMEN TS
YU CU THC HIN

Comply with the requirements of local authority and utility having jurisdiction
Phu hp vi cac yeu cau ca chnh quyn a phng va c quan chc nang.

A. Provide metering equipment approved by the Electric Service Provider. A watt-hour
meter with demand register shall be provided for building serviced.
Bo tr thiet b o chap thuan bi cong ty ien lc. Bo tr ong ho o ien nang theo nhu
cau ang ky cho dch vu toa nha.

B. Provide system short circuit study based on 2000 KVA bus on primary side of the service
transformer. The local Electric Utility Company shall be requested to provide the
available fault current at the service point. The fault current withstand ratings of all
equipment and its components shall be higher by at least 10% than the calculated fault
level.
Xem xet ngan mach he thong ien da vao thanh cai s cap cua may bien ap dch vu
cong suat 2000 KVA. Yeu cau cong ty ien la dong ien ngan mach tai iem cung cap
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 120 of 214

dch vu. Mc chu ng dong ngan mach cua tat ca thiet b va thanh phan cua no can
cao hn t nhat 10% dong ngan mach tnh toan.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
TRNH

A. Conduit route for all exterior conduits related to service.
Tuyn ng lun day cho toan bo ong luon day ben ngoai lien quan en dch vu ien.

B. Metering equipment showing facility. The Contractor shall submit all the stop drawings
showing the main switchboard details, associate builders work including pull box, trench
details, to approval and coordination.
Trnh bay nhng phng tien va thiet b o lng. Nha thause e trnh toan bo ban ve
thi cong the hien chi tiet tu ong cat chnh va cong viec cua Nha thau khac co lien
quan gom hop keo, chi tiet mang.

PART 2 EXECUTION
PHN 2 - THC HIN

2.01 MATERIALS
VT LIU

A. Service Conduits: Provide service conduits and connection space in accordance with the
local utility requirements and as shown on the Drawings.
ng luon day: Cung cap ong luon day va cho noi da theo cac yeu cau cua cong ty cung cap
dch vu a phng va nh ch ra tren ban ve.

PART 3 EXECUTION
PHN 3 - THC HIN

3.01 IN STALLATION
LP T

A. The service conduits shall terminate at the point of connection and shall extend
underground to the main service terminating pull section. All bends in the conduits shall
be long radius type and all sweeps shall have a radius of not less than ten times the
conduit size. Underground conduits spaced not less than 50mm apart, or unless noted
otherwise.
ng lun day s c lam au ti im ni va i ngam en phan keo day dch vu
chnh. Tt c ch cong trong ng lun day phai co ban knh dai va ban knh cong
khong di 10 ln kch thc ng lun day. Ong luon day chon at at cach nhau
khong di 50mm ngoi tr co chu thch khac.

B. The service cable shall be connected to the metering compartment of the service
entrance equipment.
Cap dch vu s ni vi phong o ien ke cua thiet b ngo vao.

C. The Contractor shall be responsible and coordinate with others to ensure that the
installation of the service end box compiles with local utility requirements.
Thu ph s chu trach nhim va phi hp vi nhng ngi khac e bao am vic lp
t u hp in phu hp vi yeu cu thit thc ca nha cung cap dch vu a phng.

3.02 CON DUITS CROSSIN G PUBLIC DEDICATED PROPERTY
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 121 of 214

NG LUN DY BNG QUA C S VAT CHAT

Where service or other conduits cross a street, alley, highway or any other public
dedicated
property, the Contractor shall make the necessary arrangements to open and close the
public property. The building Owner shall pay all costs in connection with the
required licenses, permits, fees and deposits. The conduits shall be installed in a
manner required by the authorities having jurisdiction.
Ni co cong trnh hoc nhng ni co ng lun day bng qua ng, hm, xa lo hoc bt
k khu vc thuc c s vat chat, th Thu ph s phi lm mt s th tc cn thit xin
phep ao . Ch u t s np l ph s np l ph co lien quan n vn cp phep, xin
phep at cc. ng lun day s t theo quy cach yeu cau bi c quan chc nang.

3.03 STRUCTURAL CON DITION S
IU KIN KT CU

A. Where conduits are to pass through or interfere with any structural member, or where
notching boring or cutting of the structure is necessary, or where special openings are
required through walls, floors, footings, or other building elements, to accommodate the
electrical work, all such work shall be done as directed and approved by the Project
Manager.
Ni nao ma ng lun day i qua hoc dnh vao phn kt cu, hoc ng vao nc hoc
cn cat bt kt cu, hoc ni nao cn phi trin khai c bit i qua tng, san, chan
ct, hoc cac thanh phan cong trnh khac, tt c cong vic s c thc hin theo s ch
o trc tip va ong y bi ngi i din ca Ch du t.

B. The placement of conduits in concrete slabs structural members shall comply with the
requirements of the applicable city code and shall be approved by the Employers
Representative.
Viec at ong luon day trong tm be tong, ,kt cu ben trong phi phu hp vi
cac yeu cu ca luat thc thi va phi c ng y bi ngi i din ca Ch
du t.

C. Where a concrete encasement (duct bank) for underground conduits
penetrates a foundation wall, the underground structure which the conduits enter,
the encasement shall, except where another means for maintaining its position in
relation to the structure, rest on a haunch integral with the wall or structure, or
shall extend down to the footing projection, if any, or shall be doweled into the
structure. Underground structures shall include manholes, pull boxes, vaults and
buildings.
Ni nao cop pha dung cho ng lun day di t tip giap nn tng theo kt
cu di t ma ng lun day vao, cop pha s, ngoi tr co y e cng c v tr
trong kt cu, da tren vom lien ket noi tng hoac keo dai xuong chan mong,
neu co, hoac ket cau hoac ong inh vao ket cau.

D. All cutting and patching of the rough and finish construction work shall be done as
required for installation of work under this Section. Patching shall be of the
same materials, workmanship and finish as, and shall accurately match the
surrounding work. The work shall be done under the instruction of the Project
Manager.
Ct b, lam lang mt va hoan thien thi cong phi c thc hin theo yeu cu
lp t trong phn nay. Trang va cung loai vt liu, cung tay ngh va cung
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 122 of 214

hoan chnh va phu hp chnh xac vi cong vic xung quanh. Cong vic c
thc hin di s hng dn ca ngi i din Ch u t.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 123 of 214

SECTION E13

BUSBAR
THANH DAN IEN

A. Busbar shall be of hard drawn high conductivity copper of adequate area complying IEC
Publication 439. The maximum hotspot temperature rise at any point in the bus duct at
continuous rated load shall not exceed 45C above a maximum ambient temperature of 50C
in any position.
Thanh dan ien lam bang ong co tnh dan ien cao cua khu vc phu hp vi tieu chuan
IEC xuat ban 439. S gia tang nhiet o cc ai tai iem bat ky trong thanh cai dan ien
tai nh mc lien tuc khong qua 45C hn nhiet o xung quanh toi a 50C bat ky v tr
nao.

B. Busbar shall be suitably plated at all joints and contact surfaces
Thanh dan ien se c ma phu phu hp tai tat ca cac moi noi va be mat tiep iem.

C. Busbar shall be tinned plated for low contact resistance.
Thanh dan ien se c ma thiec e co ien tr tiep xuc thap.

D. Bus duct system shall be terminated by end closure
He thong thanh cai dan ien se c ket thuc bang tam chan cuoi.

E. Unless otherwise highlighted, full size neutral of the same cross-sectional area as the phase
conductor shall be provided for all rating of the busbar system.
Tr phi co anh dau khoi khac, toan bo kch thc day trung tnh co cung mot mat cat ong
vai tro nh day pha dan ien c cung cap dung cho toan bo nh mc cua he thong thanh
dan ien.

HOUSING
VO CHE

A. The housing shall be of extruded aluminium with epoxy painted to provide maximum
protection against corrosion from water and other contaminants. All hardware shall be plated
to prevent corrosion.
Vo che c lam bang nhom co sn epoxy bao ve toi a chong b an mon t nc va cac
chat gay o nhiem khac. Toan bo phan cng eu c ma phu chong an mon.

A. When the busbar cover is opened, no live part can be accessed and the degree of protection
provided shall have the same IP rating as specified for the bus duct.
Khi nap thanh dan ien c m, khong co sinh vat nao co the chui vao va mc bao ve
phai cung mc IP nh ch ro cho thanh cai dan ien.

PLUG-IN UNIT (TAP-OFF UNITS)
THIET B AU CAM (THIET B MAC RE)

A. Housing shall completely enclose the moulded case circuit breaker with rating as indicated in
the Drawings. Enclosure shall be of galvanised sheet steel furnished in epoxy baked enamel
paint over a rust inhibitor.
Vo che se bao het, cau dao t ong vi mc nh ch dan tren ban ve. Vo che c lam bang
thep ma kem co trang lp epoxy tren gach men nung lot sn chong r.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 124 of 214

B. Stable shields shall be provided to protect stabs and ground plug body to bus duct housing
before stabs make power contact. Earth terminal shall be provided inside plug body, adequate
shielding shall be provided to prevent access to live parts when cover is open. An earth stab
shall be manufactured to engage grounding tab on bus duct and internal earthing bus shall be
provided.
Man che on nh dung e bao ve thanh cam va au noi at en vo thanh cai dan ien trc
khi thanh cam co ien. Day noi at c gan ben trong than chot cam, cung cap che chan
thch hp e ngan bat ky sinh vat nao i vao ben trong khi m nap. Thanh cam tiep at
c san xuat e gan bang noi at tren thanh cai dan ien va thanh cai tiep at noi bo se
c cung cap.

C. A releasable cover interlock shall be manufactured to prevent opening cover except when
breaker is in OFF position. This interlock shall be convertible to non-releasable interlock
preventing closing switch with cover open shall also be included, as well as an interlock to
prevent insertion or removal from bus duct when in ON position.
Nap ay thao ra c san xuat e ngan khong cho nap m ngoai tr khi bo ngat ien ang
trong trang thai Tat. Khoa lien ong nay c hoan oi thanh khoa lien ong khong m
c nham ngan chan ong cong tac khi m nap cung se c bao gom, cung nh khoa lien
ong ngan khong cho them vao hoac g ra t thanh dan khi ang v tr M.

D. Circuit breaker type plugs shall have an interrupting rating of not less than 36kA rms
symmetrical and not less than the type tested short-circuit capacity of the designated bus duct.
au cam dung cho cau dao t ong phai co mc ngat khong di 36kA rms va khong di
loai cong suat mach ngan mach a c th nghiem cua thanh cai dan ien a c thiet
ke.

E. Plug assists shall be furnished on all plugs over 100A that will mechanically engage or
disengage the plug from the bus duct, but only when the plug is in the OFF position.
Ho tr au cam phai c trang b tren toan bo au cam hn 100A se bang c hoc gan vao
hoac thao ra au cam t thanh cai dan ien, ch khi nao au cam ang trong trang thai
Tat.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 125 of 214

SECTION E14

LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARDS (LVSB)
BNG CHUYN MCH H TH (LVSB)

PART 1 GENERAL
PHN 1 - I CNG

M T CNG VIC

A. The switchboards, distribution boards and control panels shall be built in accordance with
IEC 439 Factory Built Assemblies for Low Voltage or BS 5486 Factory-built Assemblies
of Switchgear and Control Gear for Voltage up to and including 1000 AC and 1200V DC.
Cc bng chuyn mch, bng phn phi v bng iu khin cn c gia cng theo tiu
chun IEC 439 Cc b phn lp rp do nh my gia cng dng cho in h th hoc BS
5486 Cc b phn lp rp cho c cu chuyn mch v c cu iu khin do nh my gia
cng dng cho in p ti 1000 AC v 1200 V DC

B. Switchboards shall be of type tested conforming to tests conducted by ASTA or other
recognised testing authority. Type test certificates obtained form the testing authority
together with the construction details of the switchboards on which the approval was obtained
shall be submitted at the time of technical submission.
Cc bng chuyn mch phi thuc loi c th nghim theo cc th nghim do ASTA hoc
cc n v th nghim c cng nhn thc hin. Cc chng ch th nghim do cc d09n v
th nghim cp km theo cc chi tit gia cng bng chuyn mch c ph duyt cn
c trnh vo thi im trnh h s k thut.

C. All factory built assemblies shall be capable of withstanding the electrical, mechanical and
thermal stresses of the prospective fault level experience. The prospective fault levels of the
various factory built assemblies shall be as indicated in the Drawings.
Ton b cc b phn do nh my gia cng phi c kh nng chu c cc ng sut nhit,
in v c ca cc mc s c c th xy ra trong tng lai. Mc s c d kin i vi
cc b phn lp rp do nh my gia cng cn theo nh mc th hin trn cc bn v.

D. All equipment used in the factory built shall have been type tested. Type set certificates
shall be submitted for all major equipment at the time of technical submission.
Ton b cc thit b do nh my gia cng c s dng cn c th nghim chng loi
trc . Cc giy chng nhn phi c trnh i vi cc thit b quan trng vo thi
im trnh h s k thut.

E. All factory built assemblies, as complete unit shall have a rating equal to or greater than the
integrated equipment rating as indicated in the Drawing.
Ton b cc thit b do nh my gia cng c giao thnh b hon chnh cn c cng sut
bng hoc cao hn mc cng sut ra trn Bn v.

F. All factory built assemblies subject to rain or wet conditions of located outside electrical
switch room shall be weatherproof constructed to IP 65, able to withstand high impact
strength of 60 KN /m
2
(min), temperature resistant with consideration of Ambient temper 40C
and average switchboard room temperature 40C. Flame retardant and corrosion resistant.
Tt c cc b phn do nh my ch to phi chu tnh trng ma hoc m t hoc c b
tr lp t bn ngoi phng in phi c che ma nng theo tiu chun IP 65, c kh nng
chu c lc tc ng cao n mc 60 KN/m (min.), chu c nhit chung quanh ln ti
40
o
C v nhit trung bnh trong phng my l 40C , chu la v c chng r st.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 126 of 214

1.02 STANDARDS
CC TIU CHUN

A. The LV switchboards and distribution boards shall be constructed in accordance with the
latest revision of the following standards:
Cc bng chuyn mch v bng phn phi phi c gia cng theo n bn mi nht ca cc
tiu chun sau y:

1. BS 88 : Cartridge fuses for voltages up to and including 1000V
AC and 1500V DC.
Cu ch hp dng cho in p ln ti 1000V AC v
1500 V DC.
2. BS 89 : Direct acting electrical indicating analogue electrical
measuring instruments and their accessories.
Thit b o lng in hot ng trc tip th hin
trn mn hnh tng t v cc ph kin.
3. BS 142 : Electrical protective relays
R-le bo v in
4. BS 159 : Busbars and busbar connection
Thanh ci v mi ni thanh ci
5. BS 1433 : Copper for electrical purposes. Rods and bars.
ng dng cho in. Thanh dn v thanh ngang.
6. BS EN 60898 : Circuit-breakers for over current protection for
household and similar installations.
Cc b ngt mch dng cho mc ch bo v qu dng
cho cc h thng lp t trong nh v tng t
7. BS 3938 : Current transformers
My bin dng
8. BS EN 60947-2 : Low-voltage switchgear and control gear, Part 2
circuit-breakers.
C cu chuyn mch v c cu iu khin h th. B
ngt mch Phn 2.
9. BS 4794 : Control switches (switching devices, Part 1 including
contactor relays, for control and auxiliary circuits, for
voltages up to and including 1000V AC and 1200V
DC). General requirements.
Cng tc iu khin (cc b phn chuyn mch, Phn
1 bao gm cc r-le b ng ngt cho cc mch iu
khin v mch ph i vi in p ln ti 1000V AC
v 1200 V DC. Cc yu cu chung.
10
.
BS 5419 : Air break switches, air-break disconnectors, and fuse
combination units for voltages up to and including
1000V AC and 1200V DC.
Cu dao khng kh, b phn ngt khng kh v cc t
hp cu ch cho in th ln ti 1000V AC v 1200 V
DC.
11
.
BS 5420 : Degrees of protection of enclosures of switch Part I
great Part I and control gear for voltages up to and
including 1000V AC and 1200V DC.
Cc cp bo v phn bao quanh cng tc. Phn 1
v c cu iu khin cho in p ln ti 1000V AC v
1200 V DC.
12
.
BS 5424 : Control gear for voltages up to and including 1000V
and 1200V DC-Part 1 Contactors.
C cu iu khin cho in p ln ti 1000V AC v
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 127 of 214

1200 V DC - Phn 1 Cc b ng ngt
13
.
BS 5486 : Low-voltage switchgear and control gear Part 1
assemblies. Part 1: Requirements for type tested and
partially type tested assemblies.
C cu chuyn mch v c cu iu khin h th - Phn 1:
cc b phn lp rp. Phn 1: cc yu cu i vi cc b phn
lp rp c th nghim chng loi v th nghim chng
loi mt phn.
14
.
BS 5685 : Electricity meters Part 1: Class 0.5, 1 and 2 single
phase and polybase, single-rate, phase and polyphase,
single-rated and multi-rate watt-hour meters.
Cc ng h o in - Phn 1: ng h o watt-gi
Loi 0,5, 1 v 2 mt pha v nhiu pha, cng sut n,
mt pha v nhiu pha,nh mc n v a nh mc.
15
.
BS 5992 : Electrical relays
R-le in
16
.
BS 6004 : PVC insulated cables, (non-armoured), for electrical
power and lighting.
Cp bc PVC cch in (khng bc st) cho in
ngun v h thng chiu sng
17
.
BS 6231 : PVC insulated cables for switchgear and control gear
wiring.
Cp bc PVC cch in cho ng dy ca c cu
iu khin v c cu chuyn mch
18
.
BS 7430 : Earthing.
Phn tip t

B. BS/IEC or other N ational standards not mentioned above but are applicable to this installation
shall also apply.
Tiu chun BS/IEC hoc cc tiu chun quc t khc khng cp phn trn nhng c th
p dng cho cng tc lp t ny cng c p dng.

1.03 SUBMISSION
H S TRNH

A. Please refer to submittal requirement in General specification.
Vui lng xem yu cu v h s trnh trong Tiu ch k thut Phn 1

B. A component list and catalogues.
Danh mc cc b phn v catalogue

C. Detailed construction drawings of all factory built assemblies shall be submitted for approval
before construction commences.
Bn v gia cng chi tit ca tt c cc b phn lp rp do nh my ch to cn c trnh
ph duyt trc khi khi cng.

D. Such drawings shall show the proposed method of construction of the cubicles, method of
supporting equipment and busbars, full details of busbar layout, method of support, electrical
control wiring diagrams, equipment weight, colours, surface treatment.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 128 of 214

Cc bn v cn th hin phng php thi cng xut cc phng my, bin php nng
thit b v thanh ci, ton b cc chi tit v s b tr thanh ci, bin php nng , s
ng dy iu khin, trng lng, mu sc, x l b mt thit b.

E. The drawing shall also incorporate a full list of proposed materials. The construction shall
not commence until the drawings are approved for construction.
Ngoi ra, bn v cn phi kt hp vi mt danh mc y cc loi vt t xut. Khng
c khi cng trc khi cc bn v c ph duyt.

F. Factory and site testing procedures and report formats shall also be included.
Quy trnh th nghim nh my v hin trng v biu mu bo co cng cn c bao
gm trong h s.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
PHN 2 - SN PHAM

2.01 GEN ERAL
I CNG

A. The factory built assemblies shall be of the totally enclosed, modular cubicle type, which are
extensible and suitable for floor mounting as indicated in the drawings.
Cc b phn lp rp do nh my sn xut cn c bao bc chung quanh ton b, dng m-
un, c th ni di v ph hp cho vic t trn sn nh nh th hin trn bn v.

B. The factory built assemblies shall be compartmented and utilise sheet steel plates of thickness
as detailed below. The panels shall be vermin proof and constructed to minimum degree of
protection of IP ratings to BS 5420. The IP ratings indicated below shall be applicable unless
otherwise indicated in the drawing.
Cc b phn lp rp do nh my sn xut phi c chia thnh tng ngn, s dng cc tm
thp c chiu dy nh c nu chi tit di y. Cc tm ngn cn c ngn mi mt xm
nhp v gia cng vi mc bo v ti thiu l theo nh mc IP hoc tiu chun BS 5420.
nh mc IP nu di y cn c p dng tr phi c nu khc i trong bn v.

C. Main and Sub-Switchboards
Cc bng chuyn mch chnh v ph

1. 2mm thick sheet steel
Tm thp dy 2mm
2. Form 4 for Main Board and Emergency Board unless otherwise specified to BS 5486
with separation of busbars from the functional units and separation of all functional
units from one another.
Dng 4 i vi Bng chnh v Bng khn cp tr phi c quy nh khc theo tiu
chun BS 5486 vi vic ngn cc thanh ci khi cc b phn chc nng v ngn cch
gia cc b phn chc nng vi nhau.

3. Minimum IP 42 and IP 2X after opening of doors & panels (of external covers) unless
otherwise specified.
Ti thiu l IP 42 v IP 2X sau khi m ca & tm ngn (phn bao bn ngoi) tr hi
c quy nh khc

4. IP 65 for location subject to rain wet conditions of located outside electrical switch
room.
IP 65 i vi v tr phi chu tnh trng ma hoc m t chng hn nh khi phng
in c b tr ngoi tri.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 129 of 214

5. Switchboard frame shall be of modular detail and extensible.
Khung bng chuyn mch phi c chi tit m-un v c th ni di

6. The interior of each cubicle shall be dust inert and vermin resistant.
Phn bn trong ca tng bung nh phi sch bi v ngn c mi mt

D. Switchboard frames shall be fabrication of 2.0mm thick electro-galvanised steel. All joints
shall be neatly formed and finished flush with the adjacent surfaces by grinding and/or
machining. N o joints shall be located on a corner and all bare edges shall be lipped.
Cc khung bng chuyn mch cn c gia cng bng thp m in dy 2mm. Tt c cc mi
ni phi gn gng v hon thin lng v bng phng cc b mt lin nhau bng cch mi
v/hoc gia cng bng my. Khng c b tr mi ni ti gc. Cc cnh trn phi c un
mp.

E. Structural members and bracing, where necessary, shall be welded or bolted to the frame.
Cc b phn kt cu v thanh ging, khi cn thit, phi c hn hoc gn bng bu lng vo
khung.

2.02 DOORS AN D PAN ELS
CA RA VO V CC TM PA-NEN

A. Full access shall be provided to service and maintain all equipment inside each cubicle by
means of a suitable hinged door that shall open a minimum of 120 degrees. All hinged doors
shall have an earth braid connected to the cubicle.
Phi c li tip cn sa cha v bo dng ton b cc thit b trong trong tng phng
in qua mt ca ra vo c gn bn l ph hp c th m ra mt gc ti thiu l 120 .
Ton b cc ca ra vo bng bn l phi c mt dy tip t ni vo phng.

B. Doors and panels shall be constructed of 2 mm electro-galvanised sheet steel, pressed or
rolled so that edges are given a neat round finish and shall reinforced with a suitable frame
welded to the inside folded edge of the door. An approved stiffener shall be welded to the
inside of each door and/or panel.
Ca ra vo v cc tm pa-nen phi c gia cng bng thp tm m in dy 2mm, p hoc
cn sao cho cc cnh c b mt hon thin gn gng v trn tra, ng thi c gia c bng
khung ph hp c hn vo cnh gp bn trong ca. Mt thanh np c chp thun s
c hn vo bn trong tng cnh ca v/hoc tng tm pa-nen.

C. Door shall hang on substantially concealed non-corrosive hinges and shall be fitted with good
quality door handles to Project Managers approval which shall be lockable and operable by
the same key. The door handles shall be fitted with toggles to operate rods to latch with
suitable slots in both the top and bottom of the switchboards. Latching rods shall be guided
by brackets. The latching rods and associated brackets shall be cadmium plated.
Ca ra vo cn c t trn cc bn l khng r t ch khut v c lp cc tay nm c
cht lng tt c Gim c xy dng chp thun, c th kha v m bng cng mt cha.
Cc tay nm ca cn c lp vo vi cc cht ci then vi cc rnh thch hp c pha
trn v di bng chuyn mch. Cc then ci cn c nh v bng mc. C then v mc ci
lin quan u c m cadmium.

D. All front, side and top panels shall be constructed in a manner similar to that specified for
doors above. They shall be fitted to the frame from the outside with captive, hand tightened
screw. Panels longer than 1.2 metres shall be provided with 3 point locking system.
Cc tm pa-nen pha trc, bn cnh v bn trn phi c thi cng theo mt cch thc
tng t nh pa-nen quy nh cho ca ra vo phn trn. Chng phi c lp vo khung t
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 130 of 214

bn ngoi bng inh c sit cht bng tay. Cc pa-nen c chiu di trn 1,2 m phi c ba
im lm kho.

2.03 BASEPLATE AN D IN SULATIN G PAN ELS
TM B V CC PA-NEN CCH IN

A. The switchboards shall be mounted on 50mm X 50mm C-channel. Wherever insulating
panels are required to mount special equipment, they shall be of high quality black bakelite,
polished on the front.
Cc bng chuyn mch cn c lp trn thp U c kch thc 50mm x 50mm. Khi cn lp
cc pa-nen cch in cho cc thit b c bit, cc pa-nen ny phi c lm bng bakelite
cht lng cao, nh bng pha trc.

B. All edges must be straight and square and shall be chamfered on the front edge with a 3mm
chamfer.
Ton b cc cnh phi thng, vung gc v c vt phng cnh pha trc vi mt vt
3mm.

2.04 FIN ISHIN G OF METAL WORK
VIC HON THIN CC B PHN KIM LOI

A. Panel work of the switchboards shall be finished with electrostatic epoxy power coating of
minimum 50 microns all treated with 180C 12 minute oven baking. All metal work shall be
rust inhibited and sprayed with two coats of primer. The painting shall be of best quality
oven-baked epoxy power coated, of Grey colour.
Cc tm pa-nen ca cc bng chuyn mch phi c hon thin bng mt lp sn ph
epoxy tnh in c b dy ti thiu l 50 microns v ton b c x l bng cch nung
nhit 180
o
C trong 12 pht. Tt c cc b phn kim loi c x l chng r st v c
phun 2 lp sn lt. Sn phi thuc loi tt nht, nung nhit v c mu xm.

B. After erection on site and after all inspection and tests have been carried out, the Sub-
contactor shall thoroughly clean all painted parts, touch-up with application of an additional
coat of anti-corrosive structural priming paint to any part of the originally painted surfaces
that have been scratched or otherwise marked and at least one additional touch-up finishing
coat of Grey colour.
Sau khi lp t hin trng v thc hin xong ton b cng tc kim tra v th nghim,
Nh thu ph cn lm v sinh sch s tt c cc phn c sn, dm thm mt lp sn lt
chng r b sung ln bt c b phn no c b mt b try xc hoc b nh du v t nht
mt lp sn hon thin mu xm ln .

2.05 BUSBARS AN D CURREN T CARRYIN G PARTS
THANH CI V CC B PHN CHUYN TI DNG IN

A. The manufacturing of the busbar system shall comply to the latest edition of BS 158 and BS
159. All busbars and current carrying parts shall be manufactured to carry a current density
of not more than 1.55 A/mm
2
and shall be capable of carrying normal current continuously
without the temperature rise of any part exceeding 30C. Their location shall be such as to
ensure adequate spacing between conductors and they shall be securely fastened and braced to
withstand all stress set up during transportation, erection and normal operation, and under
short circuit conditions. The busbars shall not be damaged in any way under a fault of short
circuit experience with minimum 35 MVA for 3 seconds. Where two or more conductors are
used to form a phase, it shall be separated with an air gap sufficient to allow for the
ventilation of the individual conductors all round. Busbar supports shall be made of slotted
first grade Bakelite or glass fibre reinforced polymer able to withstand minimum operating
temperature of 110C.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 131 of 214

Vic sn xut h thng thanh ci cn tun th cc n bn mi nht ca tiu chun BS 158 v
BS 159. Tt c cc thanh ci v cc b phn chuyn ti dng in phi c gia cng
c th chuyn ti mt mt dng khng qu 1,55 A/mm
2
ng thi phi c kh nng
ti dng in bnh thng mt cch lin tc m khng lm tng nhit ca bt c b phn
no ln qu 30
o
C. V tr ca chng cn c b tr sao cho c th bo m khong cch thch
hp gia cc dy dn, ng thi cn buc v ging tht cht c th chu c cc ng
sut/va p trong qu trnh vn chuyn, lp t v vn hnh bnh thng cng nh khi xy ra
tnh trng on mch. Khng c gy tn hi cho cc thanh ci di bt c hnh thc no
do tri qua s c on mch ti thiu l 35 MVA trong vng 3 giy. Khi s dng 2 hoc
nhiu hn hai dy dn lp thnh mt pha, cn ngn cch bng mt khong khng kh
thng gi tng dy dn. Cc gi thanh ci cn c lm bng bakelite hng nht
c khot rnh hoc polymer gia c bng si thy tinh c th chu c nhit vn
hnh ti thiu l 110
o
C.

B. All connections in current carrying parts shall be made by means of bolts with lock nuts. The
use of tapped holes and studs or any other alternative method of connection in current
carrying parts shall not be employed without the express approval of the Project Manager
prior to manufacture.
Ton b cc mi ni trong cc b phn chuyn ti dng in cn c thc hin bng bu
lng hoc inh c. Khng c php s dng cc l ren v inh tn (riv) hay bt c phng
php no khc tr phi c s chp thun r rng ca Gim c xy dngtrc khi tin hnh.

C. Busbars shall be provided with approved shrinkable tube of adhesive stickers of appropriate
phase colour to indicate phases.
Cn cung cp cc thanh ci t trong ng c th co rt c v bng keo dn c mu sc
ph hp ch pha.

D. All connections, tapping and clamping shall be made in an approved manner to ensure
minimum contact resistance. All connections in the busbars shall be firmly bolted and
clamped with even tension. Before assembly, all busbar joint surfaces shall be filed or
finished to remove burrs, dents and oxides and silvered to maintain good continuity at all
joints.
Tt c cc mi ni, bng dn v kp cn c thc hin sao cho c th bo m in tr tip
xc. Tt c cc mi ni trn thanh ci cn c bt bu lng hoc kp cht vi cng bng
nhau. Trc khi lp t, tt c cc b mt ca mi ni thanh ci cn c gia k hoc hon
thin nhm loi b cc g rp, du rng, ch b n mn ng thi m bc duy tr tnh cht
lin tc ca cc mi ni.

E. All intermediate conducting material shall be used when there is a possibility of electrolytic
action when contact of the copper busbars with dissimilar metals are made.
Cn s dng cc loi vt liu dn in trung gian khi c kh nng xy ra hin tng in
phn khi cho cc thanh ci bng ng tip xc vi cc kim loi khng ng dng.

F. An earth bar minimum size comply with BS7671 and BS7430 with minimum 50mm x 6mm
to each vertical section of the cubicle units and shall be run the full length at the bottom of
each switchboards. All metal parts of the switchboards and associated equipment shall be
bonded and connected to this earth bar. Minimum 2 connections to main earthing system shall
be provided.
Mt thanh tip t c kch c ti thiu l 50mm x 6 mm theo tiu chun BS 7671 v BS 7430
cho mi phn thng ng ca cc phng in v phi chy ht chiu di y ca tng bng
chuyn mch. tt c cc b phn kim loi ca bng chuyn mch v cc thit b lin quan
phi c kt ni vo thanh tip t ny. Cn cung cp t nht l hai mi ni vo h thng
tip t chnh.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 132 of 214

G. The neutral busbar shall be the same size of that of the phase bars and shall be provided with
an adequate number of terminals including cable lugs, bolts, etc. to suit the installation.
Thanh ci trung tnh phi c cng kch thc vi thanh ci pha v c cung cp mt s
lng bng s lng cc u ni k c cc vu cp, bu lng, vv ph hp cho vic lp t.

H. For circuits not less than 200A, busbar drops to moulded case circuit breakers or other
apparatus shall be made of circular of rectangular busbar covered with N ylex tubing of
appropriate colour and terminated in adequately sized concentric lug, of lug type, cone grip
cable sockets or approved equal. Cables may be used for circuits less than 200A to type test
configuration.
i vi cc mch in di 200 A, thanh ci t vo cc b ngt mch bng khun c hoc
cc b phn khc phi l cc thanh ci dng trn hoc vung c bao bc bng ng Nylex
c mu sc ph hp v c b u trong vu ng tm c kch c ph hp, hoc cp c
chp kp hoc vt liu tng ng c chp thun. C th s dng cp cho cc mch in
di 200A cho cu hnh th nghim (?)

I. All visible rectangular busbars shall be bare tinned type size 1.55/mm based on current
density.
Tt c cc thanh ci vung phi thuc loi bc thic on thun c kch thc 1,55/mm
2
da
trn mt dng.

J. All screws, bolts, washers used for the busbars shall be cadmium plated. All contact parts of
the busbars and connections shall be sanded and coated with a thin coat of chemical inert
petroleum jelly. All bolts shall be tightened with an even tension. Approved spring washers
shall be used at all joints complete with cadmium plated high tensile steel bolts.
Tt c cc con c, bu lng, lng n s dng cho thanh ci u phi c m cadmium..
Ton b cc phn tip xc ca thanh ci v cc mi ni cn c phun ct lm sch v sn
mt lp mng cht keo ho cht. Tt c cc bu lng phi c sit vi mt cng bng
nhau. Cc lng en l xo c chp thun cn c s dng ti cc mi ni cng vi bu lng
bng thp c cng cao c m cadmium.

K. All busbars and switchgear terminals to which outgoing or incoming cables are terminated
shall be manufactured for a maximum temperature of 40C above ambient.
Tt c cc thanh ci v u ni ca c cu chuyn mch ni tp trung ng cp ra v vo
phi c gia cng nhit ti a l 40
o
C trn nhit chung quanh.

2.06 IN STALLATION
VIC LP T

A. The clearances and insulation shall be such as to withstand the standard 3 kV dielectric tests
on the switchboard.
Khong h v cch in phi sao cho c th chu c cc th nghim in mi tiu
chun 3kV i vi bng chuyn mch.

B. All insulation used shall be of the best quality and sufficiently strong to withstand all stresses
which may be imposed on it in the ordinary erection and operation of the switchboards.
Ton b phn cch in s dng phi thuc loi tt nht v cng chu c cc
ng sut c th t ln trong khi lp t v vn hnh cc bng chuyn mch.

C. Where insulators are cemented or jointed to metal parts, such jointing shall be of such a
nature that no dangerous stresses are set up in the insulators by the unequal expansions or
contraction of the insulation and the metal through the range of temperatures stated in Clauses
above.
Khi cc b cch in c trt xi mng hoc kt ni vo cc b phn kim loi th vic kt ni
phi c thc hin sao chokhng gy ra cc ng sut nguy him tc ng ln cc b
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 133 of 214

cch in do vic dn n hoc co li ca b phn cch in v phn kim loi do nhit thay
i nh cp trong iu khon trn.

2.07 CABLE OF BUSDUCT EN TRIES
CP CA U VO THANH DN

A. Provisions shall be made within the factory built assemblies for the proper support and
bracing of outgoing and incoming cables or busducts.
Trong s cc b phn do nh my gia cng, cn cung cp c cc gi v thanh ging cho
cp hoc thanh dn u ra v u vo.

B. Weatherproof cable glands and all necessary non-ferrous gland plates, etc. shall be provided
for all cables entering of leaving the switchboards. Cable terminating end boxes shall be
mounted from top of the switchgear in the cubicles. Cable supports shall be provided for the
termination boxes.
Cn cung cp cc ming m cp chu c ma nng v tt c cc tm m (kim loi) mu
cn thit, vv cho ton b cp i vo v ra khi bng chuyn mch. Cc hp u cp phi
c lp t pha trn ca c cu chuyn mch trong cc phng in. Cn cung cp cc gi
cp cho hp ni cp.

C. Busduct entries to the switchboard shall be liased with busduct vendor for the exact position
and phasing.
i vi u vo thanh dn ca bng chuyn mch cn lin h vi ngi bn thanh dn
bit c v tr chnh xc v pha ca thanh dn.

D. Detail of cable of busduct in and out of the switchboard shall take into the IP rating
requirement as specified for the switchboard.
Chi tit v cp ca thanh dn vo v ra khi bng chuyn mch phi theo yu cu v nh
mc IP nh quy nh i vi bng chuyn mch.

2.08 PHASIN G
PHA

A. Phase rotation shall be strictly maintained throughout the project, and shall comply with the
requirements BS 258. Phase distinguishing colours shall be RED, YELLOW and BLUE.
Vng quay pha phi c gi nguyn trong sut d n v phi tun th tiu chun BS 258.
Cc mu sc phn bit pha phi l , VNG v XANH DA TRI.

2.09 LABELS
NHN

A. All factory built assemblies and equipment shall be clearly labelled in accordance with
DEWA regulations and to indicate its functions by means of engraved Traffolite labels.
Plastic labels are not acceptable. Emergency Main Switch Board shall be red-on-white
others shall be black-on-white. Engraved lettering not less than 20mm high or as otherwise
required and approved.
Tt c cc b phn lp rp v thit b do nh my gia cng phi c nhn r rng theo cc
quy nh DEWA v ch ra cc chc nng bng cc nhn Trafflolite c dp ni ch.
Khng chp nhn cc nhn bng plastic. Bng chuyn mch chnh dng trogn trng hp
khn cp phi c ch trn nn trng, cn cc bng khc th ch en trn nn trng. Cc
ch dp ni phi c chiu cao khng di 20 mm hoc theo yu cu hoc c chp thun
khc.

B. Labels shall be attached by means of chrome finished countersunk screws and nuts.
Nhn phi c gn vo bng c hoc vt bt vo l khot loe ming vi lp hon thin bng
crm.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 134 of 214

C. Prior to engraving the labels, a label schedule shall be submitted for approval. Cost for two
sets of labels shall be included in the Contract to cater for any amendment to the label as
directed by the Project Manager.
Trc khi dp ch ln nhn cn trnh mt danh mc lit k ni dung c ph duyt.
Chi ph hai b nhn cn c bao gm trong hp ng ph i th cho bt k s chnh
sa no i vi phn nhn theo ch th ca Gim c xy dng.

2.10 SPECIFICATION FOR SPARES
TIU CH K THUT CHO PHN D PHNG

A. The switchboards shall incorporate a rack for mounting spares, moulded case circuit breakers
and a minimum 25 percent space capacities shall be provided for future installation of circuit
breakers.
Cc bng chuyn mch cn bao gm c mt ci gi treo d phng, cc b ngt mch
c khun v ti thiu l 25% khng gian lp t cc b ngt mch sau ny.

B. End covers and pre-drilled holes at main busbars shall be manufactured for future extension
of the switchboards at both ends.
Phn bao bc u v cc l khoan sn trn thanh ci chnh cn c gia cng trong
tng lai c th ni di cc bng chuyn mch c hai u.

C. Spare shall be provided according to Section 16010.
Cn cung cp ph tng d phng theo Chng 16010

2.11 BASE SUPPORTS
B

A. The base support shall be fabricated from 50mm x 50mm C-channel base sufficiently
stiffened to adequately support the switchboard. The base shall be hot dip galvanised after
fabrication. The base may be made as part of the switchboard.
B cn c gia cng t b thep U c kch thc 50mm x 50mm cng nng c
bng chuyn mch. B phi c m km nhng nng sau khi gia cng. B ny c th c
ch to nh mt b phn ca bng chuyn mch.

2.12 VEN TILATION
THNG GI

A. All switchboards shall be properly natural ventilated.
Tt c cc bng chuyn mch phi c thng gi t nhin.

B. Vents shall be provided with the consideration of IP rating as specified.
Cn cung cp cc ng thng gi vi nh mc IP theo quy nh.

C. Detailed calculation shall be submitted to verify the total heat from the switchgear and
switchboard and the amount of vents and ventilation fans size.
Cn trnh cc tnh ton chng minh tng s sc nng t c cu chuyn mch v bng
chuyn mch cng nh s lng ng thng gi v kch thc qut thng gi.
2.13 IN DICATIN G IN STRUMEN TS
CC THIT BN CH BO

A. Indicating instruments shall comply with BS 89. Meters for external panel mounting shall be
of the flush pattern type with square escutcheon plates finished matt black and polycarbonate
cases.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 135 of 214

Cc thit b ch bo phi theo tiu chun BS 89. ng h o lp t bn ngoi phi thuc
loi phng c np vung gn trn nn en v v bc bng polycarbonate.

B. The reading shall include but not limit to current (per phase, neutral and earth), voltage (L-L,
L-N ), real power, reactive power, apparent power, power factor, frequency, energy, power
quality readings such as voltage and current THD, demand, date/time stamping, on-board
memory for alarms/relay functions such as under/over conditions, phase unbalance
conditions, data log, event log, etc.
Cc s o cn bao gm nhng khng gii hn dng in (pha, trung tnh v tip t), in p
(L-L, L-N), in nng thc t, in tr khng, in nng biu kin, h s in, tn s, nng
lng, cc s o v cht lng in chng hn nh in th v THD ca dng in, nhu cu,
ngy/gi, b nh trn mch cho cc chc nng bo ng/r-le nh tnh trng qu/cha t
p, tnh trng mt cn i pha, ghi nhn d liu, s c, vv.

C. The meter power shall accept inputs from standard 5A current transformers and has full-scale
input of 10A. The voltage inputs shall be directly connected to 3 phase circuits of 600V and
below without the need for Potential or current transformer. All reading shall be scaled to
their actual values without the need for a multiplier.
ng h o in phi chp nhn dng in truyn vo t cc my bin dng 5A theo tiu
chun v c vch cho dng in truyn vo 10A. Cc dng in th truyn vo cn c
kt ni trc tip vo mch 3 pha 600V hoc thp hn m khng cn n my bin th hoc
bin dng. Tt c cc s o phi c chia vch i vi cc tr s thc t m khng cn n
my nhn (multiplier).

D. The power meter set up and resets shall be password protected and easily done via the meter
display or via network software.
Cn lp v ci t li ng h o in c password bo v v thc hin d dng qua mn
hnh hoc qua phn mm mng li my tnh.

E. In addition, unless otherwise specified, following analogue indicating instrument shall be
installed for sub-bard and distribution boards above 100A incoming or as specified on the
drawings.
Ngoi ra, tr phi c quy nh khc, thit b ch bo qua mn hnh tng t nh sau cn c
lp t cho bng phn phi v cc bng ph trn 100A u vo hoc theo nh th hin trn
bn v.

F. Ammeter and voltmeters shall be of moving coil spring controlled type with 96mm square
dials, accuracy Class 1.5 with external zero adjustment screw that is accessible from the front.
ng h o m-pe v vn k phi thuc loi iu khin bng cun dy l xo chuyn ng c
mt s vung 96mm, chnh xc cp 1,5 vi c vn iu chnh v z-r bn ngoi c th
tip cn t pha trc.

G. Ammeters shall be selected such that full load current indications are not less than the two
thirds of linear scale of the meter and have a suppressed upper scale.
ng h o m pe cn c tuyn chn sao cho cc ch bo dng in y ti khng di
hai phn ba vch tuyn ca ng h, ng thi phi c vch trn b trit (?)

H. Ammeters shall be capable of taking overloads of 2 times continuously and voltmeter 1.2
times continuously.
ng h o m pe phi c kh nng chu c s qu ti gp hai ln mt cch lin tc, cn
vn k th 1,2 ln lin tc.

I. Ammeters at the main incoming feeders shall in addition to the moving iron mechanism be
provided with thermal bimetal indicators with draw pointers to record maximum demands.
The mechanism shall not respond to short current peaks and shall be manually re-settable.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 136 of 214

m-pe k b np chnh u vo bn cnh vic l c cu chuyn ng cn phi c cung
cp b phn ch bo nhit lng kim vi kim ch ghi nhn cc nhu cu ti a. C cu ny s
khng p ng cc cao im dng on mch v c th chnh li bng tay.

J. Frequency indicators shall of the vibrating reed type. The meter shall be capable of proper
operation for voltage variation of 20% rated voltage.
B phn ch bo tn s phi thuc loi c li g rung. ng h phi c kh nng vn hnh
ng i vi in p bin thin 20% so vi in p nh mc.

K. Power factor meters shall be of the electrodynamics crossed coil mechanism suitable for
balance load, three phase four-wire system. The accuracy class shall be 1.5 and range 0.5 lag
to 0.5 lead.
ng h o h s in nng phi c c cu crossed coil in ng lc thch hp cho h thng
bn dy ba pha, ti trng qun bnh. Cp chnh xc phi l 1,5 v dao ng t 0,5 lag n
0,5 lead.

L. Monitoring Kilowatt-Hour Meters and current transformers where specified shall be provided.
The kilowatt-hour meter shall have a digital display reading up to 100 million Kilowatt-Hours
and to the nearest 100 KW-Hr. The overall accuracy shall be better than 2.0%.
Cn cung cp ng h theo di kilowatt -gi v cc b bin dng ti nhng v tr c nu.
ng h o kilowatt -gi phi c mn hnh k thut s c th c ti 100 triu kilowatt-gi
v cp gn nht l 100 kilwatt-gi. chnh xc tng th phi cao hn 2.0%.

M. The KWh meters shall be of flush mounting, rear connection type, current transformer
operated and suitable for three phase balanced and unbalanced loads. The meter shall be
complete with the three metering elements and shall be complete with the three metering
elements and shall have cyclometer register with six rollers.
ng h o KW gi phi thuc loi lp trn mt phng, kt ni pha sau, vn hnh theo my
bin dng v thch hp vi cc ti trng cn i v khng cn i ba pha. ng h cn c
cung cp b vi ba yu t o, c ng h o hnh trnh vi su trc ln.

N . Instrument dials shall be white with black markings, and scales shall be of such material that
ageing, peeling or discoloration will not take place under tropical conditions.
Mt s ca thit b o phi c nn trng vi ch s mu en, cc vch phi c lm bng
cht liu khng b trc, lo ho hoc phai mu trong iu kin thi tit nhit i.

O. All instruments, when mounted on the switchboard, wired and ready for service, shall be in
good order and condition in every way. The measuring elements shall be completely free
from any discernible stickiness either at zero or upscale, and they shall be capable of attaining
the performance guaranteed by the manufacturers of the respective instruments.
Ton b cc thit b o lng, khi c gn trn bng chuyn mch, u dy v chun b
hot ng, phi trong tnh trng tt nht. Cc kim o khng b dnh khi v tr s khng
hoc vch trn cng, ng thi phi c c ch bo hnh ca nh sn xut thit b .

P. All terminals shall be completely insulated and potential circuits shall be suitable fused.
Tt c cc u ni cp phi c cch in hon ton, v cc mch in phi c cu ch ph
hp.

2.14 SELECTOR SWITCHES
CNG TC CHN

A. The switches shall be of the panel mounting type with totally enclosed contacts and stud
connection. Ammeter selector switches shall have make before break contacts to ensure that
the current transformers are never open circuited.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 137 of 214

Cc cng tc ny phi thuc loi gn trn pa-nen vi b cng tc c bao bc ton b v
kt ni bng inh tn. Cng tc chn mpe k phi c cng tc ni trc khi ngt bo
m l cc my bin dng khng bao gi b h mch.

B. The ammeter selector switch shall be suitable for measuring the current in each phase
independently.
Cng tc chn m-pe k phi thch hp o dng in trong tng pha mt cch c lp.

C. The voltmeter selector switcher shall be 7-way type. Voltmeter selector switches shall have
break before make contacts.
Cng tc chn vn k phi thuc loi 7 chiu. Cng tc chn vn k phi c cc cng
tcngt trc khi lm.

2.15 CURREN T TRAN SFORMERS
MY BIN DNG

A. Current transformers (CT) necessary for the operation of instruments and meters shall comply
with BS 3938 and of the straight through epoxy-resin type. Measuring current transformer
shall be of accuracy class 1 and for metering of accuracy Class 0.2 for energy metering.
Cc my bin dng (CT) cn thit cho hot ng ca cc thit b o lng v ng h o
phi tun th tiu chun BS 3938 v thuc loi c nha epoxyxuyn thng. My bin
dng o lng cn c chnh xc Cp 1 khi o lng v chnh xc Cp 0,2 khi o nng
lng.

B. They shall be adequately rated in V.A. to carry the summation of all V.A. burdens of
connected loads, and shall be capable of carrying current of the corresponding circuit breakers
and fuses. The output secondary current shall be 5 amperes.
Cc thit b ny phi c y cng sut trong V.A. mang ton b ph ti V.A ca cc ti
trng c kt ni, ng thi phi c kh nng chuyn ti dng in ca cc b ngt mch
v cu ch tng ng. Dng th cp u ra phi l 5 m-pe.

C. The CT shall be capable of operation, without damage, with open circuited secondary and full
load current flowing in the primary.
My bin dng phi c kh nng vn hnh, khng gy tn hi, vi dng ti trng ton b v
dng th cp mch h chy trong dng s cp (?)

D. Current transformers shall be adequately supported and installed as to permit easy access and
to readily replaceable, if necessary, without dismantling of adjacent equipment.
Cc my bin dng phi c y gi v c lp t sao cho c th tip cn v thay th
d dng, khi cn thit, m khng phi tho g cc thit b bn cnh.

E. All current transformers shall be provided with an identifying label giving type, ratio, class,
output and serial number.
Cn cung cp ton b cc my bin dng vi nhn nhn dng ghi r chng loi, t l, cp
, u ra v s s-ri.

F. Current transformers provided for protective gear purposes shall have overcurrent and
accuracy limit factors not less than those corresponding to the short circuit level of the
system. The output of each current transformer shall be not less than that specified and the
capacity of the current transformers provided shall be adequate for operation of the associated
protective devices and instruments. Where double ratio secondary windings are specified, a
label shall be provided at the secondary terminals of the current transformer indicating clearly
the connection required for either ratio. These connections and the ratio in use shall be shown
on the required for either ratio. These connections and the ration in use shall be shown on the
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 138 of 214

appropriate schematic and connection diagrams. Protection current transformer shall be of a
accuracy Class 5P 10 and the burden in no case shall be less than 15VA.
Cc my bin dng cung cp cho mc ch bo v c cu cn c cc h s qu dng v gii
hn chnh xc khng thp hn cc h s tng ng vi mc on mch ca h thng.
Cng sut ca tng my bin dng khng c thp hn cng sut quy nh v dung lng
ca cc my bin dng c cung cp phi cho hot ng ca cc b phn v thit b bo
v i km. Khi cc cun th cp h s i c ra, cn cung cp nhn cc u ni th
cp ca my bin dng, trn ghi r mi ni cn thit cho tng h s. Cc mi ni ny v
h s s dng cn c th hin trn cc biu v s mi ni ph hp. My bin dng
bo v phi c cp chnh xc 5P 10 ng thi trong bt c trng hp no cng khng
c thp hn 15 VA.

G. Magnetisation curves shall be submitted at the time of shop drawing submission.
Cn trnh ng cong biu th t ha vo thi im trnh bn v thi cng.

2.16 CON TACTORS
NH THU (or contactor: b ng ngt ?)

A. Contactors shall be fully tropicalised and robust construction and shall comply with relevant
parts of BS 5424 and be rated for the following duties.
Cc b ng ngt cn c nhit i ha hon ton, gia cng chc chn v tun th cc
phn lin quan trong tiu chun BS 5424 v c cng sut cho cc ch sau:

B. Contactor for voltages up to and including 1000 volts A.C. and 1200 volts D.C. (BS 5424
Part 1).
B ng ngt cho cc in th ln ti 1000 Volts A.C v 1200 Volts D.C. (BS 5424, Phn 1)

1. Rated duty - Uninterrupted
Ch nh mc - Khng gin on

2. Mechanical duty - Class 1
Ch c kh - Loi 1

3. Making and Breaking - AC4 Category
Lm xong ri ngt - Cp AC 4

C. Contactors shall be selected to suit the load such that a minimum electrical life of one million
operations is ensured. The mechanical life shall be at least 5 million operations.
Cc b ng ngt cn c tuyn chn ph hp vi ti trng sao cho c th bo m ti
thiu mt triu ln vn hnh. Tui th c kh ti thiu l 5 triu ln vn hnh.

D. Contactors shall have at least 15 times making capacity and 10 times breaking capacity for
Contactors less than 100 amps and 10 times and 8 times respectively for contactors above 100
amps. The selection of contactors shall be coordinated with the prospective fault levels
suitable at that point of installation.
Cc b ng ngt phi c dung lng t nht l 15 ln ng v 10 ln ngt i vi cc b
ng ngt di 100 m-pe v v 10 ln ng, 8 ln ngt i vi cc b ng ngt trn 100
m-pe. Vi ctuyn chn cc b ng ngt cn c kt hp vi mc khim khuyt d kin
ph hp ti im lp t.

E. Contactors shall generally be suitable for rail mounting and be of modular detail. The coil
shall be suitable for +10% and 15% of nominal main voltage. Provision shall be made on
the contactors for affixing of termination and contactor identification labels.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 139 of 214

Ni chung cc b ng ngt cn phi thch hp cho vic lp trn thanh vn (?) v c chi tit
m-un. Cun dy phi thch hp vi in p chnh danh nh l +10% v 15%. Cn cung
cp cc b ng ngt gn vo u ni v nhn nh dng cho b ng ngt.

F. Contactors shall be provided in sheet steel enclosure of a tropical finish and vermin proof.
Adequate ventilation shall be accordance with BS 5424, category IP 42 for indoor service and
IP 65 for outdoor service.
Cc b ng ngt cn c cung cp vi phn bao ngoi bng tm thp c b mt hon thin
ph hp vi kh hu nhit i v c bo qun trnh mi mt. Cn c thng gi y
theo tiu chun BS 5424, cp IP 42 vi h thng trong nh v IP 65 i vi h thng
ngoi tri.

G. The contactor shall be located within the enclosure so that upon making or opening of the
contactor under normal or fault conditions, damage will not be caused to other equipment and
wiring within the enclosure.
Cc b ng ngt cn c b tr bn trong phn bao quanh khi ng hoc m b ng
ngt trong iu kin bnh thng hoc khi c s c khng gy tn hi cho cc thit b v
ng dy khc trong phm vi phn bao quanh.

H. An isolating switch shall be provided for each contactor circuit except that if there is more
than one contactor and they are grouped together, one incoming supply isolating switch shall
be provided to isolate all contactor circuits. A mechanical interlocking device between the
isolating switch and panel cover shall be provided to prevent access to parts within the panel
when the isolating switch is in the ON position.
Cn cung cp mt cng tc cch in cho tng mch ca b ng ngt tr trng hp c hn
mt b ng ngt v chng c kt ni vi nhau thnh mt nhm. Cn cung cp mt cng
tc cch ly ng in vo cch ly ton b cc mch ca b ng ngt. Mt b kha lin
ng c kh nm gia cng tc cch ly v phn bao bng pa-nen cn c cung cp nhm
trnh vic tip cn cc b phn bn trong khi cng tc cch ly nm v tr ON

I. Contactors equipped with both local and remote control shall have local/remote changeover
switches capable of being locked by padlock in the either position.
Cc b ng ngt c trang b b iu khin ti ch v t xa phi c cc cng tc chuyn
i ti ch/t xa c th kha c bng kha ti bt c v tr no.

J. Sub-contactor shall be provided with spare auxiliary (2 N O + 2 N C) in addition to other
required auxiliary contacts specified in the Contract .
Cn cung cp cc b ng ngt ph vi ph kin (2 NO + 2 NC) bn cnh cc cng tc ph
cn thit khc nh quy nh trong Hp ng ph.

PART 3 RELAYS
PHN 3 R-LE

3.01 CON TROL RELAYS
R-LE IU KHIN

A. All control and indication relays shall be of the electronic type with heavy-duty pattern fully
tropicalised type.
Ton b cc r-le iu khin v ch bo phi thuc loi in t c cng sut ln v c
nhit i ha.

B. Relays shall be grouped conveniently in dust proof cases with removable covers given access
for adjustment, cleaning, etc., without dismantling the relay.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 140 of 214

Cc r-le phi c kt thnh nhm mt cch thun tin trong cc hp ngn bi vi np y
c th ly ra to ch tip cn cho vic iu chnh, lm v sinh, vv m khng phi tho r-
le ra.

3.02 PROTECTION RELAYS
R-LE BO V

A. Protection relays shall be approved types complying with BS 142 or equal and shall have
approved characteristics and be flush mounted in dust proof cases. Relay cases shall
generally be finished in black enamel.
Cc r-le bo v phi thuc chng loi c chp thun, theo ng tiu chun BS 142 hoc
tiu chun tng ng v phi c cc c tnh c ph duyt, c lp phng trong cc
hp ngn bi.Cc hp cha r-le ni chung cn c mt hon thin bng men mu en.

B. Relays shall be of construction detail arranged so that adjustments, testing and replacements
can be effected with the minimum of time and labour. Relays of the hand reset type shall be
capable of being reset without opening the case.
R-le phi c chi tit gia cng c sp xp sao cho vi ciu chnh, th nghim v thay th
c th thc hin d dng v nhanh chng nht. Cc r-le loi ci t bng tay phi c th ci
t m khng cn m hp ra.

C. Relay contacts shall make firmly without bounce and the whole of the relay mechanisms shall
be as far as possible unaffected by vibration or external magnetic fields.
Cc cng tc r-le cn c gn tht chc khng b ny ln, ng thi ton b c cu ca
r-le phi c b tr cng xa cng tt khng b tc ng bi s chn ng hoc t trng
bn ngoi.

D. Relays, where appropriate shall be provided with flag indicators of approved type, phase
coloured where applicable. Flag indicators shall be of the hand-reset pattern and shall be
capable of being reset without opening the case. Where two or more phase elements are
included in one cases separate indicator shall be provided for each element.
Cc r-le, khi thch hp cn c cung cp vi cc b phn ch bo bng c loi c chp
thun, t mu pha nu thch hp. Cc ch bo bng c phi thuc loi iu chnh bng tay v
phi c kh nng c ci t li m khng cn phi m hp ra. Khi c hai phn t pha
hoc nhiu hn nm trong mt hp, cn cung cp b phn ch bo ring cho tng phn t.

E. Relays with provision for manual operation from outside the case, other than resetting will
not be accepted, and time delay relays shall not be of the dashpot type.
Cc r-le c th vn hnh bng tay t bn ngoi hp khc vi loi ci t li s khng c
chp thun, ng thi cc r-le lm chm thi gian khng c thuc loi gim chn

F. Relays shall be provided with clearly inscribed labels describing their application and rating
in addition to the general-purpose labels.
Cn cung cp cc r-le c nhn in ch r m t ng dng v cng sut bn cnh cc nhn
ch nu mc ch tng qut.

G. Approved means shall be provided on the relay panels for the testing of protective relays and
associated circuits. Withdrawable type cases and plug-in type test facilities being preferred.
Cn cung cp cc phng tin c chp thun trn cc bng r-le th nghim cc r-le
bo v v cc mch lin quan. Cc hp loi ko ra c v phng tin th nghim loi cm
vo c u tin.

H. Full discrimination relay curves indicate relay setting shall be co-ordinate by the Sub-
contactor and submit for approval. The submission shall cover both O/C & E/F protection up
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 141 of 214

to final circuit and shall be endorsed by the Sub-contactors Installation Supervision
Consultant.
Cc ng cong biu th r-le chn lc ch ra vic ci t r-le cn oc Nh thu ph phi
hp v trnh c ph duyt. H s trnh cn bao gm c vic bo v O/C & E/F ln
ti mch cui cng v c Gim c xy dngcng tc lp t ca nh thu ph k xc
nhn.
3.03 OVERCURREN T PROTECTION
BO V QU DNG

A. Overcurrent protection shall be of the current transformers operated direct acting type.
Where instantaneous trip is specified, the relay shall incorporate on electronic timer with
adjustable time delay setting.
B phn bo v qu dng ca my bin dng phi thuc loi vn hnh trc tip. Khi yu cu
nh ngay lp tc c ra , r-le phi c gn vo thit b hn gi in t vi vic ci t
chm thi gian c th iu chnh (?)

B. Where IDMT characteristic is required the time/current characteristic shall comply with BS
142. IDMT type relay shall consist of an electromagnet with shading rings on the pole pieces
driving an induction disc. Current setting shall be of a plug and bridging socket
arrangement and time lag setting shall be by setting screw located above the time scale.
Khi c tnh IDMT c yu cu th tnh cht thi gian/dng in cn tun th tiu chun BS
142. R-le loi IDMT cn bao gm mt nam chm in c vnh che m trn cc b phn u
cc truyn ng ti mt a cm ng. ..cn vic ci t thi gian tr phi thc hin bng
cch sit con c nm trn bng chia vch thi gian.

C. Overload phase indicator shall be provided to show the phase overload condition.
Cn cung cp b phn ch bo pha qu ti th hin tnh trng qu ti ca pha.
D. The range of current setting adjustment for phase faults shall be 50% of 200% of rated full
load with tapping at 25% intervals and the time setting adjustment shall be 0 to 3 seconds at
10 times the normal operating current. The current/time characteristics of the relays shall be
in accordance with the British Standard Curve and shall be provided during the technical
submission.
Mc iu chnh s ci t dng in i vi cc khim khuyt pha phi l 50% ca
200% y ti vi im ni dy ti cc khong cch 25% v s iu chnh thi gian ci t
phi t 0 n 3 giy ti 10 ln dng in vn hnh bnh thng. Cc c tnh dng in/thi
gian ca r-le phi theo ng ng cong biu din trong tiu chun Anh v cn c cung
cp trong thi gian trnh h s k thut.

E. Both electromechanical and electronic type protective relays may be considered. Submission
of full technical detail and approval shall be obtained prior to installation.
C hai loi r-le bo v loi c in v in t c th c xem xt. Cn trnh h s vi
y chi tit k thut v phi c ph duyt trc khi tin hnh cng tc lp t..

3.04 EARTH LEAKAGE PROTECTION
BO V CHNG R T

A. The earth leakage relays shall be of the instantaneous type with adjustable current settings
form 5% to 40% in 5% steps.
Cc r-le chng hin tng r r in ra t phi thuc loi phn ng ngay vi b phn ci
t dng c th iu chnh t 5% n 40% trong 5% cc bc (?).

B. The operating coils and contacts shall be adequately rated to carry the necessary load.
Operating indicator and reset facilities shall be provided.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 142 of 214

Cc cun dy vn hnh v cng tc phi c cng sut c th chuyn ti trng cn thit.
Cn cung cp b phn ch bo tnh trng vn hnh v cc thit b tr v trng thi ban
u.(?)

C. The relays shall house in dust proof sheet metal casings, provided with viewing glass.
Cc r-le cn c t trong cc hp bng tm kim loi chng bi bm c knh nhn t
bn ngoi vo.

D. Both electromechanical and electronic type protective relays may be considered. Submission
of full technical detail and approval shall be obtained prior to installation.
C hai loi r-le bo v loi c in v in t c th c xem xt. Cn trnh h s vi
y chi tit k thut v phi c c s ph duyt trc khi tin hnh cng tc lp t.

PART 4 CONTROL CIRCUIT WIRING AND AUXILIARY
PHN BN NG DY MCH IU KHIN V PH KIN

4.01 CON TROL CIRCUIT WIRIN G
NG DY MCH IU KHIN

A. All wiring shall be arranged in a regular manner with bends set at 90 degree and securely held
in position with suitable clips and where convenient shall be installed in the uprights and/or
back-stays insulating bushes being used where necessary.
Ton b ng dy cn c b tr mt cch u n vi cc on cong c lm thnh gc
90
o
v c c nh cht vo v tr bng cc kp thch hp v cc v tr thun tin cn c
lp t trong cc ng lt cch in t thng ng v/hoc c thanh chng lng c s
dng khi cn thit.

B. Control wiring of the switchboard shall be carried out in PVC insulated switchboard cable of
size not less than 1.5mm and those for current measurement shall be minimum 2.5mm. All
meter wiring shall be of similar colours to those of the respective busbars, etc., to which
connections are made. The cable termination shall be made with cable lugs.
ng dy iu khin ca bng chuyn mch cn c thc hin bng cp ca bng chuyn
mch bc ngoi bng PVC c kch thc khng di 1,5 mm
2
v cc ng dy o dng
in phi c kch thc ti thiu l 2,5mm
2
. Ton b cc dy o phi c mu sc ging nh
mu ca cc thanh ci lin quan, vv m dy ni vo. Cc u ni cp phi c lm bng
vu cp.

C. N o wires/cables shall be tee-off or jointed between terminal points.
Khng c u hoc ni dy/cp gia cc im u cp.

D. Wiring shall be carried out in such a manner as to make circuits and connections easily
traceable. Cable marking ferrules or similar shall be used at each termination. Termination
shall be designated in an approved manner.
Vic i dy cn c thc hin theo mt cch thc sao cho d theo di cc mch in v mi
ni. Vng bt nh du cp hoc vt dng tng t cn c s dng ti mi u ni cp.
Phn kt thc cn c ch nh theo mt cch thc c chp thun.

E. All terminals shall be fitted with brass washers and securely fixed with lock nuts.
Tt c cc u cui cp cn c lp cc vng m bng ng thau v sit cht bng ai c.

F. Displacement Insulation push-in type termination for cable up to 2.5mm, tunnel type
terminals shall be provided for cables up to and below 6mm. Cables larger than 6mm shall
be terminated with compression cable lugs or proprietary makes of termination approved by
the Project Manager.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 143 of 214

Cac im kt thc loi push-in cch in dch chuyn (?) i vi cp c kch thc ln ti
2,5mm
2
, cc u cp loi ng hm cn c cung cp cho cp c kch thc ti 6mm
2

hoc nh hn. Cp ln hn 6mm
2
phi c u cui lm bng vu kp cp p vo hoc cc
loi u cp c Gim c xy dngchp thun.

4.02 TERMIN AL BOARDS
BNG U NI

A. All terminal boards shall be mounted in accessible positions and, when in enclosed cubicles
shall be inclined downwards towards the door. Spacing of adjacent terminal boards shall not
be less than 100 mm and the bottom of each board shall not be less than 200 mm above the
incoming cable gland plate. Separate studs shall be provided on each terminal strip for the
cores of incoming and outgoing cables including all spare cores.
Tt c cc bng u ni phi c gn ti cc v tr d tip cn v khi c b tr trong cc
phng in cn phi nghing v pha ca ra vo. Khong cch gia cc bng u ni khng
c thp hn 100mm v phn y ca mi bng khng uc t hn 200mm trn tm m
cp u vo. Cn cung cp cc inh tn ring trn tng thanh ni u dy cho cc li cp
vo v cp ra k c cc li d phng.

B. Brass bolts and studs shall be of not less than 6mm diameter size but stainless steel and
bronze down to 4.5 mm diameter may be used provided that the current carrying capacity is
adequate. All studs shall be provided with nuts, washers and lock nuts or lock washers.
Where pinch type terminations shall be provided. They shall have adequate current
carrying capacity and shall be provided with locking devices. Insulated barriers shall be fitted
between adjacent terminals.
Cc bu lng v inh tn bng ng phi c ng knh khng nh hn 6mm, tuy nhin c th
s dng loi lm bng thp khng r hoc ng c ng knh 4,5m vi iu kin l cng
sut ti dng in y . Tt c cc inh tn cn c cung cp vi ai c, lng n,c hm
hoc lng n hm. Cn cung cp cc u ni loi kp. Chng phi c cng sut chuyn ti
dng y ng thi c cung cp vi cc b phn kha. Cc thanh cch in cn c
lp vo gia cc u ni gn nhau.

C. 400/230 volt and higher voltage circuit terminals shall be segregated from other terminals and
shall be fitted with non-flammable transparent plastic covers to prevent contact with any live
parts. They shall have warning labels with red lettering, mounted thereof in a conspicuous
position.
Cc u ni mch c in p 400/230 volt hoc cao hn cn c tch ring khi cc u
ni khc v c lp t vi lp v bc bng plastic trong khng bt la nhm trnh tio xc
vi cc b phn c in. Chng phi c nhn cnh bo vi ch mu c gn ln ti v
tr d thy.

D. All connections shall be made at the front of the terminal boards and no live metal shall be
exposed at the back.
Tt c cc mi ni cn c thc hin pha trc cc bng chuyn mch. Khng c l
bt c b phn kim loi mang in no pha sau.

4.03 FUSES AN D DISCON N ECTIN G LIN KS
CU CH V CC MI NI NGT DNG

A. All fuse link and disconnecting link assemblies associated with electrical installation,
instrument, protection and control circuits shall be of approved type and grouped as far as
possible according to their functions. They shall be clearly labelled, both on the panels and
the associated wiring diagrams.
Tt c cc mi lin kt cu ch v cc b phn dy i lin quan n cng tc lp t,cc
thit b o lng, b phn bo v v cc mch iu khin phn in phi thuc loi c
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 144 of 214

chp thun v c phn thnh nhm cng nhiu cng tt ty theo chc nng. Cc b phn
ny cn c gn nhn r rng, c trn bng ln trn cc s ng dy c lin quan.

B. Fuse link and disconnecting link assemblies associated with tripping circuits shall preferably
be mounted on the outside of control. All others shall be mounted internally.
Tt c cc mi lin kt cu ch v cc b phn dy i lin quan n cc mch nh cn c
lp bn ngoi b phn iu khin. Ton b cc b phn khc phi c gn bn trong.
C. Carriers and base for flush links shall be black. Disconnecting link carriers and bases shall be
white.
Cc b phn chuyn ti v phn b ca cc mi ni bng phng phi c mu en. Cc b
phn chuyn ti dy i v phn b s c mu trng.

D. All fuse links shall be High Rupturing Capacity (HRC) cartridge type and all fuse switches
and distribution boards and the like shall be suitable for the accommodation of these fuses.
Tt c cc mi lin kt cu ch phi thuc loi High Rupturing Capacity (HRC), ng thi
ton b cc cng tc cu ch v cc bng phn phi cng nh cc b phn tng t phi
thch hp cho vic b tr cc cu ch ny (?)

E. Each cartridge shall be incorporate a fuse element of appropriate current rating and fusing
factor in order that adequate protection and discrimination is provided to the circuit.
Mi ngn cn a vo mt phn t cu ch c nh mc dng in v h s cu ch ph hp
bo v v phn bit mch in.

F. The high rupturing capacity (HRC) cartridge fuses of rating shown shall conform to BS 88
Part 2 Class Q1 with minimum breaking capacity of 80 KA. When fuses are used for motor
protection they shall have Class R rating. Fuse bases and carriers shall be made of high-grade
phenolic moulding.
Cc cu ch thuc loi high rupturing capacity (HRC) c nh mc cng sut th hin cn
tun th tiu chun BS 88, Cp Q1 vi cng sut gin on ti thiu l 80 KA. Khi s dng
cu ch bo v m-t, cu ch phi thuc Loi R.. Cc b cu ch v thit b chuyn ti
phi c lm bng khun fenola bc cao.

4.04 PUSH BUTTON
NT N

A. All push buttons shall be made of non-hygroscopic material, non-swelling and fitted to avoid
any possibility of sticking. Unless otherwise specified, they shall be of the non-retaining
type. All push buttons shall have minimum IP54 ingress protection rating.
Tt c cc nt n phi c lm bng vt liu chng m, khn gphng ln v va kht
trnh tnh trng b kt. Tr phi c quy nh khc,cc nt n phi thuc loi khng gi li.
Ton b cc nt n phi c cp bo v ti thiu l IP 54.

B. The contacts of all push buttons shall be of adequate strength and have a positive wiping
action when in operation.
Cng tc ca tt c cc nt n phi c lc v phi c tnh cht positive wiping action khi
vn hnh.

4.05 IN DICATIN G LAMPS AN D FITTIN GS
N CH BO V CC B PHN I KM

A. Indicating lamps fitted to the fascias of switch and instrument cubicles or panels shall be
adequately ventilated.
Cc n ch bo lp trn mt ca cng tc v thit b o lng hoc tm pa-nen cn c
thng gi y .

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 145 of 214

B. Lamps shall be easily removed and replaced from the front of the panel by manual means not
requiring the use of extractors.
n phi c lp sao cho c th ly ra v thay th d dng t mt trc ca pa-nen bng
tay m khng cn n km hay dng c nh.

C. The bezel of metal holding the lamp glass shall be easily removable from the body of the
fitting.
Phn g kim loi gi bng n phi c th ly ra d dng t thn n.

D. The lamps shall be clear and shall fit into an accepted standard form of lamp holder. The
rated lamp voltage shall be 4% in excess of the auxiliary supply voltage AC230V and DC
48V.
Bng n phi trong, r v c lp va vo chn n. nh mc in p ca bng n phi
l 4% cao hn ngun in p ph ti AC230V v DC 48V.

E. The lamp glasses/lens shall be in the standard colours, red, yellow, blue and amber. The
colour shall be in the glass/lens and not an applied coating and the different colored
glasses/lens shall be interchangeable.
Phn knh ca bng n phi theo cc mu sc tiu chun, , vng, xanh v h ohch. Mu
sc phi nm trong phn knh v khng c sn ln v cc phn knh ca bng n c mu
sc khc nhau c th hon i cho nhau (?).

F. N eon indicating lamps shall not be used with coloured lens.
Cc n ch bo n-ng khng c s dng knh mu.

G. Unless otherwise indicated or agreed with the Project Manager, all lamp colours shall
conform to the following practice:
Tr phi c quy nh khc i hoc Gim c xy dngng khc, ton b mu sc ca
n bo phi tun theo thng l nh sau:

1. Red - red phase; - Pha

2. Yellow - yellow phase; vng - pha vng

3. Blue - blue phase; xanh pha xanh

4. White - supply available Trng c ngun in

5. Red - fault - c s c

4.06 RADIO IN TERFEREN CE SUPPRESSION
TRIT B HIN TNG NHIU SNG RADIO

A. All Plant and apparatus, including such items as contactors, starters, relays and the like where
the normal operation is such that interruption of low frequency of direct current occur, shall
be fitted with means of suppressing all interference frequencies caused.
Tt c cc my mc thit b, k c cc hng mc nh b ngt m, b khi ng,r-le v cc
b phn tng t ni m hot ng bnh thng c s gin on do tn s thp ca dng
in trc tip xy ra cn c lp cc phng tin trit b s nhiu tn s.

B. The standard of interference suppression shall be in accordance with the current edition of BS
800 incorporating all amendments but extended to include the frequency ranges 300 to 360
MHz and 1.000 to 3400 MHz.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 146 of 214

Tiu chun trit nhiu phi theo ng n bn hin hnh ca tiu chun BS 800 kt hp vi
cc im chnh sa nhng c m rng bao gm cc cp tn s t 300 n 360 MHz
v t 1000 n 3400 MHz.

C. Details of the equipment and methods to used in quantitative assessment of the level of radio
interference shall be as specified in BS 727.
Cc chi tit ca thit b v cc phng php s dng nh gi khi lng mc nhiu
sng radio phi theo nh quy nh trong tiu chun BS 727.

D. For guidance in the installation of electrical equipment to meet the foregoing standards,
reference shall be made to BS Code of Practice CP:1006 General Aspects of Radio
Interference Suppression: which deals with interference caused by electrical apparatus and
installations.
i vi vic hng dn cng tc lp t cc thit b in nhm p ng cc tiu chun
phn trn, cn tham kho Quy nh thc hnh ca tiu chun BS 1006 Cc im chung v
vic trit tiu hin tng nhiu sng radio lin quan n vic nhiu sng do cc my mc v
h thng lp t phn in gy ra.

PART 5 EXECUTION
PHN 5 - THC HIN

5.01 TESTIN G AN D COMMISSION IN G
TH NGHIM V VN HNH TH

A. All switchboards shall be tested and certified by the installation Supervision Consultant that it
is safe before supply is energised, and that all the equipment comply with the requirements of
the Specification.
Ton b cc bng chuyn mch phi c th nghim v c Gim c xy dng cng tc
lp t xc nhn l an ton trc khi tip in v tt c cc thit b u tun th cc yu cu
trong Tiu ch k thut.

B. Generally such tests in the factory and repeated at site are as follows:
Ni chung cc th nghim ti nh my v c lm li ti cng trng bao gm:

1. Insulation resistance tests;
Th nghim in tr cch in

2. Earth continuity tests;
Th nghim tip t

3. Dielectric test 3 kV DC for 1 minute;
Th nghim in mi 3 kV DC trong 1 pht

4. Check of clearance and creepage distances;
Kim tra h v khong cch hao ht trn b mt (in mi)

5. Tests to prove correct operation of controls, interlocks, tripping and closing circuits,
indications, etc.;
Th nghim chng minh tnh nng vn hnh ng ca cc b iu khin, kha lin
ng, mch ng v nh, b phn ch bo, vv

6. Phasing tests;
Th nghim pha
7. Operation of all protective gear circuits by primary injection and system fault tests to
check sensitivity and stability;
Tnh nng hot ng ca tt c cc mch c cu bo v bng cc th nghim bm s
cp v khim khuyt h thng kim tra nhy v n nh.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 147 of 214

8. Test of accuracy of all measuring instruments;
Th nghim v chnh xc ca tt c cc thit b o lng

9. Test operation of alarm devices;
Th nghim hot ng ca cc b phn bo ng

10. Interfacing test with BMS
Th nghim giao din vi BMS

11. Checking of all internal cabling and function operation;
Kim tra tan b cc si cp bn trong v hot ng chc nng

12. Above tests are minimum requirement and shall include all other tests required by the
Supervision Consultant to verify compliance with the Specification.
Cc th nghim trn ch l yu cu ti thiu, cn bao gm c cc th nghim khc
theo yu cu ca Gim c xy dng nhm chng minh s tun th cc Tiu ch k
thut.

C. Triplicate sets of all principal test records and test certificates are to be supplied for all the
tests carried out in accordance with the Specification to the Project Manager for approval
before dispatch from the switchboard factory.
Ba b h s ca tt c cc th nghim chnh v giy chng nhn th nghim cn c cung
cp i vi ton b cc cng tc th nghim c tin hnh theo Tiu ch k thut cn
trnh cho Gim c xy dng c ph duyt trc khi chuyn i t nh my gia cng b
chuyn mch.

D. All costs, materials, equipment, labour, etc. necessary for the execution of the testing shall be
included in this portion of work.
Ton b chi ph, vt t, thit b, lao ng, vv cn thit tin hnh cng tc th nghim cn
c bao gm trong phn vic ny.

E. The Sub-contactor shall refer to Section E30 for other testing requirements.
Nh thu ph cn tham kho Chng E30 v cc yu cu th nghim khc.

F. The Sub-contactor shall include the cost for the requirement for witness at Manufacturer for
Factory Test, the Supervision Consultant and Employer representative 2 persons for tests.
Nh thu ph cn bao gm chi ph cho vic b tr cho Gim c xy dngv i din ca Ch
u t chng kin th nghim ti nh my ca nh sn xut 2 ngi mi ln th nghim.

5.02 TRAN SPORTATION
VN CHUYN

A. Switchboard is not allowed to be delivered at site until the electrical room or switchboard
room is in a clean and acceptable condition with lockable doors.
Khng c giao bng chuyn mch n hin trng trc khi phng in hoc phng t
bng chuyn mch c tnh trng v sinh chp nhn c v ca c th kha c.

B. Switchboards transported to site shall be fully covered with weatherproof covers and
transportation eye bolts shall be provided for handling at site.
Cc bng chuyn mch vn chuyn n hin trng phi c bao bc kn bng cc tm che
ma gi, ng thi bu lng vng cn c cung cp vn chuyn ti cng trng.

C. Switchboards which are poorly packed and result in signs of corrosion will be rejected.
Cc bng chuyn mch c ng gi khng cn thn v c du hiu b r st s b loi b.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 148 of 214

D. All necessary measures to cover and protect the switchboards at site shall be provided. Such
measures shall include a complete PVC blanket over the whole switchboard or distribution
board.
Cn cung cp tt c cc bin php cn thit bao bc v bo v cc bng chuyn mch
cng trng. Cc bin php ny cn bao gm mt tm bt bng PVC ph trm ln ton b
bng chuyn mch hoc bng phn phi.

5.03 REJECTION OF SWITCHBOARD
VIC KHNG CHP NHN BNG CHUYN MCH

A. If any of the above tests fail to comply with the requirements of this Specification in any
respect whatsoever at any stage of manufacture, test, erection or on completion at site, the
Project Manager may reject the item of defective component thereof, whichever is considered
necessary, and after adjustment or modification as directed by the Project Manager, the Sub-
contactor shall submit that item for further inspection and/or test. In the event of the defective
item being of such nature that the requirements of this Specification cannot be fulfilled by
adjustment or modification, such item is to be replaced by Sub-contactor at his own expense,
to the entire satisfaction of the Project Manager. Delivery of switchboard on site without
significant cable connection (Say 80%) shall not entitle progress payment certified for
material delivery on site.
Nu c bt c th nghim no khng t yu cu trong Tiu ch k thut ny v bt c mt
no v bt c giai on no trong qu trnh gia cng, th nghim, lp t hoc vo thi im
hon thnh cng trng, Gim c xy dngc quyn khc t hng mc c b phn
khim khuyt, bt c phn no xt thy cn thit, ng thi sau khi chnh sa theo yu cu
ca Gim c xy dng, Nh thu ph cn trnh hng mc kim tra v/hoc th
nghim li. Trong trng hp hng mc khim khuyt c tnh cht khng th p ng cc
yu cu trong Tiu ch k thut qua vic chnh sa, Nh thu ph phi thay th bng chi ph
ca mnh t mc hon ton hi lng ca Gim c xy dng. Bng chuyn mch giao
n cng trng khng c cp ni i km (v d 80%) s khng c xc nhn thanh ton
cho phn vt t giao n cng trng.

5.04 EARTHIN G
H THNG TIP T

A. Suitable earthing terminals or studs shall be provided on the frame for the connection to the
main earthing bar in the switchboard room
Cn cung cp cc u ni hoc inh tn trn khung kt ni vo thanh tip t chnh trong
phng bng chuyn mch.

B. A main earthing bar of HDHC copper with cross-sectional area in compliance with BS7671
and BS7430 50 mm x 6 mm shall be provided in the switchboard room and to which all
earthing connections shall be made. This earthing bar shall run along the wall adjacent to the
full length of the main switchboard. Two connection to main earthing system shall be
provided.
Cn cung cp mt thanh tip t chnh bng ng HDHC vi din tch ct ngang theo tiu
chun BS 7671 c kch thc 50mm x 6 mm t trong phng c bng chuyn mch kt ni
ton b h thng tip t vo . Thanh tip t ny phi chy dc theo phn tng gn ht
chiu di ca bng chuyn mch chnh.Cn cung cp hai mi ni vo h thng tip t.

5.05 PROVISION OF ELECTRICAL SERVICES AN D EQUIPMEN T TO MEET LOCAL
AUTHORITIES REQUIREMEN T
IU KHON V VIC CC H THNG IN V THIT BN CN P NG CC
QUY NNH TRONG NC

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 149 of 214

A. All other requirements by the Electric Utility Company (if any) that are imposed in the course
of execution of the work, particularly those listed below shall be provided.
Cn p ng ton b cc yu cu ca Cng ty in lc (nu c) p dng trong qu trnh thc
hin cng vic ny, nht l cc yu cu c lit k di y:

1. Danger signs;
Bin bo nguy him

2. Rubber floor mat of 6m thickness and 1 meter width provided for the full length of
the switchboard;
Thm cao su dy 6mm, rng 1m cho ton b chiu di ca bng chuyn mch

3. A dry chemical type fire extinguisher of 9 kg capacity with approved label;
Bnh cha la bng bt ho cht kh c dung lng 9 kg vi nhn hiu c chp
thun

4. Framed single line diagram with minimum A1 size endorsed by Sub-contactors
Qualified personnel;
S dy n c ng khung ti thiu bng kh A 1 c ch k xc nhn ca nhn
s ca Nh thu ph

5. First-Aid Demonstration sign;
Bin ch cch thc s cu

6. Sand for cable trenches after completion of all cable installation work, if applicable.
Ct cho mng cp sau khi hon thnh ton b cng tc lp t cp, nu c th

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 150 of 214

SECTION E15

LIGHTING FIXTURE AND ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL
PHN 1 - I CNG

M T CNG VIC

A. The Lighting fixtures schedule indicate the detail requirement of the lighting fixtures
selection. The exact lighting fixtures are subject to Client approval on the sample.
The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure the selected lighting fixture suit the
location of installation. N o time and cost adjustment for the Contractor to provide the
approved selected lighting fixture.
Bng lit k phn n chiu sng th hin cc yu cu chi tit ca vic chn n. B
n chnh xc dnh cho vic lp t s do Ch u t ph duyt da theo mu. Nh
thu ph chu trch nhm bo m cc b n c chn ph hp vi v tr lp t.
Nh thu ph khng c iu chnh thi gian v chi ph i vi vic cung cp cc
b n tuyn chn c ph duyt.

B. The Contractor shall co-ordinate the fixing detail of the lighting fixture, any
accessories, brackets, waterproof termination box etc., required to complete the
installation shall be included in the Contract .
Nh thu ph cn kt hp cc chi tit lp t n, bt c ph kin, mc treo, hp u
ni khng b thm nc, vv no cn thit hon thnh vic lp t v a vo trong
Hp ng ph.

C. Certain types of electrical equipment or systems involving sudden changes, or low
frequency or of direct electric current such as fluorescent lamps, contactors, etc., shall
be fitted with radio and television interference suppression components suitable to
meet the levels specified in BS 800 Limits of Radio Interference.
Mt s thit b hoc h thng in lin quan n cc thay i bt ng, hoc tn s
thp hoc thuc dng in trc tip nh cc b n n-ng, b ng ngt, vv cn
c lp t cng vi cc b phn chng nhiu sng radio v tivi ph hp nhm p
ng cc cp ra trong tiu chun BS 800 Gii hn nhiu sng radio

1.2 STANDARDS
TIU CHUN

A. The manufacturing of the lighting fixture shall also conform to the requirements of all
to in this specification and drawings, whichever is the more stringent and acceptable
to the Building Owner.
Vic sn xut cc b n chiu sng cng cn phi tun th cc yu cu ca tt c
cc quy nh trong nc c lin quan hin ang c p dng, cng vi cc yu cu
b sung c tham chiu trong Tiu ch k thut ny v cc bn v, ty theo iu kin
no cht ch hn vi s chp thun ca Ch u t .

B. In the adoption of standards and requirements, the following shall be the order of
precedence:
Di y l th t u tin trong vic p dng cc tiu chun v quy nh:
a. Local codes of practice;
Cc quy nh trong nc
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 151 of 214

b. International standards and requirements;
Cc tiu chun & quy nh quc t
c. Drawings;
Cc bn v
d. Specifications.
Tiu ch k thut.

1.3 SUBMISSIONS

A. All technical submissions shall be approved by the Client prior to the respective
stages of construction.
Tt c cc h s k thut trnh phi c Ch u t ph duyt trc cc giai
on thi cng tng ng.

B. As a minimum requirement, the submission shall include the following:
Theo yu cu ti thiu, h s trnh cn bao gm cc th sau:

a. Lighting fixtures colour cut sheet submission with manufacturers data, lamp
date, IP rating, location of installation, quantity;
H s v n chiu sng vi cc d liu ca nh sn xut, ngy sn xut n,
nh mc IP, v tr lp t, s lng.
b. Sample submission;
trnh mu
c. Lit-up sample submission as required by Construction Manager;
trnh mu n ang sng theo yu cu ca Gim c xy dng
d. Lit-up sample for all lamp with indication of location of installation and
manufacturer recommended lamp life span.;
Mu ang chy sng ca tt c cc bng n vi ch bo v v tr lp t v tui
th ca bng n theo khuyn co ca nh sn xut.
e. Illumination computer print out for area as required by Construction Manager;
D liu in ra t my tnh v sng trong phu vc theo yu cu ca Gim c
xy dng
f. Shop Drawings of the fixing details showing the coordinated installation details;
Bn v thi cng th hin cc chi tit lp t c sp xp
g. Test reports for all emergency use lighting fixture;
Bo co th nghim ca tt c cc b n chiu sng s dng trong trng hp
khn cp.
h. Builders works requirements.
Cc yu cu v cng vic ca n v thi cng.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
PHN 2 - SN PHM

2.1 INTERNAL WIRING WITHIN LIGHTING FIXTURES
UNG DY IN BN TRONG CC B N

A. Cables interconnecting components shall be heat resisting cables and shall be neatly
bundled by nylon self-locking cable ties and shall be properly routed and secured
away from heat generating accessories like control gear, etc.
Cc ng cp kt ni cc b phn phi l cp chu nhit, c b li bng cc dy
buc cp t kha, t ng tuyn v cch xa cc ph kin poht nhit nh c cu
iu khin, vv

B. Cables used for internal wiring of the lighting fixture shall be of appropriate type and
size. The insulation of the cables shall be able to withstand throughout the life of the
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 152 of 214

lighting fixture the maximum temperature of not less than 105C.
Cp dng cho vic i dy bn trong cc b n chiu sng phi thuc chng loi v
c kch c ph hp. Phn v bc cch in ca cp phi c kh nng chu c
trong sut tui th ca bng n nhit ti a khng di 105
o
C.

C. Where wiring passes through the edge of any metal section of the fitting, it shall be
protected by an approved grommet. All connections of wires to terminals shall be of
approved types. All wirings shall be concealed from view with the lighting fixture
installed.
Khi ng dy i qua canh ca bt c b phn kim loi no ca b n lp t, n
cn c bo v bng mt vng m c chp thun. Tt c cc mi ni dy i vo
u ni phi thuc chng loi c chp thun. Ton b cc ng dy phi c
du kn trong cc b n c lp t.

D. All cable terminations within the lighting fixture shall be suitably shrouded. At every
lighting fixture, an earthing terminal shall be provided for connection to the circuit
protective conductor.
Ton b cc u ni cp bn trong cc b n cn c bao bc thch hp. Ti mi
b n, cn cung cp mt u ni tip t kt ni vo thanh dn bo v mch.

2.2 FLUORESCENT TUBES AND PL LAMPS
N N-NG V N PL

A. Fluorescent tubes shall be energy saving type and shall comply with BS1853 and
shall be as indicated on the lighting fixture Schedule. Fluorescent tubes shall be
triphosphorus coated type having an efficacy of not less than 96 lumen per lamp
watt for standard fluorescent tubes and 104 lumen per lamp watt for T5 slim
fluorescent tubes, and eighty-five (85) colours rendering index.
n n-ng phi thuc loi tit kim in nng v phi tun th tiu chun BS 1853
v theo ng nh trong Bng lit k bng n. Cc bng n n-ng phi thuc loi
bc triphosphorous c hiu sut pht sng khng di 96 lumen trn mi watt n
i vi n n-ng ng tiu chun v 104 lumen trn mi watt n i vi n n-
ng mng T5 vi ch s truyn mu l 85.

B. PL lamps shall be shall be of single-ended miniature fluorescent lamps consisting of
two narrow glass tubes welded together with a bi-pin cap and housing for starter and
capacitor at one end.
Cc bng n PL phi l cc bng n-ng loi nh mt cc bao gm hai bng thy
tinh loi hp c hn vi nhau bng mt m kp i v c phn v bc cho b khi
ng v t in mt u.

C. Lampholders for PL shall be of type G23 suitable to receive the bi-pin cap of the PL
lamps. Power factor correction capacitors shall be provided to correct the power
factor to better than 0.9 lagging.
Phn gi cho lai n PL phi thuc loi G23 thch hp vi u ni 2 cc ca
n PL. Cn cung cp cc t in iu chnh h s in nng hiu chnh h s
in cho cao hn 0,9 lagging.

2.3 FLUORESCENT FITTINGS
CC B N N-NG

A. Except where specified or shown as being aluminium, metalware for fluorescent
fittings, reflectors, channels, etc., shall be constructed from mild steel or zinc anneal
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 153 of 214

sheet not less than 1 mm thickness. All corners and joints exposed to normal view
shall be welded, ground smooth and filled where necessary before painting.
Ngoi tr cc v tr c quy nh hoc th hin l bng nhm hoc kim loi i vi
cc b n n-ng, cc vt phn chiu v knh, vv phi c gia cng t cc tm
thp mm hoc km c ti luyn c b dy khng di 1mm. Tt c cc gc v mi
ni l ra cn c hn, mi lng v lp y nu cn trc khi sn ln.

B. Fittings shall have closed ends unless otherwise specified or detailed. Where a
diffuser is specified the diffuser shall be for the full length and width of the fitting
with a surrounding flange where applicable. Diffusers shall be arranged so that they
are hinged frame supported, or where specified to the contrary, hinged or removable
and held by chains for maintenance.
Cc b n lp t phi c u cnh bt kn tr phi c quy nh khc. Khi cn c
mt b khuch tn th b ny phi che ph ton b chiu di v chiu rng ca b
n lp t vi phn mt bch chung quanh nu c th. Cc b khuych tn cn c
b tr sao cho chng c nng bng khung c bn l, hoc cc v tr c quy
nh ngc li, c bn l, c th di chuyn v c neo gi bng dy xch bo
dng.

C. After fabrication, metal surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned back to the parent metal
and all dust, moisture grease or oil shall be removed.
Sau khi gia cng, cc b mt kim loi cn c lm v sinh cn thn tr li b mt
ban u, ng thi khng cn bi bm, du, m hoc vt m..

D. All scale corrosion products shall be removed after which the finished article shall
cleaned with trichlorethane.
Tt c cc sn phm b r st hoc c vy phi c ly ra v sau vt phm hon
thin cn c lm sch bng trichlorethane.

E. The metalware shall be spray painted with high grade polyester powder coat on both
sides and stoved. Total thickness of paint build up shall be not less than 50 micron.
Finished colour shall be to approval on all surfaces.
Cc b phn kim loi phi c phun sn vi mt lp sn ph lm bng bt
polyester cao cp ln c hai mt v c nung nhit. Tng b dy ca cc lp sn
khng c t hn 50 micron. Mu sn hon thin trn cc b mt phi c chp
thun.

F. All fittings shall be adequately ventilated to maintain the tube wall operating
temperature below 65C (50C ambient).
Ton b cc b n lp t phi c thng gi y duy tr nhit hot ng
thnh bng n khng thp hn 65
o
C (50
o
C chung quanh)

G. All plastic diffuser shall be of non-deteriorating, colour stable material and of acrylic
material.
Tt c cc b khuch tn bng plastic phi c lm bng vt liu khng xung cp,
c mu sc n nh v thuc nhm vt liu acrylic

H. Recessed lighting fittings shall be supported from RC ceiling slabs using appropriate
fixing accessories such as steel rod, spring clips, ceiling brackets, suspension hooks,
profile brackets, etc. to ensure proper installation of the fittings on different types of
ceiling panels. Where light fittings are installed directly below large ductworks etc.,
the Contractor shall install suitable brackets, channels, etc. to facilitate
suspension/support of the light fittings from the ceiling slabs. An adjustable resilient
spring-clip shall be provided to enable the suspension length to be adjusted to fine
tolerances. Suspension sets shall be adjustable proprietary make type manufactured to
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 154 of 214

carry the weight of the lighting fittings and shall be of adequate lengths for
installation on the false ceiling panels concerned. Suspension rods shall be of least 5
mm diameter and shall fixed at positions recommended by the lighting fitting
manufacturers.
Cc b n m trn phi c neo vo b tng ct thp trn nh bng cch s
dng cc ph kin lp chng hn nh thanh thp, kp l xo, mc trn, mc treo,
ga dc, vv bo m vic lp t cc b phn ny ph hp i vi tt c cc
loi pa-nen trn nh khc nhau.. cc v tr bng n c lp t trc tip bn
di cc ng ng ln, vv, Nh thu ph phi lp t cc mc , knh, vv ph hp
to thun li cho vic treo/ cc b bng n t b tng trn. Cn cung cp mt
kp l-xo n hi c th iu chnh c cho php iu chnh chiu di treo t
dung sai chnh xc. Cc ph kin treo cn thuc loi c nhn hiu c quyn c
gia cng chu c trng lng ca cc b n, ng thi phi c chiu di
lp t trn cc tm pa-nen trn gi c lin quan. Cc thanh treo phi ng knh ti
thiu l 5mm v c gn vo cc v tr c nh sn xut b n xut..

I. At least four (4) suspension rods shall be provided for each fitting. Lighting fittings
shall be supported in a manner that will ensure that the weight of each fitting is
equally distributed to all supporting rods with the fitting remaining in level position.
Suspension sets where exposed to sight shall be of adjustable rod type of minimum
diameter 20mm with all necessary accessories.
Cn cung cp t nht l bn (4) thanh treo cho mi b n. Cc b n phi c
nng theo mt cch thc sao cho c th bo m trng lng ca tng b n
c phn b u trn ton b cc thanh vi b n nm ti ng v tr cao trnh.
Cc dng c treo nhng v tr l ra ngoi phi l thanh iu chnh c c ng
knh ti thiu l 20mm cng vi tt c cc ph kin cn thit.

J. Louvered mirror reflectors of the fluorescent lighting fittings where called for shall be
manufactured for low brightness performance with double parabolic faceted, pre-
anodised high purity aluminium of 88% reflectance, with minimum of glare to
comply with Category 2 of CIBSE Lighting Guide LG3:1989. The louver reflectors
shall have a light output ratio of at least 70%.
Cc b phn chiu bng gng c mi ht ca cc b n n-ng khi cn thit phi
c gia cng cho tnh nng hot ng c sng thp bng nhm nhiu mt
parabn kp, c x l ant trc, c thun khit cao vi 80% h s phn x v
la ti thiu theo ng Cp 2 ca ti liu hng dn v h thng chiu sng
CIBSE Lighting Guide LG3:1989. Cc b phn chiu c mi phi c h s nh sng
u ra ti thiu l 70%.

K. All diffusers shall be hinged at one side of the fitting for maintenance purposes and
snap fit back into position.
Ton b cc b khuych tn phi c bn l mt bn b phn lp t dng cho
mc ch bo dng v lp li tht nhanh vo v tr

L. All lighting fittings used as emergency lights including exit shall be constructed and
installed in accordance with the current edition of ZBS5266 Code of Practice for the
installation and Maintenance of Emergency Evacuation Lighting and Power Supply
Systems in Buildings. Exit signs shall be complied with local government authority
requirements.
Tt c cc b n c s dng nh n chiu sng khn cp k c n ch li thot
cn c gia cng v lp t theo n bn hin nay ca quy nh thc hnh ZBS5266
cho cng tc lp t v bo dng H thng chiu sng s tn khn cp v ngun
cung cp in nng trong cc ta nh. Cc n hiu ch li thot phi tun th cc
quy nh v lut phng v dn s.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 155 of 214

M. Identification system in accordance with BS5266 shall be displayed on or adjacent to
each emergency lighting fitting. The symbol shall not be fixed to the diffuser of an
emergency lighting fitting or to removable ceiling tiles.
H thng nhn dng theo tiu chun BS 5266 cn c dn ngay trn hoc gn tng
b n chiu sng khn cp. Khng c gn k hiu vo b khuch tn ca mt b
n chiu sng khn cp hoc vo phn ngi trn c th di chuyn.

2.4 CONTROL GEARS FOR FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURES
C CU IU KHIN CHO B N N-NG

A. All electrical control gears shall be totally built into the fitting assembly. Separate
ballast, starter and power factor correction capacitor shall be provided for individual
lamp. All control gears shall be rated for 230V AC voltage supply.
Tt c cc c cu iu khin phi c gn vo tng b n. Cn cung cp ballast
(cun cm ca tc te), b khi ng v t in iu chnh h s in nng ring cho
tng bng n. Tan b cc c cu iu khin phai c cng sut nh mc dng
cho ngun in cung cp 230V AC.

B. Ballasts shall be low loss type with a maximum of 6 watts loss at rated voltage and
wattage comply with BS 2818.
Cc ballast phi thuc loi c mc tn tht thp, ti a l 6watt in p nh mc
v cng sut tnh bng watt theo tiu chun BS 2818.

C. Power factor correction capacitors complying to BS 4017 shall be provided to correct
the power factor for each lamp to not less than 0.9 lagging two (2) hours after
continuous operation of the lamp. Al capacitors shall be fitted with suitable internal
discharge resistor. Power factor capacitors shall be of a type manufactured for
continuous operation in an ambient temperature of 50C. Capacitors shall be fitted
with leads in lieu of terminals so that the component is not exposed when fitting is
opened.
Cn cung cp cc t in iu chnh h s in nng theo tiu chun BS 4017 nhm
iu chnh h s in nng cho tng bng n khng c thp hn mc 0,9 lagging
trong hai (2) gi sau khi bng n hot ng lin tc. Tt c cc t in phi c
lp t vi mt in tr phng in bn trong ph hp. Cc t in iu chnh h s
in nng phi thuc loi c gia cng hot ng lin tc trong mc nhit
chung quanh l 50
o
C. T in cn c lp t vi dy dn thay cho cc u ni
cho b phn khng b l khi m b phn lp t ra. (?)

D. Starters shall be complete with bases and shall be of the glow type with bi-pin to
comply with BS 3772. A radio interference suppression capacitor shall be fitted
internally within the starter.
B khi ng cn y vi phn b v thuc lai pht sng vi hai cc theo ng
tiu chun BS 3772. Mt b t in trit nhiu sng radio cn c lp vo bn trong
b khi ng.

E. Control gear shall be suitable selected to suit the requirements of switching and/or
dimming control as specified on the Specification Drawings.
C cu iu khin phi c tuyn chn ph hp p ng cc yu cu ca vic
chuyn mch v/hoc iu khin sng theo nh ra trong Tiu ch k thut v
Bn v.

F. Electronic ballasts shall be of high frequency fixed output type, low loss of less than
6 watts suitable for T5 slim fluorescent tubes. All electronic ballasts shall comply
with 1EC928, 1EC929 and EN 55015.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 156 of 214

Cc ballast in t phi thuc loi c u ra c nh tn s cao, mc tn tht thp
hn 6 watt ph hp vi bng n n-ng mng loi T5. Tt c cc ballast in t
phi tun th tiu chun 1EC928, 1EC929 v EN55015.

2.5 TUNGSTEN LAMPS
N TUNGSTEN

A. Tungsten filament lamps shall be of the general lighting services pattern or otherwise
of the coiled coil type in applicable sizes. Clear lamps shall be utilized in all fittings
with the exception of open base glassware in which case lamps shall be of the silica
coated type. Lamps shall be manufactured to BS 161 for general service type, and BS
1522 for projector lamps class B.1 and B.2.
Bng n c si tungsten phi thuc loi h thng chiu sng chung hoc thuc lai
li cun c kch c thng dng. Cn s dng bng sng r trong ton b cc n lp
ngoi tr phn h bng thy tinh (?) trong cc bng n thuc loi bc silica.
Bng n cn c gia cng theo tiu chun BS 161 cho loi chung v BS 1522 i
vi cc bng n chiu loi B.1 v B.2.

B. Lamps up to and including 150 watts shall have bayonet cap and larger sizes shall be
provided with Edison Screw (ES). Holders as appropriate.
Cc bng n c cng sut ln ti 150 watt phi c m chp dng li l (?), ng
thi cn cung cp kch c ln hn vi c vn Edison (ES) v cc gi nu cn thit.

2.6 HIGH DEN SITY DISCHARGE (HID) LAMPS AND CONTROL GEARS
N PHNG IN CNG CAO (HID) V CC C CU IU KHIN

A. High Intensity Discharge (HID) lamps where called for shall be manufactured to BS
3677 as appropriate.
n phng in cng cao (HID) khi cn thit phi c gia cng theo tiu chun
BS 3677

B. Appropriate inductive ballasts for limiting the current shall be used in conjunction
with the HID lamps and that the control gears installed shall be suitable for the lamps
used. The control gears (ballasts, ignitors, capacity or etc.) for each lamp shall be
suitable for enclosing in a weatherproof compartment where used external areas or
integrated with the lighting fixtures. Ballasts shall be the low loss type manufactured
to BS EN 60922 and rated for operation at 230V 50 Hz single phase AC supply.
Ballasts shall be vacuum impregnated or polyester filled to ensure good heat
dissipation and maximum protection from moisture and corrosion. The fitting. No
one component of the lighting fittings hall be loose and badly fastened which might
become resonant. Power factor of each lamp circuit shall be maintained at better than
0.9 lagging.
Cc ballast cm ng thch hp gii hn dng in cn c s dng kt hp vi
cc bng n phng in cng cao (HID) v cc c cu iu khin c lp t
phi ph hp vi cc bng n s dng. Cc b phn iu khin (ballast, b kch
hot, t in (?), vv) cho tng bng n cn phi thch hp a vo mt ngn
ring chng ma gi khi s dng trong cc khu vc ngoi tri hoc a vo b n
chiu sng. Ballast phi thuc loi c mc tn tht thp, c gia cng theo tiu
chun BS EN 60922 v c nh mc cng sut hot ng ngun in 230V 50
Hz AC mt pha. Cc ballast phi thuc loi tm trong chn khng hoc lp y bng
polyester bo m tn nhit tt v mc bo v ti a i vi s m t hoc n
mn. Khng b phn no ca b n c php lng lo hoc sit khng chc c
th gy ra tnh trng cng hng. H s in nng ca tng mch in bng n cn
c duy tr mc cao hn 0.9 lagging.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 157 of 214

2.7 EMERGENCY LIGHT FITTINGS
B N CHIU SNG KHN CP

A. Emergency fluorescent light fitting shall comply to BS5266 and IEC598-2 and shall
be individually equipped with battery pack to provide illumination upon sensing of
power failure. The emergency fluorescent fittings are required to be type tested by
approved testing laboratory to meet BS5266 and IEC598-2.
B n n-ng chiu sng khn cp cn tun th tiu chun BS5266 v IEC598-2,
ng thi cn c trang b ring vi mt b pin cung cp ngunsng ngay khi
cm nhn c s mt in B n n-ng khn cp cn thit phi qua th nghiom
ca mt n v th nghim c chp thun t yu cu trong tiu chun BS5266 v
IEC598-2.

B. Individual control unit and battery pack shall be integrated within the light fittings.
B iu khin v b pin ring cn c lp t vo b n.

C. Batteries shall be sealed nickel-cadmium re-chargeable type to IEC 285 and shall be
capable of continuous operation at cell wall temperature of 70C.
B pin phi thuc loi c th sc li, hn kn bng nickel- cadmium theo tiu chun
IEC 285, ng thi phi c kh nng hot ng lin tc nhit 70C.

D. The batteries shall be capable to maintain the fluorescent lamp for up to two (2) hours
after the main supply fails. The lumen output of the light fittings shall not be less than
50% of those under main supply conditions throughout the two (2) hours of discharge
period.
B pin phi c kh nng duy tr bng n n-ng chy sng trong thi gian hai (2)
gi sau khi mt in ngun chnh. Cng sut chiu sng ca b n khng c thp
hn 50% cng sut cc bng n trong iu kin c in ngun bnh thng trong
sut thi gian hai (2) gi phng in

E. The charger shall be fully automatic, solid state constant voltage type, with electronic
circuitry to protect the batteries against over-charge. The charging system shall be
capable of re-charging the battery to full capacity in not more than sixteen (16) hours
after a total discharge of the battery.
B sc phi thuc loi hon ton t ng, c kt c vng chc v in p lin tc v
s mch in t bo v pin chng li tnh trng qu ti. h thng sc phi c
kh nng sc li pin n mc cng sut ti a trong vng khng qu mi su (16 )
gi sau khi pin phng ht in.

F. The control circuits shall be suitable for 220 volt mains operation and shall be
manufactured to enable the lighting fixture to operate exactly like normal
conventional light fittings. An unswitched live wire shall be connected to each and
every lighting fixture with emergency pack so that the lighting fixture can be
switched off from the associated lighting switches, timers, contactors, etc., However,
irrespective of the status of the light switch or the controlling contactor, the light
fitting shall automatically illuminate or remain illuminated upon mains failure. Upon
restoration of the mains supply, the lamp shall be switched back to mains supply
operation and the batteries shall be re-charged again automatically.
Cc mch iu khin phi thch hp vi hot ng vi ngun in 220V v phi
c ch to lm cho cc b n chiu sng hot ng ging ht nh cc b n
bnh thng. Cn kt ni mt ng dy c in khng b ngt vo mi b n vi
ngun khn cp c th tt cc b n t cng tc n, b hn gi, b ng ngt,
vv c lin quan. Tuy nhin, khng k tnh trng ca cng tc n hoc b ng ngt
iu khin, b n phi t ng pht sng hoc vn tip tc chiu sng khi mt in
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 158 of 214

ngun. Khi ngun in chnh phc hi, bng n cn c chuyn sang ch hot
ng theo ngun in chnh ng thi cc b pin s t ng sc li.

G. A circuit switch shall be incorporated in the control circuit to enable testing of the
circuit to be carried out. A red neon light shall be provided to show mains supply
healthy.
Cn a mt b chuyn mch vo trong mch iu khin vic th nghim mch c
th tin hnh. Cn cung cp mt bng n-ng mu ch ra ngun in chnh
ang hot ng tt

H. A fused terminal block fitted with cartridge fuses of appropriate rating shall be
provided separately for both the charge and the maintained circuit.
Cn cung cp mt khi u dy cy ch c cu ch lp vi cu ch ng (kn) c cng
sut ph hp cho c b sc ln mch duy tr (?)

2.8 EXIT SIGN
N CH LI THOT

A. Exit sign shall be surface or recess mount to suit the Architectural detail.
n ch li thot cn c lp t trn b mt hoc chm ph hp vi cc chi tit
kin trc.

B. The exit sign shall be complete with battery pack of specification refer to Emergency
Light Fittings under this Section.
n ch li thot phi b vi b pin theo Tiu ch k thut trong phn Lp t n
khn cp trong Chng ny.

C. The exit sign shall be constructed from mild steel zinc anneal sheet not less than 1
mm thickness. All corners and joints exposed to normal view shall be welded,,
ground smooth and filled where necessary before painting).
n ch li thot phi c ch to t tm thp mm hoc km c ti k c b dy
khng di 1mm. Ton b cc gc v mi ni l ra ngoi cn c hn, mi nhn v
lp y nu cn trc khi sn ln.

D. All fittings shall be adequately ventilated to maintain the tube wall operating
temperature below 65C (50C ambient).
Tt c cc b n lp t phi c thng gi duy tr nhit thnh bng n
ang chy sng mc di 65
o
C (50
o
C chung quanh)

E. The metal shall be spray painted with high grade polyester powder coat on both sides
and stored. Total thickness of paint build up shall not be less than 50 micron.
Finished colour shall be applied on all surfaces.
Phn kim loi cn c phun ln mt lp sn ph lm bng b tpolyester cao cp
trn c hai mt. Tng b dy ca cc lp sn khng c di 50 micron. Cn qut
lp mu hon thin ln tt c cc b mt.

F. The fluorescent lamps and control gears shall comply with specification in this
specification.
Cc n n-ng v c cu iu khin cn tun th cc Tiu ch k thut trong ti liu
ny.

2.9 LAMP LIFE SPAN
TUI TH CA BNG N

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 159 of 214

A. All lighting fixture manufacturing shall be considered the heat dissipation
requirement, waterproof, insect proof, vibration requirement at the location of
installation. Any lighting fixtures installation installed on site should have minimum
lamp operation life not less than 80% of the average lamp life according to the lamp
manufacturer recommended. Any installation have shorter lamp life should consider
as the lighting fixture are not manufacturing to suit the location of installation. The
Contract should be responsible to replace all the lighting fixture to acceptable
selection at Contractor own cost. Any related cost to other parties to carry out the
replacement should also be responsible by the Contractor .
Ton b vic sn xut bng n cn phi lu n yu cu tn nhit, chng thm,
ngn chn cn trng xm nhp, chn ng ti v tr lp t. Bt c phn lp t
bng n no c thc hin cng trnh phi c tui th bng n ti thiu khng
thp hn 80% tui th trung bnh ca bng n theo xut ca nh sn xut. Bt c
phn lp t no c tui th bng n ngn hn cn c xem nh l bng n
khng c sn xut ph hp vi v tr lp t. Nh thu ph phi chu trch nhim
thay th ton b cc b n khng t yu cu bng chi ph ca mnh. Bt c chi ph
no lin quan n cc bn khc khi tin hnh vic thay th cng phi do Nh thu
ph chu trch nhim.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 160 of 214

SECTION E16

EARTHING SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL
PHN 1 - I CNG

1.1 WORK description
M T CNG VIC

A. This section specifies the engineering, supply, installation, testing, commissioning
and setting to work of the complete earthing network for individual earthing systems,
circuit protective conductors and bonding conductors. A complete earthing network
comprising cables, copper tapes, electrodes and earth bonding of all relevant
necessary non-current carrying metal shall be supplied, erected and connected as
required.
Chng ny ra cng ngh, vic cung cp, lp t, th nghim, vn hnh th v
a vo hot ng ton b mng li tip t cho tng h thng tip t, cc thanh
dn bo v mch v cc thanh kt ni. Mt mng li tip t hon chnh bao gm
cp, dy ng, in cc v cc mi ni t ca tt c cc b phn chuyn ti khng
mang in cn thit c lin quan cn c cung cp, lp dng v kt ni theo yu
cu.

B. The system shall be a common earthing system as described in the Specification and
as shown on the Drawings. Earth main MV/LV/Generator Electrical Earthing shall
have 2 connections to the earth bars located inside each switch room. Individual
earthing systems shall be provided as follows:
H thng ny phi l mt h thng tip t chung nh m t trong phn Tiu ch k
thut v theo nh th hin trn cc Bn v. Cc dy tip t chnh ca my pht in/
trung th/h th phi c hai u ni vo thanh tip t t trong tng phng chuyn
mch. Cc h thng tip t ring cn c cung cp nh sau:

1. MV Electrical Earthing;
H thng tip t my pht in

2. LV Electrical Earthing;
in trung th

3. Generator Earthing;
in h th

4. Data Earthing, Telecom Earthing.
H thng tip t cho b phn d liu, b phn thng tin lin lc.

C. Sufficient numbers of electrodes interconnect by conductors as shown on contract
drawings to form earthing mat so that the overall earth resistance shall be less than 1
ohm for each individual earthing mat.
S lng in cc y c kt ni vi nhau bng cc thanh dn nh th hin
trn cc bn v hp ng cu thnh li ni t sao cho tan b in tr t phi
t hn 1 ohm i vi tng b li tip t.
D. The number of earth electrodes of the earthing mat are indicated on the drawings as
minimum. The Contractor shall test the resistivity of soil at site. Exact number of
earth electrodes shall be determined by the Contractor to achieve the earth resistance
value. The complete earthing installation include earthplate, earth mat detail to
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 161 of 214

achieve the earth resistance value shall be included in the Contract .
S lng in cc tip t ca li ni t c th hin trn cc bn v l s ti
thiu. Nh thu ph cn th nghim in tr sut ca t khu vc thi cng. S
lng in cc chnh xc s do Nh thu ph quyt nh nhm t c tr s in
tr t. Ton b phn lp t cho h thng tip t bao gm bn tip t,chi tit tip
t t c tr s in tr t phi c a vo Hp ng ph.

E. The Contractor shall inform the Project Manager or his representative before driving
earthing rods into the ground so that he may supervising the operation. Driving shall
be carried out only in the presence of the Supervising Consultant or the representative
and all rods shall be submitted for the examination before use.
Nh thu ph phi thng bo cho Gim c xy dng hoc i din Gim c xy
dng trc khi chn cc thanh tip t xung t Giam oc d an c th theo
di/gim st hot ng ny. Cng tc chn ch c thc hin khi c mt Gim c
xy dng hoc ngi i din, ng thi tt c cc thanh dn phi trnh ln kim
tra trc khi s dng.

1.2 STANDARDS
TIU CHUN

A. Complete earthing system shall be engineering and constructed in accordance with
the latest revision of the following standards and the appropriate BS/IEC/N FPA.
Ton b h thng tip t phi c cng ngh v c thi cng theo n bn mi nht
ca cc tiu chun sau v cc quy nh thch hp ca BS/IEC/NFPA

1. TCVN 4756 : Grounding of Electrical Equipment
Quy pham noi at va noi khong cac thiet b ien

2. BS 7430 : Earthing
H thng tip t

B. The detail of the Earthing System shall also conform to the requirements of all
to in this Specification and Drawings, whichever is the more stringent and acceptable
to the Project Manager.
Cc chi tit ca h thng tip t cn phi tun th ton b cc quy nh hin hnh
trong nc, cng vi cc yu cu b sung c tham kho trong Tiu ch k thut
ny v cc Bn v, ty theo im no cht ch hn v c Giam oc d an chp
thun.

C. In the adoption of standards and requirements, the Contractor shall take the following
precedence:
Trong vic p dng cc tiu chun v quy nh trong nc, Nh thu ph cn theo
th t u tin nh sau:

Quy nh thc hnh trong nc

2. International standards and requirements;
Cc tiu chun v quy nh quc t

3. Specifications;
Tiu ch k thut

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 162 of 214

4. Drawings.
Cc bn v.

1.3 SUBMISSION
E TRNH

A. All technical submissions shall be approved by the Project Manager prior to the
Tt c cc h s k thut trnh phi c Giam oc d an ph duyt trc cc
giai on thi cng tng ng.

Theo yu cu ti thiu, h s trnh cn bao gm cc th sau:

1. Equipment submittal with manufacturers data;
H s v thit b vi cc d liu ca nh sn xut

2. Shop Drawings and Sample Submittal;
Cc bn v gia cng v h s trnh v mu m

3. Builders works requirements;
Cc yu cu v cng vic ca n v thi cng

4. Testing procedures and report format for testing of the earth electrodes and/or
earth strips;
Quy trnh th nghim v biu mu bo co vic th nghim ca cc in ca
tip t v/hoc di tip t

5. Soil resisting test report with calculation report for the details of the earthing
system detail including quantity and layout of earth electrodes and/or earth
strips to achieve the required earth resistance. The report shall be endorsed by
the Contractor s Installation Supervising Consultant who supervise and
endorse the installation upon completion
Bo co th nghim in tr t cng vi bo co tnh ton i vi cc chi
tit ca h thng tip t bao gm s lng v s b tr cc in cc tip
t v/hoc di tip t nhm t c in tr t cn thit. Bo co ny
phi c ch k xc nhn ca Gim c xy dng cng tc lp t ca Nh
thu ph, ngi theo di v k xc nhn cng t clp t khi hon thnh

6. Proposed details of earthing system including quantity and layout of the earth
electrodes and/or earth strips according to the calculation result.
Cc chi tit xut v h thng tip t bao gm s lng v s b tr cc
in cc tip t v/hoc cc di tip t da trn kt qu tnh ton.

Part 2 PRODUCT
PHN 2 - SN PHM

2.1 GENERAL
I CNG

A. Common earth rods of resistivity of less than one (1) ohm, shall be constructed below
the lowest floor structure prior to any ground work construction. The system shall
comprise of copper clad earth rods as earth electrodes, earth strips/grids, earth
inspection chambers, earth leads, main earth terminals, earth test link boxes at ground
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 163 of 214

level, etc. Under this circumstance, each individual earthing system shall have earth
leads connecting its main earth terminal directly to an earth electrode underground as
specified.
Cc thanh tip t c in tr sut nh hn mt (1) ohm cn c t bn di cu
trc sn thp nht trc khi thi cng cng bt c cng trnh ngm no. h thng nay
cn bao gm cc thanh tip t bc ng nh cc in cc tip t, di/li tip t,
phng kim tra h thng tip t, dy dn tip t, cc u ni t chnh, cc hp ni
th nghim t ti cao trnh mt t, vv. Trong tnh hung ny, tng h thng tip
t phi c dy dn tip t kt ni u ni tip t chnh trc tip vo mt in
cc tip t chn ngm nh c nu.

B. In the case where drilling is required to take the earth rods or steel tapes below ground level, a
specified earth resistance enhancement compound shall be added into the bored holes and a
mixture at 60% bentonite and 40% of gypsum to 125% of water mixed to give a thick slurry. It
shall be grouted into the holes prior to inserting of rods of tapes, and be allowed to solidity.
The hiring of machine drilling equipment and the grouting as described above shall be
provided by the Contractor .
Trng hp cn khoan ly cc thanh tip t hoc cc dy ng di cao trnh
mt t, cn thm mt hp cht tng cng in tr t vo cc l khoan v mt hn
hp gm 60% bentonite v 40% thch cao vo 125% nc trn u c mt loi
va c c. Cht ny s c bm vo cc l khoan trc khi t vo cc thanh
dn/dy dn tip t c vng chc. Vic thu thit b khoan v cng tc pht
va theo nh m t phn trn s do Nh thu ph thc hin.

C. The earthing system shall be formed from steel tapes.
H thng tip t lm bng cc thanh thp

D. All steel tape clips, holdfasts, clamps, earth rod clamps, etc. shall be supplied by the
same manufacturer of the steel tapes and rods. All steel material used shall be type
316 or better.
Tt c cc vng kp, kim kp, b phn kp dy dn, thanh tip t, vv phi do cng
mt nh sn xut dy dn, thanh dn tip t cung cp. Ton b cc vt liu bng
thp c s dng phi thuc loi thp 316 hoc tt hn.

E. All earthing products/accessories shall be electric utility company approved type.
Ton b cc sn phm/ph kin ni t phi thuc loi c cng ty in lc chp
thun.

F. The mating surface of all tapes and joints etc shall be cleaned before clamping and all
joints shall be riveted, joint with proper connector or exothermic welded. All
connectors to electrical apparatus shall be made by a bolted connection in a visible
and accessible position.
B mt tip xc ca tt c cc dy v mi ni , vv phi c lm sch trc khi kp,
ng thi tt c cc mi ni u cn c tn ri-v, ni bng cc mi ni t yu cu
hoc hn nhit. Tt c cc b phn ni vo cc my mc thit b in cn c thc
hin bng mi ni bu-lng ti v tr d thy v c th tip cn c.
G. Steel tapes shall be secured with appropriate size saddles at intervals and exceeding
600mm and the tapes shall be supplied in long unbroken lengths to avoid unnecessary
jointing.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 164 of 214

Cc dy dn bng thp phi c gn cht bng cc vng kp c kch thc ph hp
ti cc khong cch bng nhau v trn 600mm, ng thi dy dn cn c cung cp
di dng c di lin tc khng t gy nhm trnh tnh trng phi kt ni khng
cn thit.

2.2 EARTHING ELECTRODE
IN CC TIP T

A. Each electrode rods shall be 16mm diameter galvanized steel type with internal screw and
socket joints, driving head and connection clamp.
Mi thanh in cc tip t phi thuc loi thp m km c ng knh 16mm vi c vt bn
trong v cc khp ni lng ng, u ng dn v kp mi ni.

B. Steel rods shall have tensile strength of approximately 600N /m
2
.
Cc thanh dn bng thp phi c lc cng vo khong 600 N/m
2
.

C. Couplings for each section of the rod shall be of same material of the rod, threaded to
fit the rod sections. Driving studs shall be used when driving the electrode into the
ground. Earth values shall be measured and recorded before coupling and driving in
the next section. Additional earth rods shall be driven in if necessary to attain the
required effective earth values.
Cc khp ni ca tng phn ca thanh dn phi cng loi vt t vi thanh dn, c
ren rng khp vi cc b phn ca thanh dn. cn s dng cht y khi cm in
cc vo t. Cc tr s t phi c o lng v ghi li trc khi kt ni v dn g
vo b phn k tip. Nu cn thit, phi b sung thm cc thanh tip t nhm t
c cc tr s t thc t theo yu cu.

D. Clamping of the earth leads to the earth rod shall be made by earth clamp. The clamps
shall be capable of providing a high pressure contract between the earth rod and the
earth leads to achieve a low contact resistance.
Vic kp cc dy dn tip t vo thanh tip t cn c thc hin bng loi kp
tip t. Cc kp ny phi c kh nng cung cp mt s tip xc p lc cao gia than
tip t v cc dy dn nhm t c in tr tip xc thp.

E. All earth electrode penetrations through basement water proofing membranes shall be
provided with manufacturers recommended water seal insert sleeve approved by
Project Manager. The installation of the water seal insert sleeve shall be under the
supervision and endorsed by the manufacturers representative to ensure the
installation comply with the manufacturer installation detail.
Ton b cc l ch in cc tip t xuyn qua cc mng ngn nc tng hm cn
c cung cp cng vi cc ng mng sng kn nc c nh sn xut xut v
c s chp thun ca Giam oc d an. Vic lp t cc ng mng sng phi c s
gim st v k xc nhn ca i din nh sn xut bo m rng vic lp t theo
ng cc chi tit hng dn lp t ca nh sn xut.

2.3 EARTH INSPECTION CHAMBER
BUNG KIM TRA VIC TIP T

A. Each electrode shall be fitted with a heavy-duty pre-cast concrete inspection
chamber/pit complete with heavy-duty cover as specified on drawings.
Mi in cc cn c lp t vi mt bung/h kim tra lm bng b tng c sn
cng cao trng b c np y nh ra trong cc bn v.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 165 of 214

B. For earth electrodes located outside or on the apron of the building, earth inspection
chambers shall extend to a depth of not less than 300 mm below finished ground level
and kept free of soil. For earth electrodes located inside building, earth electrodes
shall be buried not less than 100 m below the floor slab structure. Each earth
electrode shall be clearly marked by an engraved brass nameplate with the wording:
SAFETY ELECTRICAL EARTH CON N ECTION DO N OT REMOVE.
i vi tng in cc t bn ngoi hoc thm ta nh, cc bung kim tra tip t
phi t n mt su khng di 300mm bn di cao trnh mt t hon thin v
khng b dnh t. i vi cc in cc tip t t bn trong ta nh , mi in cc
cn c chn khng thp hn 100mm di cu trc phin sn. Mi in cc tip t
phi c nh du r rng b92ng mt tm bin bng ng thau trn ghi ch
MI NI TIP T AN TON KHNG C THO.

C. The chamber and cover shall be heavy duty detail to consider the traffic load at the
location of installation. The cover shall be recessed cover to receive the Architectural
floor finish at the location of installation.
H kim tra v np phi c chi tit cu trc vng chc c th chu c trng ti
ca xe c lu thng ti v tr lp t. Phn np cn c t lm tip nhn phn
hon thin sn theo kin trc ti v tr lp t.

2.4 EARTH LEAD
DY DN TIP T

A. Earth leads, also commonly known as earth conductors, shall be used for the final
connection between the earth electrodes and the main earth terminals.
Dy dn tip t, cn c gi l thanh dn tip t, cn c s dng cho mi ni
cui cng gia in cc tip t v cc u ni t chnh.

B. Unless otherwise specified, earth leads shall be of 25mm x 3mm steel tape.
Tr phi c quy nh khc, cc dy dn tip t phi l dy thp c kch thc 25mm x
3mm.

2.5 EARTH STRIP
DI TIP T

A. Earth strips/grids shall be of bare steel tapes of 25mm x 3mm as specified.
Mi di/li tip t phi c lm bng dy thp nguyn cht c kch thng 25mm
x 3mm theo quy nh.

B. Earth strips shall be riveted or joint with proper connector to earth electrodes
underground below the floor slab structure, and shall be buried not less than 300 mm
below the floor slab structure.
Mi di tip t phi c tn ri-v hoc ni bng mi ni thch hp vo cc in
cc tip t chn ngm bn di cu trc phin sn, ng thi c chn khng t
hn 300mm di cu trc phin sn.

C. In order to minimize the mutual inductance between strips, earth strips shall be
positioned at a distance not less than 6m apart unless otherwise specified.
gim thiu h cm gia cc di tip t, cc di tip t phi c nh v
cch nhau khng di 6m tr phi c quy nh khc.

2.6 MAIN EARTH TERMINAL
U NI TIP T CHNH

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 166 of 214

A. Main earth terminals shall be provided for the termination of each earthing system.
50mm x 6mm tinned HDHC copper earth bars of not less than 1000mm in length
shall be installed in the respective plant rooms/switch rooms at a height of 300 mm
above finished floor level. The insulators shall be the approved type. Interconnection
between plant rooms/switch rooms and connection to earth electrodes shall be
minimum 2 direct connection and as per the Drawings and/or as required to complete
the installation.
Cn cung cp cc u ni tip t chnh cho du cui ca mi h thng tip t.
Cc thanh tip t bng ng bc thic HDHC kch thc 50mm x 6mm c chiu di
khng di 1000mm cn c lp t trong cc phng my/phng cng tc tng
ng ti cao 300mm trn cao trnh sn hon thin. Cc b phn cch in phi
thuc chng loi c chp thun. Vic kt ni gia cc phng my/phng cng tc
v mi ni vo cc in cc tip t phi c t nht l 2 mi ni trc tip v theo cc
Bn v v/hoc theo yu cu hon tt vic lp t.

B. Suitable earthing terminals shall be provided in all the equipment housings,
switchgear enclosure, relayed and instrument casings and all other electrical
metalwork for bonding to earth.
Cn cung cp cc u ni tip t trong tt c cc hc chc thit b, phn bao quanh
c cu chuyn mch, hp ng r-le v thit b o lng v ton b cc cng trnh
in bng kim loi kt ni xung t.

C. The earth connections for all sections of the installation shall be electrically
continuous throughout back to the corresponding main earth terminals.
Cc mi ni t i vi tt c cc phn lp t cn tip in lin tc vo cc u ni
tip t chnh tng ng.(?)

2.7 CONNECTIONS
CC MI NI

A. Joints in the earth bars, copper tapes and earth mats shall be exothermatically or butt
weld or brazed such that the resistance of the section containing the joint shall not
exceed that of an equivalent length at unjointed conductor. Any joint so made may be
required to be tested to prove compliance with the requirement.
Cc mi ni trn cc thanh tip t, dy ng v li tip t cn c hn nhit
hoc i u hoc hn bng ng thau sao cho in tr ca phn c cha mi ni
khng c vt qu in tr ca mt di tng ng thanh dn khng c mi
ni. Bt c mi ni no c thc hin nh vy cng cn c th nghim chng
minh l theo ng cc yu cu.

B. The contact faces of all protect conductors shall be cleaned and tinned before
connections are made.
Cc mt tip xc ca tan b cc thanh dn bo v phi c lm v sinh sch s v
trng thic trc khi kt ni.

C. N o drilling of the earth bar shall be permitted except in terminations.
Ngoi tr cc u ni, khng c php cm bt c thanh tip t no xung t.

Part 3 EARTH BONDING
PHN 3 KT NI XUNG T

3.1 CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE CONDUCTOR
THANH DN BO V MCH
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 167 of 214

A. Circuit Protective Conductor (CPC) is a system of conductors joining together all exposed
conductive parts and connecting them to the main earth terminal.
Thanh dn bo v mch (CPC) l mt h thng cc thanh dn kt ni ton b cc b phn dn
in l ra vi nhau, ng thi ni chng vo u ni tip t chnh.

B. The purpose of circuit protective conductor is to provide a path for earth fault circuit so that
the protective device will operate to remove dangerous potential differences during a fault
condition.
Mc ch ca thanh dn bo v mch l cung cp mt l trnh cho mch gp s c tip t
b phn bo v hot ng nhm loi b cc sai bit c th gy nguy him trong iu kin xy
ra s c.

C. The circuit protective conductors shall take the form of separate cable with a sheath in
green/yellow colour or copper tape of minimum size 25mm x 3mm.
Cc thanh dn bo v mch cn c dng cp ri c v bc mu xanh l cy/vng hoc dy
ng vi kch thc ti thiu l 25mm x 3mm.

D. All exposed non-current carrying metal parts of light fittings, switchgears, motors, enclosures,
etc. shall be effectively earthed by circuit protective conductors for earth continuity protection.
Ton b cc phn kim loi khng mang in l ra ngai ca cc b n, c cu chuyn mch,
m-t, v bc ngoi, vv cn c tip t thc t bng cc thanh dn bo v mch nhm bo
v tnh lin tc ca h thng tip t.

E. For equipment where an earth terminal is provided, the earth continuity wire shall be firmly
clamped. Where no earth terminal is provided, the exposed metal part shall be cleaned of paint
and surface rust before welding the earth continuity lead.
i vi thit b ni c u ni tip t, dy tip t lin tc cn c kp tht cht. v tr
khng c u ni tip t, phn kim loi l ra phi c lm sch sn v ch sch r st trn
b mt trc khi hn dy tip t lin tc vo.

F. The minimum size of the principal protective conductors shall be as indicated below, Kch
thc ti thiu cha cc thanh dn bo v mch cn theo nh bng di y.

Description
M t
Min. Conductor Size
Kch thc thanh dn ti thiu
1. Earthing conductor between the earth
electrode and the MV switch room main
earth terminal.
Thanh dn gia in cc tip t v u ni
tip t chnh trong phng cng tc in
trung th.
120 sq. mm

2. Earthing conductor between the earth
electrodes and the main earth terminal at LV
switchroom.
Thanh dn gia in cc tip t v u ni
tip t chnh trong phng cng tc in h
120 sq. mm

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 168 of 214

th.
3. Circuit protective conductor between the
earth electrode and the Generator room main
earth terminal.
Thanh dn bo v mch gia in cc tip
t v u ni tip t chnh ca phng my
pht in.

120 sq. mm

4. Circuit protective conductor between Control
Rooms, MDF room main earth terminals and
their corresponding earth electrodes.
Thanh dn bo v mch gia in cc tip
t v u ni tip t chnh ca Phng iu
khin/ phng MDF v cc in cc tip t
tng ng.
120 sq. mm

G. The external earth terminal on the outside of the end panel of any switchboard shall be
connected to the main earth bar provided in two independent points.
u ni tip t bn ngoi pha ngoi ca bng iu khin cui ca bt c bng cng tc
no phi c kt ni vo thanh tip t chnh c b tr gia hai im c lp.

H. Circuit protective conductors shall be provided in electrical and mechanical rooms and along
the routes for the bonding of all exposed conductive parts and extraneous conductive parts. A
suitably sized each terminal shall be provided at each zone of the building for this purpose.
Cn cung cp cc thanh dn bo v mch trong cc phng my, phng in v dc theo cc
tuyn kt ni ton b cc b phn dn in l ra ngoi cng nh cc b phn dn in
ngoi vi. Cn b tr mt u ni c kch thc ph hp ti tng khu vc ca ta nh cho mc
ch ny.

I. All exposed conductive parts shall be effectively connected in an approved manner to the
principal protective conductors. The circuit protective conductors shall be single core copper
cables or high conductivity annealed copper tapes specified. Unless otherwise specified, the
minimum cross-sectional area of the circuit protective conductors shall be selected in
accordance with BS7671:
Tt c cc b phn dn in l ra ngoi cn c kt ni thc t theo mt cch thc c
chp thun vo cc thanh dn bo v chnh. Cc thanh dn bo v mch phi l cp ng li
n hoc dy ng c tnh dn in cao. Tr phi c quy nh khc, din tch mt ct ngang ti
thiu ca cc thanh dn bo v mch cn c tuyn chn theo tiu chun BS 7671.

Cross Section Area (mm
2
) of
Phase Conductors (S)
Cross Sectional Area of Earthing or
Protective Conductor (mm
2
)
Tit din (mm
2
) ca cc thanh
dn pha (S)
Tit din ca cc thanh dn bo v hoc tip
t (mm
2
)

S < 16 S and > 4mm
2
, if no mechanical
protection.
S v > 4mm
2
, nu khng c bo v c kh
16 < S < 35 16

S > 35 S/2
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 169 of 214

A Earthing or Protective conductor size beyond 185mm
2
is considered not
necessary.
Thanh dn bo v hoc tip t c kch thc ln hn 186mm
2
c xem l
khng cn thit.

3.2 MAIN EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDING CONDUCTOR
THANH DN KT NI NG TH CHNH

A. This is referred to the conductor for the equipotential earth bondings of the metalwork
of other services such as gas and water to the earthing system. This bonding of
service pipes shall be made as close as possible to their point of entry to a building.
Phn ny lin quan n thanh dn cho vic ni t ng th ca cng trnh kim loi
ca cc h thng k thut khc chng hn nh ng ng kh t v nc vo h
thng tip t. Vic ni t ca cc ng ng ny cn c thc hin cng gn
cng tt im vo ta nh.

B. All extraneous conductive parts of the following services shall be connected to the
main earth terminal by means of main equipotential bonding conductors:
Tt c cc b phn dn in ngoi vi ca cc h thng k thut di y cn c
kt ni vo u ni tip t chnh bng cc thanh dn kt ni ng th chnh.

1. Main water pipes;
Cc ng ng cp nc chnh

2. Main gas pipes;
Cc ng ng cp ga chnh

3. Other service pipes and ducting;
Cc ng ng dn khc

4. Risers of central heating and air conditioning system;
Cc ng ng ng ca h thng si v iu ha khng kh chnh

5. Exposed metallic parts of the building structure and as required by the
Supervising Consultant;
Cc b phn kim loi l ra ngoi ca cu truc ta nh v theo yu cu ca
Gim c xy dng

6. Breeching inlets;
Cc u vo ca ng ng dn khi

7. Fuel inlets.
Cc u vo ca ng ng tip nhiu liu.

C. The metalwork of public gas and water service shall not be used as a sole protective
earth electrode.
Phn kim loi ca h thng cp nc v kh t khng c s dng nh mt in
cc n bo v.

D. Main equipotential bonding conductors shall have cross-sectional areas not less than
half of the cross sectional area of the earth conductor of the installation, subject to a
minimum of 6mm
2
for copper cables. A conductor size beyond 25mm
2
for copper
cables, theoretically, is considered not necessary.
Cc thanh dn kt ni ng th phi c tit din khng c nh hn mt na tit
din ca thanh dn tip t ca cng trnh lp t, vi gi thuyt l tit din cp
ng ti thiu l 6mm
2
. Kch thc thanh dn trn 25mm
2
i vi cp ng, trn l
thuyt, c xem l khng cn thit.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 170 of 214

E. Location of all incoming pipes and ductings shown on the Drawings are indicative
only and are to be coordinated on site.
V tr ca cc ng ng vo v ng ng dn th hin trn cc bn v ch mang
mc ch biu th, cn c iu chnh theo thc t hin trng.

3.3 SUPPLEMENTARY EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDING CONDUCTOR
THANH DN KT NI NG TH PH

A. This is referred to the conductor for the equipotential earth bonding of the metalwork
which is not associated with the electrical installation but which may provide a
conducting path giving rise to shock.
Phn ny lin quan n thanh dn cho vic ni t ng th ca cng trnh kim loi
khng lin quan n cng tc lp t phn in nhng c th cung cp mt ng
dn

B. All extraneous conductive parts of the following shall be connected to the earthing
system by means of supplementary equipotential bonding conductors:
Tt c cc b phn dn in ngoi vi nh sau cn c kt ni vo h thng tip t
bng cc thanh dn kt ni ng th ph

1. Metal tanks
Cc b cha bng kim loi

2. All metallic cat-walks, platforms, handrails, staircases, ladders within 2m
each of pipes, tanks, cable trays cable ladders, trunking etc which have
equipotential bonding
Ton b cc li i hp, b, tay vn (lan can), cu thang, thang leo trong phm
vi 2m ca ng ng, b cha, khay cp, thang cp, hp ni cp, vv c kt
ni ng th

3. Any metallic cat-walks, platforms, handrails, staircases, ladders etc with
attached electrical cabling or fittings.
Bt c li i hp no c kt cu bng kim loi, b, tay vn, cu thang, thang
leo, vv no c cp in hoc cc b phn ni in

4. Metallic door frames/doors controlled by electromechanical locking
mechanism with an operating voltage or supply voltage exceeding 50V
Cc khung ca/ca ra vo bng kim loi c iu khin bng c cu kha
c in vi in p vn hnh hoc ngun in p cung cp trn 50V

5. Metallic support to electrically operated equipment without direct electrical
contact with the equipment
Khung bng kim loi cho thit b vn hnh bng in khng tip xc in
trc tip vi thit b

6. Electrically operated roller shutters
Cc ca chp c bnh xe ln vn hnh bng in

7. Metallic wall cladding containing, or immediately adjacent to, electrical
socket outlet or other sources of electricity
Phn sn ph tng/vch bng kim loi c cha, hoc nm st, cc cm
hoc ngun in

8. Cable ladder, tray and trunking
Thang cp, khay cp v hp ni cp

9. Raised floor system
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 171 of 214

H thng sn nng

10. Electrical facilities in toilets and shower rooms
Cc tin ngh dng in trong nh v sinh v phng tm

11. Exposed metallic parts of building structure, including roof trusses. (if roof
connect to lightning conductor earth, no further equipotential bonding is
required).
Cc phn kim loi l ra ca cu trc ta nh, k c phn ko/ mi (nu
mi nh c ni vo phn tip t ca thanh dn st th khng cn kt ni
ng th).

C. The requirement does not apply in the following instances:
Cc yu cu trn khng p dng cho cc trng hp di y:

1. Steel reinforced concrete poles in which the steel reinforcement is not
accessible
Cc ct b tng ct thp m trong phn b tng ct thp khng th tip
cn

2. Fixing screws for non-metallic accessories provided that there is no
appreciable risk of the screws coming into contact with live parts
Cc inh c nh v cc ph kin kim loi vi iu kin l khng c nguy
c ng k no inh c tip xc vi cc b phn c in

3. Short lengths of metal conduit for mechanical protection of cables having a
non-metallic sheath.
Cc on ngn ca ng dn bng kim loi dnh cho phn bo v bng c kh
i vi cp c v bc khng kim loi.

D. Local supplementary bonding conductors shall be provided between simultaneously
accessible (i.e within 2m) exposed conductive parts of equipment, between exposed
conductive parts and simultaneously accessible extraneous conductive parts, and
between simultaneously accessible extraneous conductive parts. The bonding
conductors shall be single core copper cables with oversheath in green/yellow colour.
Cn cung cp cc thanh dn kt ni ng th ph ti ch gia cc b phn dn i
ca thit b l ra c th tip cn ng thi (ngha l trong phm vi 2m), gia cc b
phn dn in l ra v cc b phn dn in ngoi vi c th tip cn ng thi, v
gia cc b phn dn in ngoi vi c th tip cn ng thi vi nhau. Cc thanh
dn kt ni phi l cp ng c li n c v bc mu xanh l cy/vng.

E. Supplementary bonding, conductors shall be sized in accordance with BS7671 which
can be summarized as follows:
Thanh dn kt ni ph phi c kch thc theo tiu chun BS 7671 c th tm lc
nh sau:

1. For conductors connecting two exposed conductive parts, the conductor sizes
shall not be less than smaller protective conductor connected to the exposed
conductive parts, subject to a minimum of 4mm
2
if the cables are not
mechanically protected
i vi cc thanh dn kt ni hai b phn dn in l ra, kch thc thanh
dn khng c nh hn thanh dn bo v c ni vo b phn dn in l
ra,, vi iu kin tit din ti thiu l 4mm
2
nu nh cp khng c phn bo
v c kh

2. For conductors connecting exposed conductive parts to extraneous
conductive parts, the conductor sizes shall not be less than half that of the
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 172 of 214

protective conductor connected to the exposed conductor parts, subject to a
minimum of 4mm
2
of the cables are not mechanically protected
i vi cc thanh dn kt ni cc b phn dn in l ra ngoi vo cc b
phn dn ngoi vi, kch thc ca thanh dn khng c thp hn mt na
kch thc thanh bo v kt ni vo cc b phn ca thanh dn l ra, vi gi
thuyt l t nht 4mm
2
ca cp khng c bo v v mt c kh

3. For conductors connecting two extraneous conductive parts, the conductor
sizes shall not be less than 4mm
2
, or even 2.5mm
2
if mechanically protected,
for copper conductors.
i vi cc thanh dn kt ni hai b phn dn in ngoi vi, kch thc ca
thanh dn khng c di 4mm
2
, hoc thm ch 2,5mm
2
nu c bo v v
mt c kh, cho cc thanh dn bng ng.

F. All equipment equipotential bondings in area other than plant rooms and within false
ceiling shall be concealed. Any remedial work required due to bad connection, open
circuit, etc. shall be borne by the Contractor .
Ton b cc mi ni thit b ng th trong cc khu vc ngoi phng my v trong
phm vi trn gi phi c du kn. Bt c cng vic sa cha no cn thit do mi
ni khng t, h mch, vv u phi do Nh thu ph i th chi ph.

G. All earth conductors and earth terminals shall be manufactured to carry the maximum
short circuit current at the point of the installation.
Ton b cc thanh dn v u ni tip t phi c ch to/gia cng c th chu
c dng on mch ti a ti im lp t.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 173 of 214

SECTION E17

LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYTEM
HE THONG CHONG SET

PART 1 GENERAL
PHAN 1 - TONG HOP

1.1 DESCRIPTION
MO TA

A. Provide lightning protection system in accordance with the Contract Drawings.
Cung cap he thong chong set da vao tai lieu hp ong.

1.2 STANDARDS
TIEU CHUAN

A. All material and workmanship shall conform to the specifications and to the
following:
Toan bo vat lieu va tay nghe phai ung tieu chuan ky thuat va phai theo trnh t
sau:

Unless expressly stated to the contract, all installation, materials and equipment
provided shall comply with the applicable standards and codes referenced below. Where
a standard is referred to, that standard shall be the latest published edition thereof,
unless otherwise stated.
Ngoai nhng ieu a nhan manh trong hp ong, toan bo lap at, vat lieu va thiet
b c cung cap phai phu hp vi cac tieu chuan va cac qui nh ng dung c nh
tham khao di ay. Tieu chuan c tham khao cho nao th tieu chuan o phai la
phien ban c phat hanh mi nhat tr khi co y kien khac.

B. Standards and Guidelines for Installations, Materials and Equipment
Tieu chuan va hng dan lap at, vat lieu va thiet b

The installations, materials and equipment shall comply with the latest requirements of
the standard codes, guides and other documents issued by the Authorities, Institutions
and Organisation referred to in various sections including the following:
Lap at, vat lieu va thiet b phai phu hp vi cac yeu cau mi nhat cua ky hieu tieu
chuan, hng dan va tai lieu khac c ban hanh bi Chnh quyen, Phan vien, To
chc c tham khao trong nhieu lnh vc ke ca di ay:

N FPA 780 : Lightning Protection System
H thng bo v chng st

ASTM - G57-95a: Guideline for the methods of collecting soil resistivity Data
Hng dan phng phap thu thap d lieu ien tr suat cua
at

IEEE 81 : Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and
Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System
o suat ien tr at, tr khang at va the nang be mat at
cua he thong noi at.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 174 of 214

NFC17-102 : French Standard-Lightning Protection Systems
Tieu chuan Phap - He thong bao ve chong set

C. Local Regulations and Codes of Practice
Tieu chuan thc hanh va qui nh trong nc

All works shall comply in all respects with the requirements of the rules and regulations
established by the following authorities and utility companies:
Toan bo cong viec phai phu hp vi yeu cau cua luat va qui tac tren moi lnh vc
c lap ra theo c quan chc nang va chnh quyen nh sau:

TCXD 46 - Lightning Protection for Buildings
Bao ve chong set cho toa nha

EVN - Local Electric Utility Requirements
EVN - Yeu cau thiet b ien trong nc.

BAO AM CHAT LNG

A. The system to be provided shall be the standard product of a manufacturer regularly
engaged in the production of lightning protection systems and shall be the manufacturer's
latest approved design.
He Thong c cung cap la loai san pham tieu chuan cua Nha san xuat luon thuoc
trong san xuat he thong bao ve chong set kim phong ien sm va la thiet ke c chap
thuan mi nhat cua Nha san xuat.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
E TRNH

A. Manufacturers data sheets showing dimensions and materials of each equipment.
D lieu cua Nha san xuat the hien kch thc va vat t cua moi thiet b.

B. Shop drawings showing layout of air terminals, grounding electrodes and bonding
connections to structure and other metal objects. Include terminal, electrode and
conductor sizes, and connection and termination details.
Ban ve thi cong the hien mat bang cua kim thu set, ien cc at va viec noi at en cac
vat kim loai va ket cau. Ke ca au, ien cc va kch thc day dan va chi tiet noi va chi
tiet lam au noi.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
PHAN 2 - SAN PHAM

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
NHA SAN XUAT C CHAP THUAN

A. ERICO, Indelec, or Approved Equal
2.2 DOWN CONDUCTOR
DAY DAN THOAT SET

A. Conductors shall be commercially pure copper cable complying with the weight and
construction requirements of the lightning protection codes and shall be coursed to
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 175 of 214

interconnect with air terminals and provide a two-way to ground. The angle of any turn
shall not exceed 90 degrees and a horizontal or downward course shall be maintained.
Cap thoat set la loai cap ong phu hp vi trong lng va cac yeu cau lap at cua cac
ky hieu chong set va c noi ben trong ng bang va gan 02 chieu noi at. o xieng
cua bat ky cua queo nao khong qua 90 o va chieu ngang hoac hng i xuong van gi
nguyen.

B. Provide the required number of down conductors evenly distributed on the outer walls of
building. Install in a concealed manner and inside uPVC conduit of appropriate size as
shown in plan.
Cung cap so cap thoat set theo yeu cau phan bo ong eu ben ngoai tng cua toa nha.
Lap theo cach giau kn iva ben trong ong luon day uPVC ung kch c nh hien th
trong ban ve.

C. Conductors shall be a minimum of 95 mm
2
copper cables consisting of multiple strands
of braided conductors in a round cross section. Roof conductors may be tinned copper for
compatibility with roof material.
Cap thoat set phai mc toi thieu 95 mm
2
cap ong bao gom nhieu si ben tron. Cap
thoat set co the bang ong thiec e thch hp vat lieu mai.

2.4 FASTENERS
DAY BUC

A. Conductor fasteners shall be of non-corrosive metal having ample strength to support the
conductor.
Cai chat cap thoat set la loai kim loai khong b an mon co sc ben e ga cap thoat
set.

B. Fasteners shall be spaced on not more than 1.2 meters centers for horizontal and 1 meter
for vertical runs.
Kep chat phai cach khoang khong nhieu hn 1.2 met theo chieu ngang va 1 met chieu
doc.

C. The fastening mechanism shall be compatible with the roof construction and materials.
The method of fastening shall be submitted with the shop drawings and shall be subject
to the approval of Architect.
C cau cai chat phai tng hp vi lap mai va vat lieu. Phng phap cai chat phai
c e trnh theo ban ve thi cong va tuy theo phe chuan cua Kien truc s.

PART 3 EXECUTION
PHAN 3 - THC HIEN

3.1 General
TONG QUAT

A. Ground connections shall be made in accordance with requirements of the lightning
protections codes. Soil conditions shall determine the type of ground to be used.
Viec noi at c thc hien da theo cac yeu cau cua cac qui nh chong set. ieu kien
tnh trang mau at se xac nh loai noi at can lam.

B. The lightning protection system shall not be connected to the building electrical
grounding system.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 176 of 214

He thong chong set khong c noi en he thong noi at (ve) ien cua toa nha.

C. The installation shall be made in a neat inconspicuous manner with all conductors
coursed conceal the equipment as much as possible.
VIEC LAP DAT SE DUOC THUC HIEN MOT CACH KN DAO GON GANG
VOI TOAN BO THANH DAN DIEN DAY KN THIET BI CANG NHIEU CANG
TOT.

D. All metallic bodies of conductance on the roof shall be bonded to the lightning protection
system. At least two paths of grounding shall be provided for all equipment. One
connection to piping vents is satisfactory. Bonding shall be with copper braided straps.
Tat ca than kim loai dan tren mai c noi vi he thong chong set toa nha. t nhat 02
ng noi at phai c cung cap cho toan bo thiet b. Mot noi vi cac ong thong hi
c chap nhan. Viec ket noi lam bang dai day ong.

E. The lift steelwork shall be bonded to the earthing system.
Khung thep thang may thep se noi ti he thong noi at.

F. Air terminals shall be provided on aviation obstruction lights
Gan kim thu set cho en bao hieu chng ngai vat hang khong.

G. The building frame shall be connected to the earth mat by 120 mm
2
stranded copper
conductor.
Phan khung toa nha se c noi en he thong at bang day ong ben tiet dien 120 mm
2
.

3.2 Grounding Rods
THANH/ CC NOI AT

Grounding Rods shall be of copper clad steel, minimum 20mm diameter, minimum 3 meters long,
driven full length into the earth.
Thanh noi at c lam bangloi sat boc ong, ng knh 20mm, chieu dai toi thieu 3m.

3.3 Test and Certification
KIEM TRA VA CHNG NHAN

A. Grounding System test shall be conducted 48 hours after rainfall when ground soil are adequately dry to
ensure a reliable and absolute over-all impedance value of the system.
Kiem tra he thong noi at c thc hien 48 tieng sau khi ma khi at di mat at u kho e
am bao tr so tong tr cua he thong tin cay va tuyet oi.

B. After completion, the system shall be tested for compliance with the Specifications, complete
system continuity and certification by the installing Contractor shall be provided.
Sau khi hoan tat, he thong se c kiem tra cho phu hp vi ac tnh ky thuat, Nha thau lap rap
hoan tat tnh lien tuc cua he thong va cung cap giay chng nhan

D. Provide system certification by local testing authority indicating installation is in full conformance with
applicable codes.
Cap giay chng nhan he thong do c quan kiem tra tai a phng ghi ro lap at la hoan toan
thch hp vi cac qui nh ng dung c.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 177 of 214

SECTION E18
PHAN E 18

PUBLIC ADDRESS
PHATHANH CONG CONG

PART 1 - GENERAL
PHAN 1 - TONG QUAT

1.1 WORK description
MO TA CONG VIEC

A. This Section specifies the minimum acceptable requirements on the quality,
performance and standard of the Public Address system.
Phan nay ghi cac yeu cau chap nhan toi thieu ve chat lng, thao tac va tieu chuan
cua he thong phat thanh cong cong.

B. The work shall include all engineering, supply, installation, testing and
commissioning of the Public Address to the satisfaction of the Construction manager.
Cong viec se bao gom c ien, cung cap, lap at, kiem tra va van hanh phat thanh
cong cong cho he thong theo y kien tan thanh cua Giam Doc Xay dung.

C. Exact locations, quantities and types of loudspeakers shall be as indicated on the
Drawings.
Xac nh v tr, so lng va loai loa c hien th tren ban ve.

D. Power supply to the control equipment inside the control rooms shall be back up by
emergency power with battery banks for 4 hours.
Thiet b kiem soat ben trong phong kiem soat se c ho tr tu ien dung e cung
cap ien khan cap trong vong 04 tieng.

E. The System shall comply to all relevant local authoritys requirements for emergency
announcement.
oi vi cac trng hp khan cap, he thong se phai tuan theo cac yeu cau cua Chnh
quyen a phng.

F. All equipment and control accessories shall be current model for which replacement
parts shall be available for at least five (5) years after completion of Defects Liability
Period.
Tat ca thiet b va phu kien dung e kiem soat phai co kieu dang hp thi e luon co
phu tung thay the t nhat 05 nam sau khi het han gia co.

1.2 Submission
E TRNH

A. All technical submissions shall be approved by the Construction Manager prior to the
Tat ca e trnh ky thuat phai co chap thuan cua Giam oc d an trc khi i vao
giai oan thi cong chi tiet.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 178 of 214

Theoyeu cau toi thieu, e trnh phai bao gom di ay:

1. Equipment submission with manufacturers data
e trnh thiet b kem d lieu cua Nha san xuat

2. Sample submission including loudspeakers, volume control switches, speakers
and microphone cables, etc.
e trnh mau bao gom loa, nut ieu chnh am thanh, day noi micro....

3. Drawing for field equipment showing the co-ordinate routing of cable routings
and details on the selection of loudspeakers
Ban ve thiet b hien trng hien th tuyen i day cap va chi tiet la chon loa

4. Builders works requirements.
Cac yeu cau thi cong cua Nha thau.

Part 2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PHAN 2 - MO TA HE THONG

2.1 SOUND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
HE THONG QUAN LY AM THANH

F. GEN ERAL
TONG QUAT

1. The system shall be a highly sophisticated, microprocessor controlled and modular unit.
He thong co chat lng tuyet hao, thiet b kiem soat bo vi x ly va module.

2. It shall be built around 19 inch rack mounted Euro card circuit boards where the
configuration can be tailored and expanded to meet every need precisely.
Khoang 19 inch rack c gan tren bang mach ien t cua Chau au nh vao o ma co
the s dung va m rong ap ng nhu cau mot cach chnh xac.

3. All routing, switching and priority functions shall be easily programmed and changed by
non technical personnel.
Mot ngi khong am hieu ve ky thuat cung biet cai at chng trnh va thay oi tat ca
cac viec i day, ong ngat ien va cac thiet b c xep theo th t u tien.

4. It shall accept input signals from call stations, microphones, music sources, pre-recorded
message source, etc.
Se chap nhan ky hieu au vao t cac tram goi, microphones, ni cung cap nhac, noi thu
thap tin nhan....

5. When a call is made to a particular zone or combinations of zones, music playing in
remaining zones shall not be interrupted.
Khi mot cu ien thoai c goi en mot khu vc cu the nao o hoac nhieu khu vc ket
hp vi nhau, nhac se lien tuc chi trong nhng khu vc con lai.

6. The configuration of the sound management system shall basically consist of a sound
distribution system and a surveillance system.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 179 of 214

He so he thong quan ly am thanh c ban se bao gom he thong phan phoi am thanh va
he thong giam sat.

G. SOUN D DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
HE THONG PHAN PHOI AM THANH

1. The call station is primary input to the sound distribution system.
Bc au tram goi i vao he thong phan phoi am thanh.

2. When the desired zones are selected by pushing the numeric keypad or zone
selector switch the microprocessor shall detect which keys are pressed and, if
another call is being handled at that moment, it shall check the priority of the new
call.
Khi cac khu vc c thiet ke c chon bang cach nhan phm so hoac nhan
nut chon khu vc, bo vi x ly se phat hien ra nhng phm nao ang nhan, neu
ang co cuoc goi vao giay phut o, no se kiem tra cuoc goi mi.

3. If the new call has a lower priority, it shall be ignored. If the new call has a higher
priority, the original caller shall be overridden.
Neu cu ien thoai mi co tnh u tien thap, th bo qua. Neu cu ien thoai mi co
noi dung ac biet, th cu ien thoai goc b cho qua.

4. After this, the microprocessor checks which tone and/or pre-recorded message
has been programmed to precede the call.
Sau o, bo vi x ly phat hien ra giong noi nao va/ hoac tin nhan a thu trc
ay a c cai at theo trnh t cuoc goi.

5. Music is muted in the selected loudspeaker zones, the programmed
announcement tone or message will be transmitted, the microphone is switch\ed
on and the call is transmitting.
Chan tieng nhac nhng khu gan loa, gan loa, co ngha la mot giong noi thong
bao chng trnh hoac tin nhan se c truyen i, bat Microphone va cuoc goi
c turyen i.

6. At the end of the call, PRESS-TO-TALK key is released and the music shall
return to its original volume level.
Ket thuc cuoc goi, nhan nut PRESS-TO-TALK va nhac se quay tr ve mc o
am thanh ban au.

7. Function keys shall be provided on the call station to route a call to a pre-
programmed selection of zones.
Cuoc goi c cai at cho mot so vung trc ay se c cung cap tren tram
goi.

8. The call shall be programmed with functions such as priority, attention signal,
message zone combination and control relay operation.
Cuoc goi c cai at vi nhieu chc nang chang han sap xep th t u tien, ky
hieu chu y, ket hp tin nhan va kiem soat van hanh r le.

9. Alternative functions shall be given to a function key, such as music source
select, volume up , down and mute, control relay switching or toggling.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 180 of 214

c phep thay tac dung phm chc nang, chang han chon nguon nhac, tang
volume, giam volume va ieu chnh volume va phai, cong tac kiem soat r le
hoac toggling.

10. A separate direct routing control input to the sound distribution system complete
with RS232 interface shall be provided.
Kiem soat trc tuyen au vao he thong phan phoi am thanh ong bo tieu chuan
giao dien RS232.

11. The control input shall be fed by an addressable fire alarm signal from the main
fire indication board.
Da vao bang anh dau iem de phat chay ma viec kiem soat au vao se c
nhan biet qua ky hieu bao chay.

12. The Contractorshall coordinate with the Fire Services work on the interfacing of
the addressable fire alarm signal to the sound distribution system.
Thau se ket hp cong tac phong chay da tren cac iem bao chay en he thong
phan phoi am thanh.

H. SURVEILLAN CE SYSTEM
HE THONG GIAM SAT

1. The surveillance system shall be engineering to monitor the status of
loudspeakers, amplifiers and cables in the sound distribution system by scanning
the presence of a 20kHz pilot tone signal in monitoring devices located at
amplifier outputs, loudspeaker cabling junction boxes and inside loudspeaker
enclosures throughout the distribution system.
He thong giam sat se chay ien e ieu khien cong dung cua loa, cac Am-li va
si cap trong he thong phan phoi am thanh bang cach quet thc trang ky hieu
giong noi pilot 20kHz trong thiet b ieu khien c at tai au ra Am-pli, hop
noi mach ien si cap cua loa va ben trong vo boc cua loa xuyen qua he thong
phan phoi.

2. On detection of a malfunction, error message shall be generated automatically,
giving the precise time, location and nature of the fault.
Phat hien sai, tn nhan loi se t ong bat, a thi gian chnh xac, v tr va tnh
chat b loi.

3. If the system becomes faulty itself, an internal error message shall be
generated.
Neu thong t no b loi, se bat tn nhan bao loi ben trong.
4. The error message shall be relayed to a LCD display of the system.
Tn nhan loi se c cai r le tren man hnh LCD cua he thong.

5. Provision shall also be made to send the error message to either a personal
computer or an external printer through RS 232 interface for a permanent hard
copy record of the malfunction.
Viec d tr cung se c thc hien bang cach gi tin nhan bao loi en may tnh
xach tay hoac may in ben ngoai thong qua tieu chuan giao dien RS 232 e lu6u
ho s sai thiet btam thi.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 181 of 214

6. An external warning light shall also be provided for monitoring any malfunction
of the sound management system.
Gan en canh bao ben ngoai cung se c cung cap dung e ieu khien bat ky
s co nao xay ra cho he thong quan ly am thanh.

7. The Contractorshall provide and install pilot monitoring devices at all power
amplifiers 100 V outputs, loudspeaker cabling junction and inside all loudspeaker
enclosures.
Nha thause cung cap va lap at thiet b ieu khien hoa tieu tat ca am-pli co
cong suat 100 V, noi si cap loa va boc ben trong loa.

2.2 ZONING OF LOUDSPEAKERS
PHAN BO LOA

D. Zoning of loudspeaker shall be basically for background music (BGM) and non-
background music (non-BGM) broadcastings.
Phan bo loa can ban da vao nhac nen (BGM) va chng trnh truyen thanh ma
khong co nhac nen.

E. BGM speakers shall be for public and common areas including public corridors.
Lobbies, lifts, toilets, retail areas, etc.
Loa dung e phong nhac nen se c dung cho nhng ni cong cong bao gom day
hanh lang, tien sanh, cau thang, phong ve sinh va nhng khu vc phu can.

F. N on-BGM speakers shall be for staircases, car parks, staff areas, office spaces,
tenanted areas, etc.
Loa khong dung e phong nhac nen se c dung cho cau thang, bai au xe, khu
vc van phong va khu vc thue...

G. Unless otherwise specified, zoning of loudspeakers for each PA sub-systems shall be
generally be as follows:
Ngoai tr co ghi chu khac, viec phan bo loa cho tng he thong phu PA moi khu
vc se c tong hp nh sau:

1. Per floor for BGM loudspeakers
Loa dung cho nhac nen moi tang

2. Per floor for non-BGM loudspeakers
Loa khong dung cho nhac nen moi tang

3. Per staircase
Moi cau thang
4. Pre lift
Moi thang may

H. All call buttons shall at least be provided for ach PA sub-system as follows:
Tat ca cac phm goi sau cung phai c cung cap cho moi he thong phu PA theo
sau:

1. All BGM loudspeakers
Tat ca loa dung cho nhac nen

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 182 of 214

2. All non-BGM loudspeakers
Tat ca loa khong dung cho nhac nen

3. All lifts
Tar ca thang may

I. For the entire PA system, all-call buttons shall also be engineered for each PA sub-
system and entire PA system.
DOI VOI TOAN BO HE THONG PA, TAT CA CAC CUOC GOI SE TAC
DONG CHO TUNG HE THONG PA VA TOAN BO HE THONG PA.

2.3 BACKGROUND MUSIC SYSTEM
CHON NHAC NEN CHO HE THONG

A. During normal operation background music (BGM) shall be broadcasted to specific
areas.
Trong thi gian hoat ong bnh thng, nhac nen se c phat en nhng khu vc
ch nh.

B. The background music shall be individually adjusted to a comfortable level for all the
zones. The distribution of the sound energy in each zone shall be as evenly
distributed as possible so that there is no audible difference in loudness when walking
within the zone. The difference in sound pressure of 1.5m height shall be less than 3
dB. Loudspeaker positions proposed shall take into consideration the aesthetic
appearance of the ceiling. The Contractorshall check and ensure that beating of low
music frequencies will not occur and shall advise the Construction Manager if in his
opinion it may occur.
Nhac nen se c ieu chnh cho thch hp vi toan bo khu vc. Am thanh noi
khong thch hp s dung cho nhng khu vc on ao. Chieu cao 1.5m, th ap lc am
thanh se nho nhieu hn 3 dB. e xuat cac v tr at loa phai can phai co cai nhn
tham my sao cho phu hp vi tran. Nha thause kiem tra va am bao khong co dung
am thanh noi cho loai nhac co tan so thap va se thong bao Giam oc d an neu ong
ta cam thay no xay ra.

C. The Contractorshall be responsible to adjust the speaker output to meet the required
sound level. The minimum sound pressure at the hearing level shall not be less than
15dB above the ambient noise level which is generally indicted as follows:
Nha thause chu trach nhiem ieu chnh cong suat loa ap ng mc o am thanh.
Ap lc am thanh toi thieu e nghe c khong di 15dB, nhng tren mc on ao
xung quanh, eiu nay c tong hp nh sau:

Area
Khu vuc
Ambient Noise Level (dB)
Muc on xung quanh (dB)

1. General public area
Khu vc cong cong
70
2. Carpark
Bai au xe
75-80
3. Office, Control room
Van phong, Phong ieu
khien
60-65
4. Toilet
Phong ve sinh
50
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 183 of 214

5.

Staircase
Cau thang

50
6. Plantroom, service area
Phong may, Khu vc
phuc vu
80-90

D. The overall frequency response of the system shall be better than 200 Hz to 9000 Hz.
The uniformity of sound coverage at 1.5m shall not be more than 2dB for frequency
up to 4000Hz and not more than 8dB for frequency up to 8000Hz for each of the
above areas.
Toan bo tan so phat ra cua he thong se nhieu hn 200 Hz en 9000 Hz. Tnh chat
am thanh bao phu o cao 1.5m se khong nhieu hn 2dB cho tan so len en
4000Hz va khong nhieu hn 8dB cho tan so len en 8000Hz cho moi khu vc tren.

2.4 SOUND REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM
HE THONG GIA TANG AM THANH

A. The system shall provided sound reinforcement or amplification within designated
areas from a local source.
He thong se c cung cap bo phan gia tang am thanh hoac Am-pli s dung cho
nhng v tr a c thiet ke lay t nguon trong nc.

B. Microphone receptacles shall be standardised to a 3-pin female connector and shall
be appropriately connected to a single channel of a microphone preamplifier. Sound
reinforcement shall override the general background music within the designated
areas.
Hop ng Microphone phai theo tieu chuan ung vi khp noi bang 3-pin cc am
va se thch hp.

C. Microphone preamplifiers shall be installed in each area at appropriate location to
service the above receptacles, one channel of preamplification for each receptacle.
Preamplifiers shall be easily accessible to the users of the system.
Am-pli ay dung cho microphone se c lap cho moi khu vc v tr thch hp e
ho tr hop ng tren, mot kenh cua Am-pli cho moi hop ng tren. Am-pli de
s dung oi vi nhngngi s dung he thong

I. Local power amplifiers shall be integral with or located adjacent to the preamplifiers
serving hat particular area.
Am-pli tieu thu trong nc co ay u thiet bwith or located adjacent to the
preamplifiers serving hat particular area.

J. This unit shall be permanently connected to the speaker of the area without switches.
Thiet b nay c noi tam thi en loa cua khu vc ma khong can cong tac.

K. Power amplifiers and preamplifiers shall be provided with easily separated plugs and
sockets for quick circuit access, testing and emergency replacement.
Am-pli cho chay ien va khong cho chay ien c cung cap chot rieng va cac o
cam ien dung cho mach ien i qua nhanh, kiem tra va thay the khan cap.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 184 of 214

L. Speakers shall be installed flush in the ceiling of each area in a pattern which will
deliver to a plane 1200mm above the floor a sound level uniform within 2 dB at
2000 Hz.
M. Loa se c lap thang tren tran cua moi khu vc theo mot khuong co chieu cao hn
mat san 1200mm, ong loat mc am thanh trong vong 2 dB 2000 Hz.

N. Provision shall be made for the injection into the amplification signals from
projectors, recorders and other audio source which produce level from 0 dBm to
40dBm.
S d phong se c thc hien e thoi cac ky hieu Am-pli t cac may chieu, thu
thap va nguon audio khac san xuat mc t 0 dBm en 40 dBm.

O. For areas which are divisible, the sound system shall allow the rooms to be operated
in all possible combinations, either individually or collectively, by patching. No
switching to achieve combinations shall be permitted.
oi vi nhng khu vc co the chia c, he thong am thanh se cho phep cac phong
hoat ong trong s ket hp cothe, ca the hay tap the, so e at c s ket hp se
khong cho phep chuyen mach.

2.5 FIREMAN EMERGENCY OPERATION
HOAT ONG CU HOA KHAN CAP

A. The control rooms shall be provided with an emergency paging facility. During a fire
emergency, the fire officer shall have priority to make announcement to any one floor
and any number of floors or to the whole building.
Phong kiem soat se cung cap thiet b Thong bao khan cap. Trong thi gian chay
khan, nhan vien cu hoa co the thong bao en mot tang va nhieu tang bat ky hoac
ca toa nha.

B. An emergency 3-sound one-tone chime shall precede the announcement. The
loudness of the announcement shall be set at maximum un-distorted level by-passing
the local volume control.
Trong trng hp khan cap, thong bao se c tien hanh bang 03 hoi chuong va
mot giong noi. Thong bao nhng cho ong ngi phai m het toc o bang cach
ieu chnh am lng.

2.6 RECORDING OF FIRE EMERGENCY ANNOUNCEMENT
THU THONG BAO CHAY KHAN

A. A digital Audio Recorder shall be provided at the Fire Command Centre with 12
houres duration to record simultaneously all alarm signals and voice traffic over the
loudspeakers on one track and voice traffic over the two-way fireman intercoms on
the other rack.

2.7 AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ANNOUNCEMENT
THONG BAO TIN NHAN T ONG

A. Pre-recorded message shall be sent through an automatic CD player repeatedly when
the fire signal has been triggered. A continuous visual shall be actuated when the
pre-recorded message player is operating.
Tin nhan thu trc ay se c gi thong qua CD t ong, lap lai tin nhan khi ky
hieu bao chay a c bat. Khong ngng quan sat khi tin nhan thu c ang chay.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 185 of 214

B. A flashing light shall be provided when the CD is not in the player. The
Contractorshall provide minimum two nos. of recorded message CD for each public
address system.
en chp bao hieu khi CD khong hoat ong. Nha thause cung cap toi thieu 2 tin
nhan thu c tren CD cho moi he thong cong cong.

C. The voice message shall comply with the local fire department authority requirement
and subject to Construction Managers approval.
Tin nhan co tieng phu hp vi yeu cau cua c quan thiet b phong chay va e trnh
xin chap thuan cua Giam oc d an.

2.8 INTERFACING BETWEEN CONTROL ROOMS
GIAO DIEN GIA CAC PHONG KIEM SOAT

A. It is Contractor responsibility to provide the interconnection transmission cables to
enable the Central control room to monitor and overall control of the entire PA
system and all PA sub-systems.
Trach nhiem cua cung cap si cap dung lam ng truyen lien lac nham giup ieu
khien cac phong keim soat trung tam va kiem soat toan bo he thong PA va he
thong phu PA.

Part 3 CENTRAL CONTROL EQUIPMENT
PHAN 3 - THIET BI DIEU KHIEN TRUNG TAM

3.1 CENTRAL MICROPROCESSOR UNIT
BO VI X LY TRUNG TAM

A. The Central Microprocessor shall control the following:
Bo vi x ly trung tam se kiem soat sau ay:

1. Up to 4 calls stations
Len en 04 tram goi

2. Up to 64 loudspeaker circuits
Len en 64 mach ien trong loa.

B. The Central Processor module shall communicate and address all function modules
and interface circuitry. The Microprocessor shall continuously check and guard the
system hardware for errors. Malfunctions and disconnections. If a malfunction is
detected, a message shall be displayed on the display and keyboard card.
Module cua bo vi x ly trung tam se thong tin lien lac va anh dau cac modules
chc nang va mach giao dien. Bo vi x ly se lien tuc kiem tra va khong e loi xay ra
trong phan cng he thong. Khong ung thiet b va b gian oan. Neu phat hien sai
chc nang, mot tin nhan xuat hien tren man hnh va the ien t.

C. The system shall be engineered to handle different commands at the same time.
He thong se c chay ien e kiem soat cac lenh khac nhau trong cung mot thi
iem.

D. A display and keyboard module shall be provided to perform the programming of the
system for user, installer and maintenance/servicing purposes. The displaying shall
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 186 of 214

show the sequence of programming and store the system configuration details; during
programming, it shall also display any system errors or faults.
Man hnh va module ban phm phai c cung cap e thc hien cai at chng
trnh he thong cho ngi s dung, ngi lap at va muc ch bao tr va cung cap
dch vu. Man hnh se hien th chuoi chng trnh va lu tr chi tiet cau hnh he
thong; trong qua trnh cai at, no cung se bao loi he thong hoac he thong ang b
truc trac.

3.2 AUDIO MIXER
MAY LONG TIENG

A. Technical Specification shall be as follows:
ac tnh ky thuat se nh sau:

1. Frequency : 20Hz to 20 kHz
Tan so : 20Hz en 20 kHz

2. Total harmonic distortion : Less than 0.5%
Tong cong hoa am day noi : t hn 0.5%

3. Inputs : 6 Mic/line selector switch
au vao : 6 Mic/ bo chuyen mach
4. Input sensitivity : a. Microphone: 1.5 mV to 180mV low
impedance
o nhay cam au vao : a. Microphone: 1.5 mV en 180mV ien tr
thap

b. Line:50mV to6V 50K ohm input
impedance
b. Dong ien: 50mV en 6V 50K ohm ien
tr au vao

5. Output level : 0.775V into 600 ohms
Mc o au ra : 0.775V vao 600 ohms

6. N oise level : 85 dBm
o on : 85 dBm

3.3 LIMITED AMPLIFIER
GII HAN AM-PLI

A. Technical Specifications shall be as follows:
ac tnh ky thuat c liet ke nh sau:

1. Frequency response
Tan so phat ra
: 20Hz to 20 KHz
20Hz en 20 KHz
2. Threshold
iem i vao
: +4 dBm to +12dBm by 2 dB steps
+4 dBm to +12dBm by 2 dB cac bc
3. Attack
Don dap

: Auto-nominal 5m-sec at 12 dB of control
Auto-gia tr khong ang ke 5m-giay at
kiem soat 12 dB
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 187 of 214

4. Release
Nha
: 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1.2 sec and auto
0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1.2 giay va t ong
5. N oise
On
: 85 dBm
85 dBm
6. Output
Cong suat
: Adjustable up to +20dBm into 600 ohm
Chnh len en +20dBm vao 600 ohm

3.4 1/3 OCTAVE GRAPHIC EQUALIZER
1/3 - CAN BANG O HOA QUANG TAM

A. Technical Specifications shall be as follows:
ac tnh ky thuat c liet ke nh sau:

1. N o. of filters
Khong loc
: 27
27
2. Centre of Frequency
Tan so trung tam
: 40Hz 16,000 Hz
40Hz 16,000 Hz

3.
Input impedance
au vao ien tr
: Unbalanced 10ohms, short circuit protected
Khong can oi 10ohms, mach ien ngan
c bao ve
4. Operating level
Mc o van hanh
: -20dBm to +24 dBm
-20dBm to +24 dBm
5. Input protection
Bao ve au vao
: -60V ms
-60V ms
6. Centre frequency
Tan so trung tam
: 2% accuracy
Chnh xac
7. Calibration accuracy
o chnh xac dao
ong

: 0.5%
0.5%
Tan so phat ra
: 20-20,000 Hz 0.5dBm
20-20,000 Hz 0.5dBm
9. Output clipping
Cat giam nang suat
: +22 dBm into 600 ohms point
+22 dBm vao 600 ohms iem
10. Distortion
Day noi
: a. Less than 0.01%, 1kHz at +4dBm into 600
ohms.
a. t hn 0.01%, 1kHz at +4dBm vao 600
ohms.
b. Less than 0.05%, 20 kHz-20,000 Hz at 18
dBm into 600 ohms.
b. t hn 0.05%, 20 kHz-20,000 Hz tai v tr
18 dBm vao 600 ohms
11. Equivalent input
au vao tng ng
: 2-20,000 Hz unweight 90 dBm
2-20,000 Hz khong trong lng 90 dBm

3.7 AUTOMATIC DIGITAL COMPACT DISC PLAYER
A COMPACT DISC KY THUAT SO T ONG

A. This unit shall be rack mountable and engineered for continuous operation and
capable of pre loading 5 discs. All controls should be front accessible.
Thiet b c gan rack va chay ien lien tuc va co kha nang tai trc 05 discs. Tat
ca bo phan kiem soat phai c at ang trc e de thao tac
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 188 of 214

B. The CD player shall be equipped with the following features:
a CD phai c trang b vi nhng ac tnh sau:

1. Automatic and continuous play of up to 5 nos. VCD discs,
Chi lien tuc va t ong cho en 05 so a VCD,

2. Direct programming of 30 tracks from up to 5 discs,
Trc tiep cai at chng trnh 30 tracks cho en 05a,

3. Four times over sampling digital filter,
04 lan nhieu hn s lay mau may loc bang ky thuat so,

4. Full 16-bit dual D.A converter,
May oi ien toan dien 16-bit D.A,

5. Multi-function player status display,
Man hnh cha nhieu chc nang,

6. Volume control.
ieu chnh am lng

C. Technical Specifications shall be as follows:
ac tnh ky thuat se c liet ke nh sau:

1. Frequency range
Bo tr tan so
: 2 Hz to 20 kHz
2 Hz en 20 kHz
2. S/N ratio
ng truyen Nam/ Bac
: Better than 100 dB
Nhieu hn 100 dB
3. Dynamic range
Bo tr iem noi bac
: Better than 96 dB
Nhieu hn 96 dB
4. Channel separation
Tach kenh
: Better than 96 dB at 1 kHz
Nhieu hn 96 dB tai v tr 1 kHz
5. Total Harmonic Distortion
Tong cong day noi hoa
am
: Less than 0.0025% at 1 kHz
t hn 0.0025% tai v tr 1 kHz
6. Max. output level
Mc o cong suat cc ai
: 2V rms
2V rms
7. Min. load impedance
ien tr tai toi thieu
: 10 kohm
10 kohm

3.5 PRE-AMP MODULES
PRE-AMP MODULES

A. The pre-amp shall be fully solid state of modular detail with volume and separate
bass/treble control and accepts input from microphone, tuner or CD player and chime
inputs.
Pre-amp co ay u chi tiet module trang thai ran i kem bo ieu chnh am lng
va phan loai ieu nhac bass hoac treble va chap nhan tat ca au vao t
microphone, nut van hoac CD va tieng chuong.

B. Electronic switching for line remote control to be incorporated. Built-in priority
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 189 of 214

circuit for microphone circuits shall be avoided.
S chuyen mach ien t ket hp vi thiet b ieu khien t xa. Khong nen gan mach
ien t cho mach ien t microphone

C. Technical Specifications shall be as follows:

1. Frequency Response
Tan so phat ra
: 50Hz to 15 KHz +/- 2 dB
50Hz en 15 KHz +/- 2 dB
2. Distortion
Day noi
: Less than 1 %
t hn 1%
3. S/N ratio
ng truyen Nam/ Bac
: Better than 60 dB
Nhieu hn 60dB
4. Output impedance
ien tr au ra
: 600 ohm balanced
Can oi 600 ohm

D. A test tone generator module shall be incorporated to provide test zone to power
amplifier for calibration purpose.
Kiem tra am thanh phat ra t module cua may phat ket hp kiem tra dong ien
trong Am-pli khu vc e xac nh c.

3.9 POWER AMPLIFIER
AM-PLI CONG SUAT

A. The unit shall be fully solid state, professional, monaural audio amplifier of rugged
construction detailed for 24 hours continuous duty at rated output and with audio
output quality.
Thiet b the ran toan phan, chuyen dung, audio Am-pli mot cuc chi tiet lap at
phc tap cho mc cong suat s dung 24 gi lien tuc va chat lng cong suat audio.

B. The unit shall have presettable input level and with output via transformer shall be
selectable by voltage tapping. All controls shall be front accessible with ON /OFF
switch an output level indication by VU-meter.
Lap au vao tam thi, con au ra thong qua may bien the co bang tai dong ien ap
thch hp. Nut bat/ tat dung e kiem soat c at ang trc, ch so mc cong
suat thong qua ong ho o VU.

C. The unit shall be suitable for standard equipment rack mounting and complete with
drawer handle.
Thiet b phu hp vi tieu chuan rack mounting cua thiet b va hoan chnh quai keo.

D. The amplifier shall protected from misleading, short-circulation of output or
grounding by thermal protection and electronic means.
Am-pli khong i lech hng, cong suat mach ien ngan hoac chon xuong at bang
cac bao ve nhiet ien va phng tien ien t.

E. The amplifier shall withstand adverse overload conditions without major distortion.
Am-pli chu c tai trong qua mc ma khong can day noi chnh.

F. Ample thermal capacity heat sink shall be employed for heat dissipation of output
stage transistor.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 190 of 214

Ample thermal capacity heat sink c chon e toa sc nong cua cong suat ban
dan.

G. Technical Specifications shall be as follows:

1. Input

au vao
: 500 mV to 10V adjustable at 10K ohm with
input transformer
ieu chnh 500 mV en 10V 10K ohm
cung vi au vao cua may bien the
2. Output

au ra
: Rated output nominal to IEC 268-3 as per
drawings
Mc cong suat ch nh theo tieu chuan IEC
268-3 nh moi ban ve
3. Output voltage
Cong suat ien ap
: 100V/70V/50V through transformer
100V/70V/50V thong qua may bien the
Tan so phat ra
: 50 to 10,000 kHz _+/- 3 dB
50 en 10,000 kHz _+/- 3 dB
5. Distortion
Day noi
: Less than 1% at rated power at 1 kHz
t hn 1% mc dong ien 1 kHz
6. S/N Ratio
ng truyen Nam/
Bac
: Better than 85 dB preset control flat from
20-20 kHz
Nhieu hn 85 dB khi ong kiem soat mat
phang t 20-20 kHz
3.10 AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ANNOUNCIATOR
THIET B THONG BAO TIN NHAN T ONG

A. The system shall be fully automatic unit which repeats recorder at predetermined
interval during background music broadcast and emergency. The unit shall accept
CD and shall be front loading. All controls shall be front accessible including power
ON/OFF, CD loading, track selection and , message selection buttons and indication
etc. The unit shall have automatic gain control (AGC) circuit , message skipping,
built in timer, announcement priority and live announcement features. Interval timer
shall be switch selectable including OFF.
He thong la thiet b t ong toan phan lap lai cac tin a thu theo trnh t thi gian
trong luc phat nhac nen va thong bao trng hp khan cap. Thiet b chap nhan a
CD va sc chu tai nam pha trc. Tat ca bo phan kiem soat nam pha trc de
s dung bao gom vat/ tat dong ien, tai a CD, chon track va chon nut nhan tin va
dau hieu... Co chc nang t ong kiem soat (AGC) mach ien, lt tin nhan, cai
at may bam gi, thong bao theo th t u tien va phat thong bao. Khoang cach
bam gi se c chon la ke ca thi gian ngh.

B. Technical Specifications shall be as follows:

1. Frequency Response
Tan so phat ra
: 100- 7kHz 3dB (CD)

: 100-15kHz 3dB (Mic)
2. Wow and Flutter
An tng va kch
ong
: Less than 0.1% WRMS
t hn 0.1% WRMS
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 191 of 214

3. Distortion
Day noi
: Less than 3% at 1 kHz (CD)
t hn 3% mc 1 kHz (CD)
: Less than 2% at 1 kHz (Mic)
t hn mc 1 kHz (Mic)
4. S/N Ratio
ng truyen Nam/
Bac
: Better than 50dB (CD)
Nhieu hn 50 dB (CD)
Better than 55dB(Mic)
Nhieu hn 55 dB (Mic)

3.11 CHIME/TONE SIGNAL GENERATOR
MAY PHAT TN HIEU GIONG NOI VA TIENG CHUONG

A. The unit shall be modular type and suitable for rack mounting.
Thiet b loai module va phu hp vi gan rack.

B. Two chime modules and two alarms signal modules shall be provided.
02 modules dung cho tieng chuong va 02 modules ky hieu tieng chuong se c
cung cap.

C. Signal shall be programmed to precede an announcement from a call station or either
used as an independently alarm for hazardous events.
Ky hieu se c cai at e thong bao t tram goi hoac bao ong cho nhng trng
hp mao hiem.

D. Adjustable output level and sounding time features shall be provided for the chime
and alarm signal modules.
ieu chnh mc cong suat va thi iem am thanh c phat ra cho chuong va cac
modules ky hieu chuong bao ong.

3.12 MONITORING UNIT
THIET B IEU KHIEN

A. A monitoring unit shall be provided to monitor the output of various input sources by
push-button type selector.
Thiet b ieu khien se c cung cap cho bo ieu khien, cong suat cua cac nguon
vao thong qua bo chon loc co nut ay.

B. A VU meter with adjustable sensitivity shall be incorporated.
ong ho o VU se ket hp vi thiet b ieu chnh o nhay cam.

C. The output shall be connected to a 1W speaker with volume control.
au ra c noi vao loa co cong suat 1W i kem thiet b ieu chnh am lng.

D. Headphone jack with speaker mute function and headphone shall be provided.
on bay tai nghe co chc nang tat loa va tai nghe se c cung cap.

3.13 DC POWER SUPPLY
CUNG CAP IEN DC

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 192 of 214

A. A regulated CD power supply for the pre-amplifiers, DC relays and chimes shall be
provided. It shall be not greater than 50V DC and of sufficient current capacity to
operate simultaneously all the pre-amplifiers, relays and chimes. The ripple factor
shall be less than 1% at rated DC current.
Chnh sa viec cung cap ien CD cho cac Am-pli, r le DC va tieng chuong se
c cung cap. Khong ln hn 50V DC va cong suat dong ien ay u e van hanh
cung luc vi tat ca Am-Pli, r le va tieng chuong. He so gn song phai t hn 1%
mc dong ien DC.

B. The step-down transformer shall be protected at input and output by fuses. It shall
also at the same time provide alternating current to light up the bulbs of the buttons.
May bien the giam ien ap c bao ve bang cau ch au vao va cau ch au ra.
Cung cung mot ti iem dong ien thay oi lam sang nut bat bong en.

C. Unless otherwise specified, a four hour battery (maintenance free totally sealed off
lead acidic type) backup power shall also be provided with automatic changeover
Contractorto back-up the whole PA system during the mains failure. Specification
according Section 16615.
Tr khi co ghi chu khac, trong thi gian mat ien, Nha thaus dung pin lu 04 tieng
(loai pin nay c bao tr bang cach g het niem phong co ghi ch co chat acidic)
e ho tr chuyen giao dong ien mot cach t ong cho toan bo he thong PA.

3.14 EQUIPMENT RACK
KHUNG THIET B

A. Floor mounted central equipment racks shall be provided by this Contractorfor
housing the power amplifiers, pre-amp mixers, CD player, microphone, and zone
selector panel etc. of the system as mentioned above.
Nha thau se cung cap tu gian khung c gan chnh gia san dung lam vo boc
Am-pli co ien, pre-amp mixers, a CD, microphone va tu ien dung cho khu vc
cua he thong nh e cap ben tren.

B. All amplifiers shall be rack-mounted, and all heat sinks for transistors and circuitry
shall be arranged such that amplifiers can be mounted one on top of the other without
incurring ventilation problems. All amplifying components shall be a modular
constructions to permit easy removal and replacement of faulty circuits.
Tat ca am-pli eu c gan vao gian khung, va all heat sinks for transistors va can
bo tr mach ien nh vay am-pli co the gan chong len nh cua nhau ma khong he
co bat c van e lo h nao xay ra. Tat ca nhng bo phan cau thanh am-pli phai
c thiet lap module cho phep di chuyen de dang va thay the tat ca mach ien b
h.

C. The equipment rack shall be filed and sanded to smooth surface, sprayed with a final
coat of duly grey lacquer as approved by the Construction Manager.
Tu gian khung se c lap va anh bong be mat bang cat, xt mot lp sn bac sau
cung nh y chap thuan cua Giam oc d an.

D. All equipment shall be mounted and arranged in a manner so that easy access can be
achieved by the operator.
Tat ca thiet b c gan va sap theo thc t ieu nay giup ngi ieu hanh co the
truy cap mot cach de dang.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 193 of 214

PART 4 FIELD EQUIPMENT
PHAN 4 - THIET BI TAI HIEN TRUONG

4.1 CEILING AND SUFACE MOUNTING SPEAKERS
LOA GAN TREN TRAN VA LOA GAN TNG

A. All speakers shall be recess mounted with metal grille in the false ceiling. Where
there is no false ceiling, panel type with surface mounting box shall be provided.
Each type shall refer to the drawings. The speakers shall be 200mm diameter high
quality type of-white finish. The speakers shall have a frequency response of 200 to
1,400 Hz 3 dB and a sound pressure level of at least 90 dB at 1 kHz octave, 1 m,
1W input according to IEC standard. Voice coil shall be 25mm diameter with an 8
ohm impedance.
Tat ca loa eu c boc khung li bang kim loai gan tren tran gia. Cho nao khong
dung tran gia, th se cung cap loai bang co hop gan tren be mat. Moi loai se tham
khao tren cac ban ve. Cac loa co ng knh 200mm, chat lng cao, trang lp sn
mau trang. Cac loa phai co tan so phat ra 200 to 1,400 Hz 3 dB va mc o ap lc
am thanh t nhat 90 dB at 1 kHz quang tam, 1m, au vao 1W da theo tieu chuan
IEC. Bo bien ien giong noi co ng knh 25mm vi ien tr 8 ohm.

B. Each speaker shall be equipped with a line matching transformer. Transformer shall
be provided for each speaker with power tap settings of 1 and 2 watts for 100V lines.
Insertion loss of the transformer shall not exceed 1 dB. Metal cover with self support
shall be provided for all ceiling speakers to prevent acoustic transmission.
Moi loa c trang b mot dong ien phu hp vi may bien the. May bien the cung
cap cho moi loa bang tai ien co cong suat 1 watt va 2watt vi dong ien 100 V.
en bu ton that cho may bien the khong vt qua 1 dB. Nap kim loai t bao ve c
cung cap cho tat ca loa tran nham ngan ng truyen ien hoc.

4.2 HORN SPEAKERS
LOA NOI

A. The horn speakers shall be splash-proof, light weight and made from drawn in
aluminum sheet. Adjustable rigid bracket and clamps shall be provided to fix the
speaker firmly. Each horn speaker shall be equipped with a 100V line matching
transformer. Tapping for full, half and quarter power selection shall be provided.
Loa noi phai co mai choi, trong lng nhe va c keo bang nhom. Moc cng va
kep ieu chnh c gan co nh tren loa. Moi loa noi c trang b dong ien
100V tng xng vi may ien the. Can cung cap bang tai ien theo c mot phan
ba phan, na phan va nguyen phan

B. The horn speakers shall be 150mm diameter with at least 10W power handling
capacity. The speaker shall have a frequency response of 250 to 10000 Hz 10dB
and a sound pressure level of 104 dB at 1 kHz octave 1 m, 1 w input according to IEC
standard.
Loa noi co ng knh 150mm vi cong suat kiem soat dong ien t nhat 10W. Loa
se co tan so phat ra t 250 en 10000 Hz 10dB va mc o ap lc am thanh 104
dB tai v tr 1 kHz quang tam 1 m, 1 w au vao theo tieu chuan IEC.

C. Lightning arrestors shall be provide for the circuit serving any outdoor speakers prior
to connection back to the system.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 194 of 214

Bo chong set phai c cung cap e bao ve mach ien cua cac loa c dung
ngoai tri trc khi noi tr lai he thong.

4.3 LOCAL VOLUME CONTROL UNIT
THIET B KIEM SOAT AM THANH NOI BO

A. The local volume control unit shall consists of:
Thiet b kiem soat am thanh se bao gom:

1. Auto-transformer type for power rating above 10W,
Loai may bien the t ong cho dong ien tren 10W,

2. Inductor type for power rating between 3W an d10 W,
Loai ong dan ien cho mc dong ien gia 3W va d10W,

3. Potentionmeter type for power rating below 3W,
Loai o ien the cho dong ien di 3W,

4. Remote-controlled by-pass switch for emergency announcement.
ieu khien t xa bang cong tac cho trng hp thong bao khan cap.

B. Appropriate type shall be selected to match system requirement. All volume control
shall have stainless steel face plate with stamped and filled dial scale and matching
dial knob.
Loai thch hp se c chon xng vi yeu cau he thong. Tat ca thiet b ieu khien
am thanh phai c lam bang thep tam khong r co ong dau va ty le ay u va
khp nut bam.

C. The units shall have not less than 6 positions including off position and with 3 dB
attenuation per step. All switch contacts shall be silver plated for noise free
operation. The unit shall be suitable for flush wall mount or surface mount junction
box. Samples shall be submitted for approval.
Cac thiet bkiem soat am thanh noi bo khong di 06 v tr ke ca v tr b bo va
giam 3 dB cho moi bc. Tat ca vat tiep xuc cong tac phai c ma bac e khong
b va cham. Thiet bkiem soat am thanh noi boc gan tren tng hoac hop noi
ien c gan tren be mat. Mau se c e trnh e xin chap thuan.

4.4 TERMINATION AND CONTROL UNIT
THIET B IEU KHIEN VA THIET BNGAT

A. This unit shall be provided at all floors. It serves for audio cable tee-off and control
cable termination. Cable termination blocks, fuse unit in appropriate rating for audio
cables and emergency announcement control relay shall be housed inside this unit.
Metallic box shall be provided equip the unit components.
Thiet b nay se c cung cap tai tat ca cac tang. No ho tr audio cap mac nhanh
ch T va kiem soat au cap. Boc au cap, dung cau ch co o thch hp cho cap
audio va r le dung e kiem soat trong trng hp thong bao khan cap se c boc
trong thiet b nay.

B. Each tenant retail shop unit and all the location specified with future sound
reinforcement system shall be provided with one Termination and Control unit to
cater for tenant fitting out connection. The termination and control unit shall cut-off
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 195 of 214

the tenant sound system and allow emergency announcement audio signal to be
delivered.
Moi ca hang ban le va tat ca v tr a c ch nh bo sung he thong am thanh ve
sau se c cung cap mot Termination and Control unit e ngi thue co the noi
vao. Termination and Control unit se bo he thong am thanh cua ngi thue thay vao
o la ky hieu thong bao khan cap bang tieng.

PART 5 CABLING
PHAN 5 - SOI CAP

5.1 THE SPEAKER WIRES FROM THE AMPLIFIERS SHALL FUN IN ZONES IN
CONDUITS/TRUNKINGS AND TERMINATED IN THE TERMINATION BOXES
ON EACH FLOOR. MEASURES SHOULD BE TAKEN TO AVOID ANY SIGNAL
BE PICKED UP ALONG THE COMMUNICATION ROUTE. THE
CONTRACTORSHALL PROVIDE ALL CONNECTION BOXES COMPLETE WITH
NECESSARY TERMINATION BLOCK FOR THE SYSTEM, SUCH CONNECTION
BOXES SHOULD HAVE A FIRE RESISTANCE RATING NOT LESS THAN ONE
HOUR.
Day dan ien dung cho loa t cac Am-Pli trong nhng khu vc khac nhau se ben trong ong
luon day hoac hop i day va ngat phan au hop at tren moi tang. Can phai tnh toan nham
tranh cac ky hieu c gan suot tuyen thong tin lien lac b anh cap. Nha thause cung cap
cac hop lam khau noi bang au puli cho he thong, cac hop lam khau noi nay phai co mc
chong chay khong di mot gi.
5.2 PIGTAIL LEADS ON SPEAKERS, ETC, SHALL BE CONNECTED TO CABLES BY
MEANS OF CONNECTORS WITH BACKING SCREWS, OR SOLDERED AND
TAPED. WIRE NITS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.
Ch quan vao loa se c noi vi si cap thong qua khau noi bang oc inox hoac han hoac
dan bang. Khong s dung nhng th linh tinh cua day dan ien
5.3 ALL WIRING SHALL BE NUMBERED FOR IDENTIFICATION AT EACH OF
CABLE RUN, USING PRINTED OR EMBOSSED SYMBOLS PERMANENTLY
ATTACHED TO THE CABLE. EACH TERMINAL SHALL \BE NUMBERED IN A
SIMILAR FASHION, AND EACH TERMINAL OF THE STRIP LABELLED. ALL
CONDUCTORS WHICH CARRY SUPPLY ENERGY SHALL BE LABELLED AS TO
VOLTAGE AND POLARITY. THE WIRING DIAGRAM AND THE NUMBERING
SYSTEM SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL BEFORE INSTALLATION.
Tat ca day dan ien phai c anh so e nhan biet moi lan keo cap, bang cach in hoac
tam ti dung nhng bieu tng c tram noi nh vao si cap. Moi au se c anh so
theo kieu tng t, va moi au si c gan nhan. Tat ca ong dan ien phai gan nhan khi
thc hien viec cung cap nang lng lien quan en ien ap va phan cc. S o i day va he
thong so se c e trnh e xin chap thuan trc khi lap at.
5.4 MULTI-PIN PLUG AND SOCKET CONNECTORS SHALL BE USED FOR FAST
CONNECTION AND DISCONNECTION. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRES SHALL BE
CONTINUOUS, NO SPLICE AND SHALL TERMINATE AT CONNECTORS OR
TERMINATES ONLY.
Chot pin a nang va o cam ien cua uoi en se c dung e noi nhanh va khong noi.
Tat ca day dan ien ap thap phai lien tuc, khong noi ben va se ngat tai khp noi hoac ch
ngat khong thoi.

5.5 ALL SPEAKER CABLES SHALL BE MONITORED BY MEANS OF IMPEDANCE
MEASUREMENT METHOD FOR OPEN CIRCUIT FAULT, SHORT CIRCUIT
FAULT AND GROUND FAULT.
Tat ca cap dung cho loa se c ieu khien bang phng phap nh lng ien tr e m
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 196 of 214

mach ien b h, mach ien ngan b h va mach ien chon di at b h.

5.6 COAXIAL CABLE
TRUC CAP

A. Coaxial Cable shall include:
Truc cap se bao gom:

1. Feeder distribution coaxial cable,
Phan phoi ng day cho truc cap,

2. Final distribution coaxial cable.
Phan phoi truc cap sau cung.

B. Feeder distribution coaxial cable shall be:
Phan phoi ng day ra cho truc cap nh sau:

1. low loss type,
Loai that thoat thap,

2. inner conductor of plain annealed copper wire,
Day dan ien c lam bang ong nung tran bong ben trong ong dan ien,

3. outer conductor of plain annealed copper wire,
Day dan ien c lam bang ong nung tran bong ben ngoai ong dan ien,

4. outer conductor of copper wave wire screened over plain annealed copper type,
outer conductor of copper wave wire screened over plain annealed copper type,

5. a layer of dielectric insulation between conductor of polyethylene thread and tube
arrangements,
Lp cach nhiet co chat ien moi gia ong dan ien cua ong tube co cha
cellular polyethylene, cach bo tr ong tube,

6. outer sheath of black polyethylene,
Characteristics Impedance : 75 ohm
Vo boc ben ngoai c lam bang
nha deo PVC. Co tnh ien tr

Return Loss : Better than 30dB at 20 400 Mhz
Mat hng quay Nhieu hn 30 dB tai v tr 20 400
MHz

Maximum attenuation : Less than 10 dB/100 m at 400 MHz
Giam toi a t hn 14 dB/100 m tai v tr 400
MHz.
C. Final distribution coaxial cable shall be:
Phan phoi truc cap sau cung nh sau:

1. inner conductor of plain annealed copper wire,
Ong dan ien ben trong cua day ien c lam bang ong nung,

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 197 of 214

2. outer conductor of plain annealed copper wave wire screened over plain annealed
copper tape,
outer conductor of plain annealed copper wave wire screened over plain annealed
copper tape,

3. a layer of dielectric insulation between conductor of cellular polyethylene of tube
arrangement,
Lp cach nhiet c lam bang chat ien moi gia ong dan ien cua ong tube co
cha cellular polyethylene,

4. outer sheath of cream PVC.
Characteristic Impedance : 75ohm
Vo boc ben ngoai c lam bang :
nha deo PVC. Co tnh ien tr
Return Loss : Better than 30 dB at 20 400 MHz
Mat hng quay : Nhieu hn 30 dB tai v tr 20 400
MHz

Maximum Attenuation : Less than 14 dB/100 m at 400 MHz
Giam toi a : t hn 14 dB/100 m tai v tr 400
MHz.
5.7 CABLE PVC INSULATED
CAP - PVC CO LP CACH NIHIET

A. Polyvinyl Chloride Insulated Cables:
Si cap c lam bang Polyvinyl Chloride co lp cach nhiet:

1. Conform to B.S. 6004 450/750V grade,
Phu hp vi tieu chuan B.S. 6004 450/750V,

2. Conductor Single or stranded annealed copper,
Ong dan ien - n lap hoac ong nung,

3. Insulation Polyvinyl Chloride,
Lp cach nhiet - Polyvinyl Chloride,

4. Minimum size of cables shall be 1.5 sq. mm copper,
Kch thc si cap toi thieu se la 1.5 sq. mm ong.

5. Cables shall be coloured coded and ferruled at both ends.
Si cap se c ky hieu bang nhieu mau sac va bt sat ca hai au.

5.8 CABLE AUDIO DISTRIBUTION
CAP - PHAN PHOI AUDIO

A. Audio distribution cable shall be multicore fire resistant cable with twisted pair
conductors:
Cap phan phoi cho audio se co nhieu loi, cap chong chay i kem vi ong dan ien
co hai oi xoan:

1. UL listed or equivalent with working voltage to 300V,
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 198 of 214

Liet ke UL hoac tng ng vi ien ap 300V,

2. Conductor tinned annealed copper, stranded with minimum conductor arranged
Ong dan ien - lam bang ong nung mong, stranded with minimum conductor
arranged

3. In twisted pair, 1.5 sq. mm for main feeder riser and 0.75 sq. mm for others,
Trong oi xoan, 1.5 sq.mm cho main feeder riser va 0.75 met vuong cho cac
phan khac,

4. Insulation Polyvinyl Chloride,
Cach ien - Polyvinyl Chloride,

5. Cables shall be colour coded and ferruled at both ends,
Si cap se c ky hieu mau va sat bt ca hai au,

6. Engineered for audio sound broadcast use.
Lap may e phat am thanh audio.

5.9 CABLE MULTICORE
CAP - NHIEU LOI

1. Engineered for communication and instrumentation use,
Lap may cho thong tin lien lac va s dung nhac cu,

2. Conductor Single annealed copper,
Bot phan dan ien - ong nung n lap,

3. Insulation Polyvinyl Chloride to B.S. 6746, Multi core, with PVC insulation for
individual core, with PETP tape laminate and rip cord,
Cach nhiet - Polyvinyl Chloride theo tieu chuan B.S. 6746, nhieu loi, cach nhiet
PVC cho tng loi, bang dat mong PETP va rip cord,

4. Outer overall sheathe shall be PVC,
Toan bo vo boc ngoai c lam bang nha PVC,

5. Cable core shall be colour coded to IEC Publication 189,
Loi cap se c anh ky hieu mau theo tieu chuan IEC Publication 189,

6. Minimum conductor size shall be 0.5 mm (diameter),
Kch thc ong dan ien toi thieu la 0.5mm (ng knh),

7. Identification numeral or ferrule at both ends of individual core for identification.
e nhan biet th nhn vao so hoac nhn vao sat bt ca hai au cua tng loi.

5.10 FIRE RESISTANT CABLE
CAP CHONG CHAY

A. All cable as specified above required to maintain the emergency announcement shall
be fire resistant to rating as per Civil Defence requirement.
Tat ca cap c e cap ben tren can gi nguyen, mc o chong chay se c thong
bao khan cap theo yeu cau cua oi dan phong.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 199 of 214

PART 6 TESTING
PHAN 6 - KIEM TRA

6.1 SETTING
CAI AT

A. The Contractorshall make all the necessary setting of the equipment after
installation. The volume o each zone shall adjusted to suit the usage of the zone. The
loudspeaker line transformers shall also be set to give an appropriate loudness inn
that zone taking into consideration the ambient noise level.
Nha thause thc hien tat ca viec cai at can thiet cua nhac cu sau khi lap at. ieu
chnh am lng cua moi khu vc se c chnh sa cho phu hp vi thoi quen cua
khu vc. May bien the dung e truyen am thanh cua loa cung se c cai at nham
a ra mc o on thch hp vi khu vc xung quanh.

B. The pre-amplifiers shall also be present to give a clear pleasant loudness for
emergency announcement. All automatic background music players, CD player.
AM.FM turner, audio mixer and limiter amplifiers shall be adjusted to give optimum
output to the graphic equalizer. The equalizer shall be adjusted so that the output
frequency response from the loudspeakers are as flat as possible.
Am-pli cung se c gii thieu nhng cong dung lam du tieng on trong trng hp
co thong bao khan cap. Tat ca chi nhac nen t ong, a CD. Van ai AM-FM,
may long tiengaudio-mixer va bo phan gii han Am-pli se c ieu chnh e cho
cong suat toi u nhat en can bang hnh anh. Tan so phat ra t loa c em hay
khong la nh vao s can oi se c chnh sa.

C. The power amplifier shall be set so that a maximum power may be delivered to the
system.
ien tieu thu cho Am-pli se c cai at, do vay dong ien cc ai co the anh
hng en he thong.

6.2 TESTING
KIEM TRA

A. The Contractorshall before handling over the installed PA system, conduct
performance tests in the presence of the Construction Manager.
Trc khi ban giao viec lap at he thong PA, Nha thause tien hanh kiem tra cong
dung trong s hien dien cua Giam oc d an.

B. All mode of operations and ache microphone lines and amplifiers shall be tested and
ascertained to be functioning. Every floor shall be checked to ascertain that all
loudspeakers polarities are connected correctly so that there is no cancellation low
frequencies sound. Also all wattage shall be correctly set. Sample measurements of
loudness, distribution of energy and frequency response shall be made randomly.
Tat ca cac hnh thc hoat ong, ng ache cua microphone va Am-pli se c
kiem tra va hieu ro chc nang . Moi tang se c kiem tra nham xac nh tat ca cac
phan cc cua loa c noi chnh xac ma khong lam hong am thanh tan so thap.
Tat ca oat c cai at chnh xac. o tieng on, phan phoi nang lng va phan xa
tan so se c thc hien mot cach ngau nhien.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 200 of 214

C. The Contractorshall submit test reports prior to conducting acceptance test in the
presence of the Construction Manager. All volume controls shall be checked. The
performance of all music equipment shall also be tested to ascertain they meet the
Specifications.
Nha thause e trnh cac bao cao kiem tra trc khi viec kiem tra c chap nhan
cho tien hanh trong s hien dien cua Giam oc d an. Tat ca viec ieu chnh am
lng phai c kiem tra. Cong dung cua tat ca nhac cu cung se c kiem tra e
chng minh tat ca nhac cu eu ap ng tieu chuan ky thuat.

D. The calibration test of equipment shall also be carried out before testing on the PA
system.
Viec kiem tra c nhac cu cung se c thc hien trc khi tien hanh kiem tra he
thong PA.

E. An overall system test equipment shall also be carried out during commissioning.
Toan bo nhac cu trong he thong cung se mang i kiem tra trong qua trnh s dung

1. A pink N oise generator shall be used as sound source and the output level of all
equipment shall be brought up to OVU. The output volume control of every
speaker shall be adjusted as to give 90 dB SPL at 1 meter from the speaker. The
frequency response of every speaker measured shall not be worse than that
specified in the Specification and this shall apply to all types speakers.
May phat tieng on se c s dung nh nguon am thanh va mc o cong suat
cua tat ca nhac cu se at en OVU. Cong suat ieu chnh am lng cua moi
loa se theo tieu chuan 90 dB SPL c ly 1 met tnh t loa. Phan xa tan so cua
moi loa c tnh khong te hn ghi chep trong ac tnh ky thuat va ieu nay se
ap dung cho tat ca cac loai loa.

2. With the main fader of the mixer off, the noise level measured at the output of all
power amplifier shall not be worse that that stated in the specification.
Vi s khong chuan xac cua may long tieng, mc o on c tnh cong suat
tieu thu dong ien cho am-pli khong te hn ghi chep trong ac tnh ky thuat.

3. Standard test CD of the following frequencies shall be used to measure all CD
machines and the level output variation measured at the output stage of the mixer
shall be small than 4 dB.
Frequency: 31.5, 63, 125, 250, 500, 1K, 2K, 4K, 8K, 16K
Tieu chuan kiem tra tan so CD c liet ke di ay c dung e tnh tat ca
cac may CD va cong suat dao ong c tnh mc cong suat cua may long
tieng se nho hn 4 dB.
Tan so: 31.5, 63, 125, 250, 500, 1K, 2K, 4K, 8K, 16K.

6.3 MAINTENANCE
BAO TR

During the Defect Notification Period, comprehensive maintenance shall be
provided. The maintenance services to be carried out shall be, but not limited, to
the following:
Thi han thong bao nhc iem, tnh luon viec bao tr. Dch vu bao tr se c thc hien,
nhng khong gii han, theo sau:

A. Monthly Services
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 201 of 214

Dch vu hang thang

1. Dust and polish all PA equipment in the control rooms,
Bui ban va anh bong tat ca thiet b PA trong phong kiem soat,

2. Clean all heads of CD player, automatic background music players,
Lau chui au a CD, chi nhac nen t ong,

3. Check, oil, automatic background music players and CD player are functioning.
All faulty sliding control, push button, rubber belts, etc. shall be replaced,
Kiem tra, vo dau, chi nhac nen t ong va a CD chi ung chc nang. B loi
ve trt, nhan nut, day cu-roa... se c thay the,

4. Check volume control of all zones.
Kiem tra ieu chnh am lng tat ca khu vc.

B. Three-Monthly Services
Dch vu mot quy (03 thang)

1. Check and measures all musical equipment performances,
Kiem tra va o lng tat ca cong dung cua nhac cu,

2. Test all modes of operation of the PA system,
Kiem tra tat ca hnh thc hoat ong cua he thong PA,

3. Check all loudspeakers to ensure they are functioning. Faulty loudspeakers shall
be replaced.
Kiem tra tat ca cac loa e am bao ch1ng ang c s dung ung chc nang.
Cac loa b h se c thay the.

C. Yearly Services
Dch vu hang nam

1. Replace all rubber belts used in the CD player, automatic background music
players,
Thay the tat ca day cu roa trong a CD, chi nhac nen t ong,

i. Check conditioning of all interconnecting cables of the musical
equipment,
Kiem tra ieu kien cac si cap noi ben trong nhac cu,

4. To calibrate all necessary equipment.
Xac nh c thiet b can thiet.

D. Call-Service
Dch vu goi

The Contractorshall also provide call services within one day from the time of call.
Any sudden breakdown shall be attended and all faulty equipment or components
shall be quickly replaced. Competent Construction Manager shall be provided to
detect the fundamental cause of a fault. Temporary quick fix will not be accepted and
similar fault shall b\not re-occur.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 202 of 214

Nha thaucung se cung cap dch vu goi trong vong 01 ngay tnh t thi gian goi. Bat
ky cuoc goi nao b gian oan bat ng va tat ca cac thiet b hoac cau tao cua cac bo
phan b h se c thay nhanh chong. Giam oc d an gioi phai tm ra nguyen
nhan c ban b loi. Lap at tam thi se khong c chap nhan va loi tng t se
khong c xay ra lai.

SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 203 of 214

APPENDIX

A. GENERAL (KHI QUT)
To supply materials and install all equipments regarding to power supply. All works
must secure most safety. Cung cp vt t v thit b lin quan n vic cung cp in.
Ton b cc cng vic phi c thc hin vi mc an ton ti a
To prepare shop drawings based on the design drawings.Thc hin cc bn v thi
cng da trn bn v thit k
In coordinating with the construction process, organize labors to carry out and
complete the project as per scheduled. Phi hp vi tin xy dng, t chc lao ng
thc hin v hon tt cng trnh ng tin
Perform all necessary tests in order to secure the quality of the finished work. Thc
hin cc php th bo m cht lng cng vic
To submit written certificates, full tesing reports from approved organisations
certifying that his supplied equipments or materials have been tested and conform to the
standard. - Giao np cc giy chng nhn, cc bo co th nghim t cc c quan chc
nng, xc nhn cc thit b v vt t c th v hp chuNn
Obtain required licenses . - Phi t c cc giy php
B. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENT YU CU K THUT
All equipments and materials shall comply with the Specifications and the current standard
and regulations as mentioned in the contract.- Ton b thit b v vt t phi tun th cc yu
cu ra trong bn v, cc tiu chuNn v quy nh gn nht v nh ch ra trong bn v

Low Voltage system:- H thng in h p

System: TN -S Earthing system 3 Phases 4 Wires (Separate N eutral and
protective conductor throughout the L.V System.)- H thng: TN -S Earthing 3 pha
4 dy. Dy t v ngui tch bit nhau trong ton h thng

a. System Voltage and frequency:in p v tn s
N ominal: 380/220 Volts (in p danh nh)
Lowest: 380/220 Volts 10% (in p thp nht)
Highest: 380/220 Volts +5% (in p cao nht)
Frequency: 50 Hz + 0.5% (Tn s)
b. System Earthing: H thng ni t
System (h thng): Solid (rn)
Resistance (in tr): 2 ohm or
less
N egative phase sequence (Trnh t pha m): within 2%
Voltage fluctuation Limit (Gii hn dao ng in p) less than
5% for 380 Volts

c. Color codes: M mu:
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 204 of 214

Phases: red, yellow, blue. Dy pha: , vng, xanh dng
N eutral: black. Trung tnh: en
Earth: yellow and green. t: xanh l cy/ vng
Control: white. Dy iu khin: trng

Absolutely do not mix neutral cables with earth cables throughout the
buildings .
Tuyt i khng c u ni ln ln gia cc dy trung tnh v dy t
d. UVR to protect the system from Overvoltage, UnderVoltagre, loss in phase
and adverse phase rotation. - B bo v qu p, thp p, mt pha v ngc pha
Swichboard: Intergrated assembly of metal enclosed switch gear consisting of load
interrupter, switches, metering and instrumentation.
T kim loi, bao gm b chuyn mch, cng tc ngt ti, ng h o
1. Factory built assemblies shall be of the totally enclosed, modular cubicle type which
are extensible and suitable for floor mounting . Lp rp ti nh my dng kn, tng
moduyn lp ghp v c th ni di, ph hp cho vic lp t trn sn nh
2. Frames to be of 2 mm thick electro-galvanised steel. Khung phi dy 2 mm bng
thp trng km tnh in
3. Full access shall be provided to service and maintain all equipments inside each
cubicle by means of suitable hinged door that shall open a minimum of 120
0
. All
hinged door shall be earth connected to the cubicle. Phi c li tip cn bo tr v
sa cha, bng ca m c 120
o
. Ton b ca phi c ni t chung vi t
4. An earth bar minimum size of 50 mm and 6 mm to each vertical section of the cubicle
units and shall run the full length at the bottom of the switch board. Minimum 2
connections to main earthing system shall be provided. Thanh tip t c kch c
50mm x 6 mm cho mi phn ng ca t in v phi chy ht chiu di ca t in.
ti thiu phi c 2 mi ni vo h thmg tip t chnh
5. The neutral busbar shall be the same size of that of the phase bars. Thanh ci trung
ting phi c cng kch thc thanh ci pha.
6. The clearance and insulation shall be such as to withstand the standard 3 kV dialectric
test on the switch board/ Khong h v cch in phi chu c cc php th in
mi tiu chuNn 3 kV trn t in.
7. All switch boards shall be naturally ventilated. Cc t in phi c thng gi t
nhin.
8. Detailed calculation shall be submitted to verify total heat from the switchgear and
switchboard and the amounts of vents and ventilation fan size. Phi c tnh ton c
th kng nhit pht sinh t t in kim chng luong thng gi v kch v qut
thng gi.
9. The switch board to be provided with Volmeter, Ammeter, Power meterPhi c
trang b cc ng h Ampere, Volt k, ng h o in nng
10. ACB shall be of suitable and equipped with built-in RCB. If not, the switchboard
must be equipped with separate RCB. My ct chnh phi c trang b bo v s c
chm t. N u khng, t in phi c trang b b bo v s c chm t ring.
11. The ammeter shall be suitable for measuring the current in each phase independently.
Cng tc chn ampere k phi thch hp o dng in trong tng pha mt cch
c lp
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 205 of 214

12. The voltmeter selector switcher shall be 7-way type. Voltmeter selector switches shall
have break before make contacts.Cng tc chn volt k thuc loi 7 chiu, ngt trc
khi tip xc

ATS with generators: B chuyn in t ng v my pht
1. The system shall be equipped with 2 generators. When there is one of the
events listed hereunder that occurs longer than 15 seconds:H thng c
trang b 2 my pht. Khi mt trong cc s c sau y xy ra sau 15 giy:
o The Voltage is under the set value (10%). in p thp qu mc 10%
o The Voltage is higher than the set value (5%) in p vt qu mc
5%
2. The ACB of the main will be open, a signal will be sent to activate the
generators. My ct chnh s ct in, tn hiu gi i khi ng my pht
3. In case of Power failure or Loss in phases, the ACB of the main will open
immedialy, the Gensets will be activated immedialtely. Trng hp mt in
t xut hay mt pha: my ct chnh s ct tc th, my pht s khi ng tc
th
4. The ACB of the 1
st
Genset will close to supply immediately the load of basic
areas. The ACB of the non-basic area still remained open. My ct chnh ca
my pht th nht s ng cp ti tc th cho cc khu vc chnh. My ct
ca cc khu vc ph vn ang trng thi ct
5. Two gensets start to synchronized. After synchronized, the ACB of the 2
nd

genset closes and the ACB of the non-basic area will also close, ready for
service. Hai my pht bt u ha ng b. Sau khi ho ng b, my ct
ca my pht th hai s ng v my ct ca cc khu vc ph cng s ng,
sn sang cp ti cho ton to nh
6. When either of the genset fails to start and going to shutdown, the ACB of
the non-basic areas will also open immediately. Avoiding overload to the
running genset that would result in trip and black out for the whole building.-
Khi mt trong 2 my pht khng khi ng c hay chuNn b tt, my ct
ca cc khu vc khng c bn s ngt tc th, trnh tnh trng qu ti v mt
in cho ton b to nh
7. Total time from the black-out time till the gensets supply power for the Basic
areas of the building is set at 15 seconds. - Tng thi gian t khi mt in n
khi c in ca my pht cp cho cc khu vc c bn c chnh l 15 giy
8. When power supply is back and after a set delay timer (from 10 to 15
minutes), the system will automatically return to the City power Supply.Khi
c in tr li v sau mt khong thi gian tr (c chnh t 10 ti 15 pht),
h thng s t ng chuyn sang in li
Servive Indication Panel to Security office: - Bng bo ti phng Bo v: To send all
signals from equipments to Guard and CCTV monitor room at ground floor: - Gi ton b cc
tn hiu t cc thit b v phng CCTV Bo v tng trt
1. Low level, Over flow of the water tanks and from fuel tanks Mc nc
thp, chy trn t cc h nc; cc thng tr nhin liu
2. Run, Stop, Trip Status of pumps, fans. Tnh trng Chy, Tt, S c trip ca
cc bm, qut
3. Manual switches to switch on and off all Fans in case of fire. Cng tt ng
m bng tay cho cc qut khi c chy
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 206 of 214

4. Power status from City supply and from Genset. Tnh trng in cung cp
ca thnh ph cng nh ca Genset
5. Lift controllers. B iu khin thang my

Capacitor Bank - T in b Cng sut: To secure Power factor to be > 0.9. Bo m sao
cho h s cos phi l > 0.9

Lightings, sockets, wirings n, cm, dy dn:
1. At every light fitting, an approved type earthing terminal shall be provided. Metal
works shall be of at least 1 mm thick. Phi c dy ni t cho n. Phn bng kim
loi trn n phi dy ti thiu 1 mm
2. Cables within the lighting fittings shall be bundles by nylon self-locking cable ties, all
cable terminations within the light fittings shall be suitably shrouted. Dy in
trong n phi c b li tht cht bng dy buc nylon. Tt c cc u cp s c gi
treo ph hp

3. All lamps complete with control gear necessary in operation condition shall be
provided together with the lighting fittings as specified. Ton b n v cc c cu
iu khin phi c cung cp cng vi cc b g ph kin i km nhu ch nh
4. Sockets and Plugs: 3-pin type throughout the building. 13 Amp. Socket to be located
at 300 mm above the floor. In kitchen, plant room: 1400 mm above the floor or 150
mm above the counters or benches whichever is suitable.- cm v chu cm phi
thuc loi 3- chu cho ton building. loi 13 Amp. cm phi cch sn 300 mm.
Trong bp v phng my: cch sn 1400 mm hoc cao hn bn lm vic 150 mm tu
theo ci no tin hn
5. Isolator for cookers shall be of 30 A, for water heaters is 20 A fitted with pilot lamp
and marked water heater. Cng tc ngt in cho bp phi thuc loi 30A, cho my
nuc nng l 20A, phi c n bo v dn nhn my nc nng
6. All sockets shall be supplied through 30mA ELCB. Ton b cm phi qua cu dao
chng git 30 mA
7. . The minimum size will be 1.5 mm
2
- Kich c dy ti thiu phi l 1.5 mm
2

8. Wire sizes shall be as indicated in the drawings. Minimum cable size shall be 1.5
mm
2
for lighting, 2.5 mm
2
for power and 2.5 mm
2
for earth continuity (subject to a
maximum volt drop of 2.5% of the nominal voltage. - C dy c th hin trong
bn v. Dy nh nht cho n l 1.5 mm2, 2.5 mm2 cho dy ngun v 2.5 mm2 cho
dy t ( chu s st p 2.5% so vi in p danh nh)
9. Distinguish very clearly phase wires: red, yellow, blue. N eutral wire shall be black
and Earth wire shall be green and yellow. Phi phn bit r mu dy: dy ph:
vng, xanh dng. Trung tnh mu en, dy t mu xanh l cy v vng
10. Absolutely defense on using black wires for phases and mixing between neutral and
earth wire. Cm tuyt i s dng dy en cho dy phases v u ni ln ln gia
dy trung tnh v t
11. Wire shall be chosen among reputable brand names. The contractor will propose the
brand name and must have approval from the Construction Manager and the M&E
Manager before buying. Dy phi c chn t cc nhn hiu ni ting. N h thu s
ngh nhn hiu v phi c s chp thun ca Gim c xy dng v ca trng b
phn C in.
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 207 of 214

12. Wires for PA system are fire resistant. Run in separate fire resistant conduit. Dy
cho h thng loa pht thanh cng cng l lai chng chy i trong ng chng chy
13. All emergency lights and exit light shall be in separate circuits from separate CB.
When we switch off this CB for testing, no other electrical appliances will be
influenced
Cc n emergency v exit phi c cp in bng mch c lp c CB ring. Khi
tt CB ny test th s khng nh hng n bt k thit b in no khc
14. Cables for telepphone shall be in independent trunk case or compartment. Dy in
thai i trong trunk ring hoc ngn ring trong trunk.
15. Fiber optic shall be marked clearly for identification and for better care during
maintenance. Dy cp quang phi nh du k lng d nhn dng v ch trong
qu trnh bo tr sau ny

Drawings - Bn v
1. Drawings, specifications, codes and standards are minimum requirements. Where
requirements differ, the more stringent will apply. - Cc bn v, c tnh k thut,
Quy nh v tiu chuNn l yu cu ti thiu, khi c s khc bit, ci no nghim ngt
hn s c chn
2. Drawings show general arrangement of equipments and accessories. Follow the
drawings as closely as possible. - Bn v th hin s b tr cc thit b v ph kin.
Phi theo cng st bn v cng tt.
3. Drawings only show the approximate location of devices to be installed. If there is
significant change of location, then these modification need to be approved by the
Construction Manager. - Bn v ch th hin v tr tng i ca cc thit b v ph
kin. N u cn c s thay i ln th phi c s chp thun ca Gim c xy dng
4. Comments and corrections from the Construction Manager and the M&E manager
shall not relieve the contractor responsibilities to comply with the requirements of
the Specifications and Drawings. - Li bnh v cc sa cha ca Gim c xy
dng v ca Trng b phn C in khng lm gim trch nhim ca nh thu
trong vic tun th cc yu cu v c tnh k thut v ca cc bn v
5. Shop drawings to be updated progressively to reflect the as-built condition. - Bn
v thi cng phi c cp nht lin tc th hin tin trnh ca d n
6. As-built drawings shall be developed and produced during the course of the
installation and when requested by the Construction Manager in order to show the
monthly progress - Bn v hon cng s c pht trin v v ra trong tin trnh
thc hin v khi c s yu cu ca Gim c xy dng ch ra cho thy tin
thc hin
Cables Cp in:
1. Cables shall be delivered on robust cable drums and brand new with seal. Cp in
phi cn mi trong cun v cn seal
2. Cable joint is not acceptable for all cable installation.- Khng cho php ni cp trong
qu trnh thi cng
3. Cable lying shall be by hands, rollers shall be used. N o cable winches shall be
employed. - Ri cp bng tay, ru l. Khng dng ti ko cng cp
4. Cables entry into the building shall be hermetically sealed with an appropriate fire,
heat and water resistant, non-ageing and flexible materials. N g vo ca cp phi
lm kn bng hp cht chng chy, chu nhit, chng Nm, khng lo ho v bng vt
liu mm
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 208 of 214

5. All signals and control cabling installed shall be screened and earthed to prevent
noise and electric shock. Operation of all equipments shall not be adversely affected
by radiated energy from hand held communication equipment or others... Cc dy
tn hiu v dy iu khin phi c v bc gip v ni t chng nhiu v tc dng
ngc t cc thit b truyn tin cm tay
6. Cables in trunk shall be bunched in appropriate cable tie. Cc dy trong cp phi
c b thnh tng b trong trunk
7. Proper labelling for every10 m intervals. Proper identification markers at each end, at
entries and exit points of the concealed conduits or ducts. - Phi nh du cho dy
trong tng khong 10 m. nh du mi u, ai ng vo v ti ng ra ca ng dn
hay mng dn
8. PVC cables shall terminate in cable gland, in cooperation a rubber compression ring
and armor clamp. The cable gland shall be covered with PVC shroud.
Cp PVC s bc u cp, vng p cao su v kp bo v.. u kp cp s c bo v
bng mn PVC
9. The Sub contractor shall possess his insulation tester (up to 2.5 KV) - N h thu phi
c my o cch in 2.5 kV
10. Avoiding of overlapping of cables. - Trnh khng cp dy chng cho ln nhau
Underground cables Cp ngm
1. Cables shall be 600/1000 V grade complying with IEC 502, copper core, creoo-linked
polyethylene (XLPE) insulated and PVC sheated. XLE Insulation shall comply with
BS 5467 and IEC 502
Cp l loi 600/1000 V ph hp vi IEC 502, li ng, bc lp cch inXPLE v
bc PVC. Lp cch in XLPE phi ph hp vi tii chuNn BS 5467 v IEC 502
2. Cables shall be laid direct in the ground to a depth between 0.9 to 1.3 m below the
level of the road. Cp c t trc tip di t t 0.9 m n 1,3 m di mt ng
3. Cables shall not straight run in trenches- . Cp khng c chy trc tip trong
mung
4. Cables shall be supported in such a way that is not exposed to undue mechanical
strain and in such that there is no appreciable mechanical strain on the terminations of
the conductor - Cp s c dng gi sao cho khng chu sc cng c hc hoc
sc cng c hc l khng ng k trn u cp
5. At road crossings, the cables shall be protected with 150 mm diameter heavy duty
uPVC encased in concrete and buried to a depth of 900 mm below road level or as
indicated in the drawings. Cable crossings at drains or entry into buildings shall also
be protected by means of pipes up to a height of 2500mm. Such pipes shall be painted
as directed.. Khi bng qua ng, cp s c bo v trong ng uPVC dy 1150 mm,
ph btng v chn su 900 mm di mt ng. Cp bng qua mng that nc
hay ng vo building s c chn bo v su 2500 mm. N hng ng nh vy s
c sn nh ch dn
6. Do not backfill until all required test have been done, observed and signed off by
The Construction Manager. Khng c lp li khi chua thc hin xong cc php
th, chua c chng kin v k xc nhn bi Gim c xy dng
7. Deposit in 15 cm layers and carefully tamp until the backfill reaches a cover layer of
30 cm minimum, throughout the work - t tng lp 150 mm, m k ri lp li cho
n khi t ti thiu 300 mm, cho sut c cng trnh
8. Bottom of cable trench shall be level and smooth without stones or hard lumps. In
rough ground, a smooth 75 mm thick layer or riddled solid or sand shall be laid along
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 209 of 214

the trench bottom. y mng phi bng phng, khng c . Khi t trong t th
phi c lp ct mn dy 75 mm, hoc ct sang lc v t di y mng
9. The minimum radius of the cables as specified shall be strictly observed. The cable
shall be bent as little as possible preferably always in the same plane to avoid twisting
of the cable and no figure eight of cables. -Bn knh ti thiu phi c tun th
nghim ngt. t trong cng mt phng trnh b xon v lm thnh hnh s 8
10. Mechanically pulling of cable is permissible provided that pull is applied gradually
and the pulling mechanism has an automatic slipping clutch set to limit of 1500 KG
max. - Cho php dung my ko min l phi ko t t v phi c c cy trt c
chnh gii hn l 1500 KG
11. The contractor shall test the insulation of the cables prior to and after pulling the
cables. Record all readings and submit to the Construction Manager and M&E
Manager. N h thu phi o th cch in trc khi v sau khi ko dy. Ghi
nhn kt qu v np cho Gim c xy dng v cho Trng b phn C in
12. The contractor shall rope off and clearly define with red flags by days and flashing
lights by night the full length and width of all excavation areas. nh thu phi chng
dy vi c cho ban ngy v n chp vo ban m dc sut chiu di v chiu
ngang ca khu vc o xi
13. All cables entries to telephone room or electrical room shall be with water tight multi
cable transit (MCT) to prevent ingress of water into the substation. Ton b cc ng
vo phng in thoi v phng in phi c lp trt kn nc ngn khng cho nc
vo phng in hay in thoi
14. In the case the cable laying could not be completed on the same day and had to be
stopped due to rain, the cable entries shall be temporarily but effectively sealed to
prevent entry of water. - Khi khng th ko cp hon tt vo ban ngy, ng cp vo
phi c bt tm thi nhng hiu qu v tuyt i kn nc
15. All cables shall be tested and certified for safety before power supply is switch on.
Test to include continuity test, phasing out test and insulation resistant test. Ton b
cp phi c thv xc nhn an ton trc khi cp in

Protective Covers - Np chn bo v:
1. Cover plates to be uPVC along full length of the underground cables, regenerated
PVC or PE or PP is strictly forbidden. - Phi c np ph bo v bng uPVC sut
chiu di cp ngm. Tuyt i khng dung PVC hay PE hay PP ti ch
2. After all protective covers have been laid; the trenches shall be refilled in 150 mm
layers. The finish surface shall be proud of 50mm to allow for subsidence. - Sau khi
t cc tm ph bo v, lp mng thnh tng lp 150 mm. Lp trn cng c th cao
hn 50 mm m cht
3. The contractor shall submit the test report by Englishn and Vietnamese. The materials
and the color of the cable cover plates shall be resistant to chemical influences when
buried in to the ground. N h thu phi gi bo co bng tng Anh v tng Vit.
Vt liu v mu st tm ph phi bn v chng c ho cht khi chn vo lng t
4. The LV cable cover plates shall remain permanent and non-fading color with
dimensions: (1000 x 175 x2) mm (L x W x Thickness) mm. The English words and
Vietnamese words shall be printed in the central of the cable cover DAN GER,
VOLTAGE OF CABLES BELOW continuous on the plates Cc tm ph phi bn
khng phai mu, kch thc (1000 x 175 x 2) mm (di x rng x dy) mm. C in ch
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 210 of 214

ting Anh v ting Vit chnh gia v sut chiu di tm ph: N GUY HIM, CP
IN BN DI

Fire Resistant (FR) Cables Dy chng chy:
1. Fire resistant cables shall be installed on separate cable tray without sharing with
others. Dy chng chy s c t trong mng ring khng i cng cc h thng
khc
2. For emergency final circuit, the FR cables shall be installed in the GI conduit in
conceal slab, wallunless otherwise approved by the Construction Manager and the
M&E Manager - i vi mch khNn cp cui cng, cp chng chy s i trong ng
trng km v m tng.. nu khc i th phi c s ng ca Gim c xy dng

Earthing- Tip t
1. All equipments to be likely touched by personnel and contains sensitive electronic
equipment shall be protected against electrostatic discharge
Cc thit b c th c ngi chm vo v cha cc thnh phn in t nhy cm s
c bo v trnh hin tng phng tnh in
2. Ensure that any static or alternating magnetic fields, generated in the environment, do
not adversely affect the operation of the equipment. Phi bo m sao cho bt k
trng in t no sinh ra bi mi trng s khng c tc ng ngc n hot ng
cc thit b
3. Bonding shall be provided by the contractor for all exposed metallic parts of the
equipments, connecting them to the earthing network for meeting safety requirements
and minimize noise voltage due to potential differences. N h thu phi tip t ton
b cc c phn bng kim loi ca thit b, u vo vi h thng tip a ca to nh
4. All the non-current metal parts in the system shall be adequately bonded to each other
for earthing. Ton b cc phn kim loi nhung khng mang in cng phi c
tip t
5. For PVC armored cables, the wire armor shall be used as the sole means for earth
continuity. - i vi dy c v PVC v bc gip th phn bc gip s l phng tin
duy nht u ni mass
Air-tight Kn hi
1. Air tight seal: All penetration through walls, floorsshall be sealed airtight with fire
resistant materials and ensure the same fire rated as the fire wall, floors- Khi phi
xuyn qua tng, sn cc l h phi bt kn bng vt liu chng chy, cng tnh
cht chng chy vi tng, sn
2. For penetration of acoustic barriers, sealant must be applied and maintained the
acoustic separation at least equal to the barrier penetration. Khi xuyn qua tng cch
m th cng phi lm kn sao cho bo m duy tr c cng mc cch m
Conduits - ng dn
1. All cables shall be in conduits, cable trays, trunking or cable ladder system. All
conduits to be of fire resistant PVC of steel. Flexible conduits for motors (subject to
vibration) shall be of mild steel, PVC covered. Ton b dy dn phi t trong ng
hay mng. ng dn phi l thp hoc nha khng chy.
2. Do not allow for flexible conduit if the distance from the object till the hard conduit is
> 1 meter Khng cho phep s dng ng mm nu khong cch t vt u ni n
ng cng di hn 1 mt
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 211 of 214

3. PVC shall be at least 1.9 mm thick and not less than 20 mm Dia. - ng PVD dy ti
thiu 1.9 mm v 20 mm ng knh
4. PVC conduit shall not be accepted for outdoor or where liable to mechanical damage.
PVC conduits shall be used for all concealed installation - ng PVC khng c
php lp t ngoi tri ni c th b h hng c kh
5. Conduits shall be bent cold with an approved tool or machine. Avoid changing the
dimension of their sections ng dn c un ngui bng dng c hay thit b c
php
6. Bend shall be made with large radius. Where the bend is more than 90
0
, use
conjunction box - Phi un vi bn knh ln. N u ch un ln hn 90
0
th phi dung
hp ni
7. The conduit system shall be re-wirable (can withdraw the old wires and install new
wires) - H thng lun ng phi cho pho i dy li (c th ko dy c ra v lun dy
mi vo)
8. When installed outdoor, that may have moisture or condensation, conduit shall be
arranged to be self-draining. Conduits laid under concrete floors shall have water
tight floor traps. - Khi lp t ngoi tri, nic th c Nm v ng sng, ng dn
phi b tri sao cho c th t tho nc. ng dn di sn b tng phi c by tho
nc
9. Cable tray shall be perorated type with minimum 1.6 mm hot dipped galvanized mild
steel. To be parallel to the wall. Supported by electro-galvanized U channel with
galvanized threaded rods. All hangers shall be at 1 meter intervals. Copper earth link
bar shall be fixed at every joint of the cable tray run. Mng in l loi c l, thp
nhng trng km. ln trn bng cc cy rng m km, t cch khong 1m. Phi
c thanh ng ni t cc y mng
Supports Gi
1. Provide independent support. Do not attach to supports of ductworks, piping or
others. Phi c gi ring, khng dung gi vi cc h thng khc, khng d tr6n
ng dn, ng nc v cc h thng khc
2. The use of electrically dissimilar metals in contact with each other shall be avoided. If
this is not possible, the contacts of the 2 surfaces shall be insulated from each other
Khi dng cc loi kim loi dn in khc nhau, trnh t tip xc trc tip vi nhau.
N u tht s cn thit th phi c lp cch in cch ly 2 b mt

Labelling Dn nhn:
1. Label shall be provided for all sub-board, distribution boards, Circuit breakers, switch
boards, termination boardsPhi c nhn cho cc t in chnh, t in ph, bng
u ni in
2. Every indicating light switch, terminal and circuit breaker in the control and electrical
board shall be labeled so as to provide ready identification. - Phi c nhn cho cc
n ch th, cc im ni in, cc ngt in d nhn dng
3. Label shall be screwed or riveted to sheet metal. Adhesive fixing is not acceptable
N hn phi bt vt hoc tn rive, khng cho dn

C. INSTALLATION - LP T:
1. The installations, materials and equipments shall comply with specifications as
indicated in the drawings and as mentioned hereunder, and with the latest
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 212 of 214

requirements of the standard codes, guides and other documents issued by the
Authorities. Cng vic lp t, vt t v thit b phi tun th cc yu cu trong c
tnh k thut nu trong bn v v nh lit k di y, v vi yi cu mi nht ca
cac quy nh tiu chuNn v hng dn bi cc c quan c thNm quyn
2. Before commencing the installation, examine the adjacent works. Trc khi khi
cng phi kim tra ky hin trng ln cn
3. Execute the work with competent workmen. Provide an experienced, qualified and
full time supervisor that is authorized to make decisions. - Phi tin hnh cng vic
vi cac cng nhn lnh ngh. Phi c gim st c kinh nghim v c thNm quyn
quyt nh
4. The Construction Manager reserves the right to inspect and reject any part of the
works not complying. The contractor shall replace such reject works without cost
variation and delay to the contract. Gim c xy dng c quyn kho st v t
chi bt k cng vic no khng tun th ng. N h thu phi lm li m khng c
chi ph pht sinh hay tr tr cng vic.
5. The contactor shall allow the Construction Manager full opportunity for the
examination and measurement of any work which is about to be covered or put out of
view. N h thu cho php Giam c d n ton quyn kho st v o c bt k
cng vic no b che ph hay b khut tm nhn
6. Upon the request of the Construction Manager, the contractor shall expose their
works and allow the Construction Manager to inspect any part of the works during
the course of installation. - N u Gim c xy dng yu cu, nh thu phi phi by
ton b cc cng vic v cho php gam c d n kho st bt k phn no ca cng
vic trong qu trnh thi cng
7. Consider carefully all equipments to be installed in place. There must be appropriate
access for convenience maintenance. In case insufficient space due to the design,
adjustment of the drawings will be necessary upon discussion with the Construction
Manager for solution. Phi cn nhc k lng cc thit b sp c lp t. Phi c
li tip cn d dng sa cha. N u khng ch do thit k, cn thit th c th
hiu chnh li bn v nhng phi bn bc tho lun vi Giam c d n
8. Well- coordinate with other relevant contractors for proper information and
installation wherever the works interconnects with other works from other contractors
- Phi hp tt vi cc nh thu lin quan khc c thng tin v lp rp cho nhng
cng vic c lien i vi cc b phn khc
9. All proposals to deviate from specification and drawings are subject to the
Construction Manager approval. Upon approval, the contractor will be responsible for
all measures to carry out the alternate task resulted from this deviation. N u c
ngh lm gim c tnh k thut th phi c Gim c xy dng chp thun
10. All proposed equipments shall be submitted for approval by The Construction
Manager before buying...Ton b cc thit b ngh phi trnh ln Gim c xy
dng v phi c chp thun trc khi mua
D. TESTING - TH NGHIM:
1. The contractor shall submit all valid calibration records from manufacturer
and/or recognized laboratories and testing authorities before the use of such
instruments and equipments. - N h thu phi np cc bin bn o lng kim tra
ca nh ch to trc khi s dng cc thit b
SMS TOWER PROJECT

Page 213 of 214

2. The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary licenses as
required by all relevant authorities. N h thu phi chu trch nhim t c
cc giy php, giy chng nhn do cc c quan c thNm quyn yu cu
3. All testing and commissioning to enable proper operation shall be completed
to the satisfaction of the Construction Manager in accordance with the
construction program or before issuance of Taking Over Certificate, whichever is
earlier. - Ton b cc php th nghim v a vo s dng phi c hon tt vi
s ng hon ton ca Gim c xy dng theo tin trnh xy dng hoc trc
khi bah hnh chng ch bn giao, ty theo ci no sm hn
4. All final adjustments shall be completed before the date of Taking Over
Certificate. cc cng vic hiu chnh cui cng phi c hon tt trc ngy
Bn giao
5. The contractor shall establish the dates by which permanent utilities shall be
available for testing and commissioning. Or make suitable arrangement to test
and commission with temporary utilities (power, water) N h thu phi thit
lp mi tin ch sn sang cho ngy th v bn giao cng vi cc tin nghi tm
thi (nh in nc)
6. The contractor shall arrange for all submissions to authorities and pay the
cost of statutory inspections and certificates - N h thu chu trch nhim trnh
cc h s cho cc c quan chc nng v chu cc chi ph cho vic kim tra v cp
giy chng nhn

END

Electrical Specification Sms

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Electrical Specification Sms

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SMS TOWER PRO1ECT

SMS TOWER PROJECT

You might also like